rapid environmental impact assessment report and...

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT REPORT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

MANUFACTURING OF EMULSIFIER & DE-EMULSIFIER

EXPANSION PROJECT

OF

SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL

SURVEY NO. 163,174/2 & 175/4, VILLAGE: AHMEDPURA-SAMPA,

DEHGAM-MODASA ROAD, TALUKA: DEHGAM,

DIST.: GANDHINAGAR, GUJARAT.

Prepared By :

PAVAN ENVITECH CONSULTANT PVT. LTD.

401, AMBIENCE ARCADE, ANANDNAGAR SOCIETY, BHATHTHA,

PALDI, AHMEDABAD-380 007, GUJARAT.

JANUARY - 2015

INDEX

CHAPTER NO.

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY E-1

1 INTRODUCTION 1-1

1.1 Purpose of the project 1-1

1.2 Identification of project & project proponent,

justification of the project 1-1

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project

and its importance to the country, region 1-4

1.4 Scope of the study-details of regulatory scoping carried

out (As per Terms of Reference) 1-6

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2-1

2.1 Type of project 2-1

2.2 Need for the project 2-1

2.3 Location maps: showing general location, specific

location, project boundary & project site lay-out 2-2

2.4 Site justification 2-8

2.5 Size or magnitude of operation 2-8

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-9

2.7 Technology and process description 2-9

2.8 Project description 2-28

2.9 Rejects (Pollution potential) & mitigation measures 2-35

2.10 Assessment of new & untested technology for the risk

of technological failure 2-64

3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 3-1

3.1 Study area, period, components & methodology 3-1

3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components 3-4

3.2.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3-4

3.2.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3-12

3.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3-19

3.2.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 3-20

3.2.5 LAND USE PATTERN 3-23

3.2.6 ECOLOGICAL STATUS 3-37

3.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3-47

3.2.8 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT 3-50

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES 4-1

4.1 Introduction 4-1

4.2 Impact Identification for the Project 4-1

4.3 Air Environment 4-3

4.4 Water Environment 4-9

4.5 Noise Environment 4-11

4.6 Soil Environment 4-11

4.7 Biological Environment 4-12

4.8 Socio-Economic Environment 4-12

4.9 Land Environment And Aesthetics 4-12

4.10 Cultural Environment 4-13

4.11 Environmental Management Cell 4-13

4.12 Fire & Safety 4-14

4.13 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 4-19

5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 5-1

5.1 General 5-1

5.2 Monitoring points/locations & components 5-1

5.3 Monitoring parameters & frequency 5-3

5.4 Monitoring methodologies 5-3

5.5 Reporting & documentation 5-4

5.6 Budget & procurement schedule 5-4

6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 6-1

6.1 Public hearing 6-1

6.2 Risk assessment 6-2

6.3 Compliance of CREP Guidelines 6-49

7 PROJECT BENEFITS 7-1

7.1 Project benefits 7-1

8 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 8-1

9 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 9-1

ANNEXURES A-1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN ENGLISH & GUJARATI

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 NAME OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES LOCATD IN THE STUDY AREA 1-5

2.1 PLOT AREA BREAK-UP 2-7

2.2 LIST OF PRODUCTS 2-9

2.3 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF NONYL PHENOL ETHOXYLATE 2-12

2.4 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF OCTYL PHENOL ETHOXYLATE 2-14

2.5 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF DODESYL PHENOL ETHOXYLATE 2-16

2.6 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF CASTOR OIL ETHOXYLATE 2-18

2.7 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF POLYETHYLENE ETHOXYLATE 2-20

2.8 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF FATTY ALCOHOL ETHOXYLATE 2-22

2.9 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF HYDROGENATED CASTOR OIL ETHOXYLATE 2-24

2.10 PRODUCT SUMMARY OF POLY OL ETHOXYLATE 2-27

2.11 PROJECT COST DETAILS 2-28

2.12 RAW MATERIALS REQUIREMENT 2-30

2.13 POWER REQUIREMENT 2-31

2.14 DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION 2-32

2.15 FUEL REQUIREMENT 2-32

2.16 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 2-32

2.17 DETAILS OF PRODUCTION 2-34

2.18 BREAK-UP OF PRODUCTS 2-34

2.19 DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION 2-35

2.20 DETAILS OF WASTEWATER GENERATION 2-36

2.21 SOURCES OF WASTEWATER GENERATION 2-39

2.22 DETAILS OF WASTEWATER GENERATION 2-39

2.23 CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT 2-40

2.24 DETAILS OF PROPOSED ETP 2-41

2.25 DETAILS OF FUEL CONSUMPTION 2-43

2.26 IMPORTED COAL ANALYSIS 2-43

2.27 DETAILS OF STACK (EXISTING) 2-43

2.28 DETAILS OF STACK (PROPOSED EXPANSION) 2-44

2.29 DETAILS OF STACK (TOTAL AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION) 2-44

2.30 BASIS OF CALCULATION FOR STACK HEIGHT 2-44

2.31 DETAILS OF EMISSION SOUCE & APCM 2-45

2.32 HAZARDOUS WASTES GENERATION & MANAGEMENT 2-49

2.33 LIST OF SAFETY EQUIPMENTS 2-53

2.34 EXPECTED NOISE LEVELS 2-54

2.35 LIST OF RAW MATERIALS WITH CONSUMPTION 2-55

2.36 TRANSPORTATION DETAILS OF PRODUCTS 2-57

2.37 TRANSPORTATION DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS 2-57

3.1 DETAILS OF COMPONENTS/ATTRIBUTES 3-1

3.2 AIR, WATER, SOIL, NOISE SAMPLING LOCATION 3-2

3.3 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 3-6

3.4 SOURCE EMISSION STANDARDS 3-6

3.5 RESULTS OF STACK MONITORING 3-6

3.6 AMBIENT AIR MONITORING RESULTS 3-8

3.7 COMPARISON IN PERCENTAGE WITH NAAQS 3-8

3.8 COMPARISON IN PERCENTAGE WITH NAAQS 3-9

3.9 SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 3-9

3.10 CHARACTERISTICS OF WATER IN STUDY AREA 3-13






3.16 NOISE LEVEL WITHIN STUDY AREA 3-19

3.17 NATIONAL NOISE QUALITY CRITERIA 3-19

3.18 CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN STUDY AREA 3-20






3.24 LOCATION AND EXTENT 3-24

3.25 DATA USED 3-24

3.26 LAND US / LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 3-26

3.27 LAND US / LAND COVER STATISTICS WITHIN 10 KM 3-35

3.28 LAND US / LAND COVER STATISTICS WITHIN 5 KM 3-36

3.29 PARENNIAL VEGETATION 3-37

3.30 HERBACEOUS/EPHEMERAL PLANTS 3-39

3.31 DETAILS OF FAUNA 3-43

3.32 DOMESTICATED AND STRAY ANIMALS 3-46

3.33 IDENTIFIED VILLAGES IN THE STUDY AREA 3-47

3.34 BASIC INFORMATION ON POPULATION OF THE STUDY AREA 3-48

3.35 POPULATION TREND, GROWTH RATE, SEX RATIO OF THE DISTRICT 3-49

4.1 THE INPUT VALUES FOR ISCST3 MODEL 4-4

4.2 24 HOURS AVERAGE VALUES 4-5

4.3 NOISE LEVELS ANTICIPATED IN AND AROUND THE PLANT 4-11

4.4 PERIODIC EXPOSURE EVALUATION FREQUENCIES 4-18

4.5 DETAILS OF YEARLY EXPENDITURE UNDER THE GRENBELT MANAGMNT PLAN 4-25

4.6 BUDGETARY CAPITAL COST OF NVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MASURES 4-28

4.7 PROPOSED RECURRING COST FOR ENVIRONMNTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 4-28

4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 4-29

4.9 (a) CONSTRUCTION PHASE:MATRIX EVALUATION WITHOUT MITIGATION

MEASURES

4-31

4.9 (b) CONSTRUCTION PHASE:MATRIX EVALUATION WITH MITIGATION MEASURES 4-32

4.10 (a) OPERATION PHASE:MATRIX EVALUATION WITHOUT MITIGATION MEASURES 4-33

4.10 (b) OPRATION PHASE : MATRIX EVALUATION WITH MITIGATION MEASURES 4-34

5.1 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING LOCATIONS 5-2

5.2 PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY FOR POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING

5-3

6.1 LIST OF RAW MATERIALS WITH CONSUMPTION 6-2

6.2 TRANSPORTATION DETAILS OF FIFNISHED PRODUCTS 6-4

6.3 DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS - TRANSPORTATION 6-5

8.1 LIST OF PRODUCTS 8-2

8.2 ENERGY REQUIREMENT 8-4

8.3 FUEL REQUIREMENT 8-4

8.4 WATER CONSUMPTION 8-5

8.5 WASTEWATER GENERATION 8-5

8.6 SAMPLING AND ITS LOCATION 8-6

8.7 24 HOURS AVERAGE VALUES 8-7

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

2.1 LOCATION MAPS 2-2

2.2 CENSUS MAP, 2011 2-3

2.3 DISTRICT MAP 2-4

2.4 DEMARCATION OF PROJECT BOUNDARY 2-5

2.5 GOOGLE IMAGE OF STUDY AREA 2-5

2.6 AUTOCAD DRAWING OF PROJECT SITE 2-6

2.7 PHOTOCOPY OF SPEED POST (CGWB APPLICATION) 2-31

2.8 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM (EXISTING) 2-37

2.9 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM (TOTAL AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION) 2-38

2.10 FLOW DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED ETP 2-42

2.11 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MDC 2-47

2.12 ACCEPTANCE LETTER OF FLY-ASH 2-48

3.1 GOOGLE IMAGE – STUDY AREA 3-2

3.2 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE MAP 3-3

3.3 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 3-5

3.4 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING RESULTS 3-10

3.5 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF PM 2.5, 98 CUM. PERCENTILE 3-10

3.6 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF PM 10, 98 CUM. PERCENTILE 3-11

3.7 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF SO2, 98 CUM. PERCENTILE 3-11

3.8 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF NOX, 98 CUM. PERCENTILE 3-11

3.9 BUILT-UP (RESIDENTIAL) 3-28

3.10 BUILT-UP (INDUSTRIAL) 3-28

3.11 AGRICULTURE LAND 3-29

3.12 PLANTATION 3-29

3.13 WASTELAND 3-30

3.14 LAKE/POND 3-30

3.15 RIVER 3-31

3.16 BASE MAP – 10 KM BUFFER ZONE 3-32

3.17 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP - 10 KM 3-33

3.18 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP - 5 KM 3-34

3.19 LAND USE ANALYSIS – 10 KM 3-35

3.20 LAND USE ANALYSIS – 5 KM 3-36

4.1 ISOPLETHS OF PM 4-6

4.2 ISOPLETHS OF SO2 4-7

4.3 ISOPLETHS OF NOX 4-8

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1 PHOTOCOPY OF CC&A AND CTE AMENDMENT OF THE

BOARD

A-2

2 LISCENCE FROM PETROLEUM AND EXPLOSIVES SAFETY

ORGANISATION (PESO)

A-9

3 LAND POSSESSION DOCUMENTS A-10

4 MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEET & PROPERTIES OF THE

CHEMICALS

A-13

5 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING A-97

TERMS OF REFERENCES (TORs) LETTER FROM MoEF

COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES

Sr.

No.

TERMS OF REFERENCES COMPLIANCE

1) A separate chapter on status of compliance of

Environmental Conditions granted by State /

Centre to be provided. As per circular dated 30th

May, 2012 issued by MoEF, a certified report by

RO, MoEF on status on compliance of conditions

on existing unit to be provided in EIA / EMP

report.

Please refer Chapter – 1.2 (Page No. 1-3)

2) Executive summary of the project Please refer Executive Summary Chapter-8

3) Justification of the project Please refer Chapter – 1.2 (Page No. 1-3)

4) Promoters and their back ground Please refer Chapter – 1.2 (Page No. 1-2)

5) Regulatory framework Please refer Chapter – 1.4 (Page No. 1-6)

6) Environment clearance for the existing unit

issued by the Ministry (reasons, if not obtained),

Consent to Operate and Authorization accorded

by the SPCB

Please refer Chapter – 1.2 (Page No. 1-3).

7) Copy of NOC / Consent to Establish for the

existing unit

Please refer Annexure – 1, a copy of existing

CC&A and CTE Amendment.

8) Compliance to the conditions stipulated in the

NOC granted by the SPCB

Please refer Chapter – 1.2 (Page No. 1-3).

9) Has the unit received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so,

compliance to the notice(s)


10) Data for the stack emissions, fugitive emissions,

water requirement and water balance chart;

wastewater generation, treated effluent quality,

re-utilization and disposal of solid / hazardous

waste for the existing unit


11) A map indicating location of the project and

distance from severely polluted area.

There is no severely polluted area within the

study area of 5 km radius.

12) Project location and plant layout Please refer Chapter – 2.3

13) Infrastructure facilities including power sources Please refer Chapter – 2.8.3 (Page No. 2-29)

14) Total cost of the project along with total capital

cost and recurring cost / annum for

environmental pollution control measures

Please refer Chapter – 2.8.1 (Page No. 2-28) &

Chapter – 4.13 (Page No. 4-28)

15) Project site location along with site map of 10 km

area and site details providing various industries,

surface water bodies, forests etc

Please refer Chapter – 3.2.5 (Page No. 3.23)

16) Present land use based on satellite imagery for

the study area of 10 km radius. Details of land

availability for the project along with supporting

document

Please refer Chapter – 3.2.5 (Page No. 3.23)

17) Location of National Park / Wild life Sanctuary /

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the project

There is no National Park / Wild life Sanctuary /

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the

project.

18) Permission from the State Forest Department

regarding the impact of the proposed plant on

the surrounding reserve forests

There is no Reserve Forest within 10 km radius

of the project.

19) Details of the total land and break-up of the land

use for green belt and other uses.

Please refer Table 2-1, Chapter – 2.3 (Page No.

2.7)

20) List of products along with the chemical reactions

and process flow chart

Please refer Chapter – 2.5 (Page No. 2-8) &

Chapter - 2.7 (Page No. 2-9)

21) Detailed list of raw material required and source,

mode of storage

Please refer Chapter – 2.9.6 (Page No. 2-55)

22) Manufacturing process details along with the

chemical reactions and process flow chart


23) Action plan for the transportation of raw material

and product


24) Site-specific micro-meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall is necessary

Please refer Chapter - 3.2.1 (Page No. 3-4)

25) Ambient air monitoring at 6 locations within the

study area of 5 km., aerial coverage from project

site as per NAAQS notified on 16th September

2009. Location of one AAQMS in downwind

direction.

Please refer Chapter-3.1, Table 3.2, Fig.3.1

(Page No. 3-2); Chapter – 3.2.1, Table 3.7 & 3.8

(Page No. 3-8, 3.9)

26) One season site-specific micro- meteorological

data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ

data (except monsoon) for PM10, SO2, NOx, CO,

NH3 including VOCs shall be collected. The

monitoring stations should take into account the

pre-dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including reserve forests.

Data for water and noise monitoring shall also be

included.


27) Details of water and air pollution and its

mitigation plan


28) Air pollution control measures proposed for the

effective control of gaseous / process emissions

within permissible limits


29) An action plan prepared by SPCB to control and

monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the

sources

There is no fugitive emission from the project.

30) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at

the project site and assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the stack

emission based on site – ground level


31) Name of all the solvents to be used in the process

and details of solvent recovery system

Ethylene Oxide is only solvent is used and it is

completely consumed during process.

32) Design details of ETP, incinerator, if any along

with boiler, scrubbers / bag filters etc.


33) Action plan to control ambient air quality as per

NAAQS Standards notified by the Ministry on

16th September, 2009

Please refer Chapter 2.9.2 (Page No. 2-43)

34) Permission from Competent Authority for the

drawl of 12 m3 / day water. Water balance chart

including quantity of effluent generated, recycled

and reused and effluent discharge.

Please refer Chapter – 2..8.3.3 (Page No. 2-31)

& Chapter - 2. (Page No. 2-35)

35) Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent

to meet the standard.


36) Zero discharge effluent concepts to be adopted. Please refer Chapter – 2.9.1 (Page No. 2-35)

37) Ground water quality monitoring minimum at 6

locations shall be carried out. Geological features

and Geo-hydrological status of the study area

and ecological status (Terrestrial and aquatic)


38) The details of solid and hazardous wastes

generation, storage, utilization and disposal

particularly related to the hazardous waste,

calorific value of hazardous waste and detailed

characteristic of the hazardous waste. Action

plan for the disposal of fly ash generated from

boiler shall be included.


39) Material Safety Data Sheet for all the chemicals

are being used / will be used

Please refer Annexure -4

40) Authorization / Membership for the disposal of

solid / hazardous waste in TSDF.


41) Risk assessment for storage for chemicals /

solvents. Action plan for handling and safety

system.

Please refer Chapter – 6.2 (Page No 6-2)

42) An action plan to develop green belt in 33% area.

Layout plan for green belt shall be provided.

Please refer Chapter – 2.3 (Page No. 2-6 & 2-7)

43) Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at

plant site shall be included to harvest rainwater

from the roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water.

Please refer Chapter 2.8.3.3 (Page No. 2-31)

44) Details of occupational health programme

i) To which chemicals, workers are exposed

directly or indirectly


ii) Whether these chemicals are within

Threshold Limit Values (TLV)


iii) What measures company have taken to

keep these chemicals within PEL / TLV


iv) How the workers are evaluated concerning

their exposure to chemicals during pre –

placement and periodical medical

monitoring.


v) What are the onsite and offsite emergency

plan during chemical disaster.


vi) Liver function Tests (LFT) during pre –

placement and periodical examination.


vii) Details of occupational health surveillance

programme


45) Socio – economic development activities shall be

in place

Please refer Chapter-7.1 (Page No. 7.1),

Chapter-3.2.7 (Page No. 3-47) & Chapter-6.1

(Page No. 6-1)

46) Note on compliance to the recommendations

mentioned in the CREP guidelines


47) Detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

with specific reference to details of air pollution

control system, water & wastewater

management, monitoring frequency,

responsibility and time bound implementation

plan for mitigation measures shall be provided.


48) EMP shall include the concept of waste

minimization, recycle, reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation and natural resource

conservation.


49) Total capital cost and recurring cost / annum for

environmental pollution control measures.

Please refer Chapter – 2.8.1 (Page No. 2-28) &

Chapter – 4.13 (Page No. 4-28)

50) Corporate Environmental Responsibility

(a) Does the company have a well laid down

Environmental Policy approved by its Board

of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA report.


(b) Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for

standard operating process / procedures to

bring into focus any infringement / deviation

/ violation of the environmental or forest

norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed

in the EIA report.


(c) What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC conditions?

Details of this system may be given.


(d) Does the company have a system of

reporting of non – compliance / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and/or

shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism should be detailed in

the EIA report.


51) Any litigation pending against the project and / or

any direction / order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof.

There is no litigation pending against the

project and / or any direction / order passed by

any Court of Law against the project.

52) Public hearing issues raised and commitments

made by the project proponent on the same

should be included separately in EIA / EMP

Report in the form of tabular chart with financial

budget for complying with the commitments

made.

Chapter-6.1 (Page No. 6-1) & Annexure – 5.

53) A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TORs.

Complied.


E-1 SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT – EXPANSION PROJECT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. OVERALL JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT:

Shree Vallabh Chemical proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity to manufacture

Emulsifiers &new product addition of De- Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey

No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village : Ahmedpura - Sampa, Taluka : Dehgam, District :

Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The total capacity of the project after the proposed

expansion shall be 560 MT/month. These products are used as a raw material for the

production of other chemicals and sterilant for the manufacture of Rubber, Paint, Industrial

Surfactants, Paper, Textile, Metal Processing, Latex & Waxes, Household Surfactants,

Detergents, Pharmaceuticals, Agrochemicals, Cosmetics, etc. Hence, these products have

very high demand for various types of industries. Due to the ever increasing demand of this

product and to reduce the gap between demand and supply, the company proposes to

expand its manufacturing capacity.

VISION

� To set an example by becoming a leading organization in the current business.

� To become a well-known and reputed organization as a manufacturing company with

strong focus on research.

GOAL

The main goal of the company is to be a major player in the manufacture of Emulsifiers & De

– Emulsifiers and to serve the Indian and International demand.



2 EXPANSION PROJECT DETAILS :

Products:

A list of Products to be manufactured is given below:

Table : 1 : LIST OF PRODUCTS (MT / MONTH)

Sr.

No. Product Existing

Proposed

Addition

Total after

Expansion Remarks

1. Nonyl Phenol

Ethoxylate 31.0 129.0 160.0 Expansion

2. Octyl Phenol


3. Dodesyl Phenol

Ethoxylate - 10.0 10.0 New

4. Castor Oil Ethoxylate 1.5 98.5 100.0 Expansion

5. Poly Ethylene


6. Fatty Alcohol


7. Hydrogenated Castor

Oil (HCO) Ethoxylate 0.5 19.5 20.0 Expansion

8. Poly OlEthoxylate

(De – Emulsifier) - 40.0 40.0 New

Total 40.0 520.0 560.0

3 SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

The manufacturing of Emulsifiers and De – Emulsifier, under the broad category of Synthetic

Organic Chemicals industry, falls under Schedule Project/Activity No. 5 (f) under Category

“A” specified in EIA Notification - 2006 issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests

(MoEF). As per the said Schedule, the Central Government imposed certain conditions for

new, expansion and modernisation of listed project, unless the Government has granted

Environment Clearance. For this, the industry is required to submit an Environmental

Impact Assessment Study Report.

Any industrial project is expected to cause environmental impacts near the project site

during its construction and operation phases. The type and intensity of these impacts on

various components of the environment varies depending on the nature and size of the

project as well as its geographical location. The net impacts from an individual project can

be quantified through Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for various

components like Air, Water, Land, Noise, Biological and Socio-economic environment prior

to its implementation of the project. The EIA study forms a basis for preparing an

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to conserve the environment within that region.

EIA studies for a particular project site can be divided into the following three phases:



• Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing (pre-

project) status within the impact zone with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological

and Socio-economic environment.

• Prediction of impacts due to the proposed project of the project on Identified

environmental parameters.

• Evaluation of total impacts after super imposing the predicted impacts over the baseline

data and preparation of Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), which helps in

incorporating proper mitigation measures wherever necessary for preventing deterioration

in environmental quality.

4 Location:

The expansion project for the manufacture of Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers is proposed to be

located within the existing premises at Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village : Ahmedpura

- Sampa, Taluka : Dehgam, District : Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat.

The site is located at about 23o11’49.39” N Latitude & 72o50’59.11” E Longitude. Total area

of the project site is about 9,592 m2. The site is well connected by rail and road.

5 SITE SELECTION CRITERIA OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT SITE

Site selection was guided by many factors like existing infrastructure in the area, availability

of land, water sources, fuel transportation, power availability etc. Specific Site Selection

Criteria for the proposed expansionproject have been given below:

1. Existing plot size is suitable to project requirement. 2. The proposed project site is well connected by road to National Highway No. 8.

3. Easy availability of infrastructure facilities. 4. No prime agricultural land / forest land is to be converted for industrial use. 5. There is enough extra land to raise required green belt / green cover.

6. Area where proposed site is to be located has no history of natural calamities like

floods, cloud burst etc. except earthquake.

7. Proximity to raw material suppliers 8. Modern infrastructure support and amenities at par with industrial estates in other

global markets, including :

• Efficient transport facilities

• Uninterrupted Power supply

In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area have also been

considered:

• There is no National Park or Wild Life Sanctuary.

• There are no metropolitan cities.

• There are no ecologically sensitive areas.



Salient Features:

The salient features of the site are as under:

1. Distance from the site:

a) City: Ahmedabad City, 20 km

b) Town: Dehgam Town, 4.5 km

c) Historical site: None within study area

d) Sanctuaries : None within study area

e) Highway: NH 8 is at distance of about 17 km

f) Water-body: River Khari at @ 4 km (Non- perennial)

2. Use of forest land: None

3. Use of prime agriculture land: None

4. Planned Submergence: None

5. Displacement of population: None

The climate in Ahmedabad (nearest city) is semi - arid. Comparatively May is the hottest

month and January the coldest. The district receives rain from the southwesterly monsoon

winds and its intensity is the highest in July.

6 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT:

6.1 Fuel Requirement:

Table : 2 : Energy Requirement :

Sr. No. Source Existing Proposed Total

1) UGVCL (GEB) 75 HP 59 HP 134 HP

2) D G set (125 KVA) - 125 KVA 125 KVA

Table : 3 : Fuel Requirement :

Sr. No. Fuel Source Existing Proposed Total

1) LDO Local

Dealer

50 L/day (-) 50 L/day 00

2) Imported Coal Local

Dealer - 2 MT/day 2 MT/day

3) HSD

(For D. G. Set Only)

Local

Dealer

- 20 L/hour 20 L/hour



6.2 Water Requirement:

Table : 4 : WATER CONSUMPTION

Sr.

No. Particulars Water Consumption, L/day

Existing Proposed Total

1) Domestic 500 550 1,050

2) Industrial 504 8,876 9,380

3) Gardening / Green Belt Development 1,000 - 1,000

Total 2,004 9,426 11,430

Table : 5 : WASTEWATER GENERATION

Sr.

No.

Particulars Effluent Generation, L/day


1) Domestic* 500 550 1,050

2) Industrial** -- 1,780 1,780

Total 500 2,330 2,830

*Disposed-off to Soak Pit.

**Will be evaporated at in-house evaporator.

7. Regulatory Frame Work :

For the proposed expansion project, the following has been considered:

� To manufacture Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers (560 MT / Month)

� The production capacity shall be increased from 40 MT / month to 560 MT / month by

addition of new products as well as increase in production capacity of existing products

� The plant will be in operation for about 300 days per annum

� The products will be used indigenously as well as for export

� Indigenous raw materials will be required for the proposed expansion project

� Effluent generated from the unit shall be treated in an upgraded effluent treatment

plant prior to its discharge into the in – house Evaporator System thus ensuring “Zero

Discharge”.

� For the flue gas emission and process gas emission, adequate Air Pollution Control

system shall be provided, to meet with the prescribed norms.

� Disposal of hazardous wastes shall be disposed-off as per the statutory requirements.

� For the proposed expansion of existing manufacturing production capacity, the Terms

of Reference (TOR) have been issued by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF).

� Ethylene Oxide is the basic raw-material for existing and for proposed products, other

raw-materials like: Nonyl Phenol, Octyl Phenol, Dodesyl Phenol, Castor Oil, Poly

Ethylene, Fatty Alcohol, Hydrogenated Castor Oil and Poly Ol are used in presence of

Caustic/Potash, boil and reflux the mass at 100oC for 30 minutes. Detail manufacturing

process is given in Chapter 2.7 of EIA Report, details of raw-material is given in Chapter

2.7 & 2.8 of EIA Report, details of rejects generation is given in Chapter 2.8 of EIA

Report and details of Environmental Management Plan is given in Chapter 2.9 of EIA

Report.



8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

Preparation of EIA needs a datum on which the evaluation can be done. It is therefore,

necessary to collect data about different environmental attributes that are likely to be

affected due to the proposed activity, which in turn defines an existing environmental

quality to serve as the datum. Prior to implementation of any major developmental project

or expansion of existing project, the prevailing environmental quality status in the vicinity of

project activity is an essential part of environmental impact assessment. The existing

environmental quality status also known as baseline is very useful for identification of

significant environmental issues as well as for prediction of impacts on various

environmental components. Base line data are also necessary to identify environmentally

significant issues prior to initiation of proposed action as well as to enumerate the critical

environmental changes likely to occur should the project be implemented.

Table : 6 : Sampling and its location

Attributes Sampling

Locations Frequency

A. Air Environment

Meteorological In the study area Hourly data for Study Period

Ambient Air Quality 5 locations within the study area (5 km)

& 1 location at project site (premises)

24 hourly twice a week during

study period of one season

B. Noise 5 locations within the study area (5 km)

& 1 location at project site (premises) Once in each month during the

study period

C. Water

Ground Water Grab samples from 5 locations within

the study area (5 km) & 01 location at

project site (premises)

Once in each month during the

study period

D. Soil Quality Surface samples from 5 locations within




study period

E. Land Use & Land

Cover Study area (5 km) Once during study period

G. Geology & Geo-

Hydrology Study area (5 Km) Once during study period

9 IMPACT PREDICTION

The environmental impacts of projects or actions generally encompass a broad range of

impact from Air, Water and Noise pollution to effects on employment and neighborhood as



well as social structure. These impacts vary in magnitude as well as their beneficial or

adverse classification. As a result, a natural question arises as to what is the “collective” or

“overall” environmental impact of the project or action taken. Is the project beneficial or is

it adverse? To answer such a question requires a comparison of these impacts and to some

extent subjective evaluation of the impacts which are more important than others.

In case of this project, the impact of the proposed capacity of the plant is evaluated with

respect to various activities during operational phase.

9.1 Air Environment:

The general meteorological data collected during the study period confirms that climatic

status of the study area is consistent with the regional meteorology.

The operational phase activities are expected to have long term impacts on the air quality.

Existing boiler shall be replaced by new one. The fuel proposed to be used in the Steam

Boiler is Imported Coal instead of LDO. A multi-clone Dust Collector is proposed for the

control of particulate emission. However, sufficient stack height (31 m.) has been proposed

for the dispersion of gaseous emissions. Chimney height has been so chosen as to

effectively disperse the generated pollutants, though in small quantity, effectively and

ensures that the ground level concentrations of pollutants in the surrounding environment

remain well within the permissible limits. Hence, there will be no major source of air

pollution. The D.G. set will be used in case of emergency purposes only. The fuel used will

be HSD.

There are no process emissions. Hence, no major adverse impact is predicted.

The maximum 24 hrs average values are shown below:

Table : 7 : 24 hrs average values

Sr.

No.

Parameter Maximum

Baseline Status

(98 %), μg/m3

Incremental Value,

μg/m3 (x, y Co-ordinates)

After

Proposed

Project,

μg/m3

Permissible

Limits, μg/m3

1) PM2.5 31.87 0.245

(0.00, -1000.00) 32.115 60.00

2) PM10 73.12 0.408

(0.00, -1000.00) 73.528 100.00

3) SO2 12.06 1.13

(0.00, -1000.00) 13.19 80.00

4) NOx 24.61 0.827

(0.00, -1000.00) 25.437 80.00



9.2 Water Environment:

Effluent generated from various stages of industrial activities shall be scientifically treated

through various options after segregation at source. The detailed treatment of the

wastewater generated is described in Chapter 2 of this EIA report.

Effluent will be primarily treated in the ETP before being sent to the in-house Evaporator,

thereby achieving “Zero Discharge”.

Thus, it can be concluded that there will not be any adverse and negative impact on the

surrounding water environment and soil environment due to the discharge of treated

wastewater from the complex.

9.3 Noise Environment:

Noise levels in the plant will be controlled at the source itself by appropriate use of noise

suppressing systems. The noise levels at the periphery of the plant will be about 60-65

dB(A). Thus, no significant adverse impact on the environment is likely to occur due to the

proposed project.

9.4 Solid and Hazardous Wastes Management:

There is no discharge of waste water on land. All the solid/hazardous waste generated are

packed in HDPE bags having 25/50 kg capacity and stored in Solid Waste Storage Facility

having impervious layer and leachate collection system. Company will dispose of hazardous

wastes to approved TSDF site in Polyethylene liners bags and through approved

transporters.

The other wastes generated like Used Oil and Plastic containers / carbouys shall be sold off

to approved / registered re-cyclers for its recycling and reuse.

The discarded resins from Softener shall be collected and stored prior to sending to CHWIF.

Hence, it is anticipated that the proposed expansion project will not have any major effect

on the soil environment.

9.5 Ecological Environment:

There will be an insignificant impact on the Flora & Fauna. Nevertheless, green belt

development will give possibility to various faunal species to roam around without

disturbance.



9.6 Socio - Economic Environment:

The proposed expansion project is in a well-established and industrial notified estate. Thus,

the said project will not have any significant impact on socio-economic pattern of the

surrounding region. The project shall generate indirect employment opportunities, which

will contribute to social upliftment of the people in surrounding.

In short, the salient features related to the impact on environment due to the proposed

expansion project can be summarized as follows:

• No human resettlement is required.

• No ecological damage is anticipated.

• Air quality and receiving water body have minor impacts.

• Various other environmental parameters like ground water resource, forest, parks,

sanctuaries, housing, services etc. will be insignificantly affected.

• The proposed project is to be located within the existing premises. Hence the land use

pattern is not expected to change.

• The proposed project will help in increasing the revenue to the State & Central.

• There is no likelihood of impact on agriculture and fishing.

10 CONCLUSION

The public hearing presentation and question answer session ended with pos i tive

responses from the loca l people about the project. They were satis fied with

mitigation measures and environmenta l management plan of the proposed

expansion project. Raised queries during the public hearing were a lso adequately

addressed. The minutes of meeting of the public hearing proceeding is enclosed as

Annexure – 5. The overall impact of the proposed expansion project is beneficial as impacts

on air, water, land and ecological environments are insignificant and the socio-economic

benefits are predominantly positive. Economic output and other related facilities viz.

employment, development of business, transportation will definitely improve the overall

quality of life. All the relevant safety norms with latest technology have been incorporated.

Hazard and associated risk, safety and security provision appears to be acceptable. Hence

this project in totality may be considered environmentally safe.


Chapter 1-1 SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT – EXPANSION PROJECT

CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the report

Shree Vallabh Chemical proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity to manufacture Emulsifiers &

product addition of De-Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4,

Village: Ahmedapura - Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, District: Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The total

capacity of the project after the proposed expansion shall be 560 MT/month. The manufacturing of

Emulsifiers and De – Emulsifier, under the broad category of Synthetic Organic Chemicals industry,

falls under Schedule Project/Activity No. 5 (f) under Category “A” specified in EIA Notification - 2006

issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). As per the said Schedule, the Central

Government imposed certain restrictions and prohibitions on new, expansion and modernisation of

listed project, unless the Government has granted Environment Clearance. For this, the industry is

required to submit an Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report.

1.2 Identification of project & project proponent, Justification of the project


product addition of De-Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4,

Village: Ahmedapura - Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, District: Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The total

capacity of the project after the proposed expansion shall be 560 MT / month. These products are

used as a raw material for the production of other chemicals and sterilant for the manufacture of

Rubber, Paint, Industrial Surfactants, Paper, Textile, Metal Processing, Latex & Waxes, Household

Surfactants, Detergents, Pharmaceuticals, Agrochemicals, Cosmetics, etc. Hence, these products have

increased demand for various types of industries. Due to the ever increasing demand of this product

and to reduce the gap between demand and supply, the company proposes to expand its

manufacturing capacity.

OBJECTIVE

Presently India is one of the leading manufacturers and suppliers of Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers. India

has a very good engineering & research scientist pool and long proven expertise of producing quality

products.



With the ever increasing world market demand, and our country producing most of these products

and exporting them, the management having expertise at hand has decided to introduce a state of

the art manufacturing facility within the existing premises at Dehgam, in the vicinity of Ahmedabad -

an ideal site for the same.

The market of such products has fast progressing growth and there is ample opportunity in indigenous

as well as export market. The technology to produce these Synthetic Organic Chemicals is a proven

one.

PROJECT PROPONENT

• Mr. Rajendra Shah, is chemical engineer and partner, having an experience of more than 20 years

in manufacturing of various Emulsifiers & De - Emulsifiers

VISION


� To become a well known and reputed organization as a manufacturing company with strong

focus on research.

MISSION

� Be on the world’s best manufacturers of Ethylene Oxide derivatives and known for outstanding

products, quality and customer satisfaction.

� Be a leader in industry in the development and use of new technologies.

� Be an adaptive, responsive organization known for integrity, individual respect, empowerment

and open communication.

GOAL

The main goal of the company is to be a major player in the manufacture of Emulsifiers & De-

Emulsifiers and to serve the Indian and International demand.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The company is focusing on Research & Development activities to optimize cost, increase process

yield, inventing better process and waste recovery methods.



JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

The project proponent proposes to expand its manufacturing activity within the existing premises at

Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village: Ahmedapura - Sampa, Taluka: Dahgam, District: Gandhinagar

in the state of Gujarat, using the state of art technology, adopting modernized machineries and

equipment and novel process technologies, with waste minimization techniques. The total capacity

of the project to manufacture Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers after the proposed expansion shall be 560

MT / month. The proposed expansion project falls under the Synthetic Organic Chemical industrial

project and located outside the notified industrial estate, hence it falls under Category 5 (f) A.

Shree Vallabh Chemical proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity for the manufacture of

Emulsifiers & De – emulsifiers. The total production capacity after the proposed expansion shall be

560 MT / month from 40 MT / month. These products are used as a raw material for the production

of other chemicals and sterilant for the manufacture of Rubber, Paint, Industrial Surfactants, Paper,

Textile, Metal Processing, Latex & Waxes, Household Surfactants, Detergents, Pharmaceuticals,

Agrochemicals, Cosmetics, etc. Due to the ever increasing demand of this product and to reduce the

gap between demand and supply, the company proposes to expand its production capacity. The

demand of such products is tremendous in our country and there is a huge gap in the demand and

supply. The market of these products has a fast progressing growth and there is ample opportunity

in indigenous as well as export market.

Most of the raw materials are indigenous. Also there is easy availability of infrastructure, man power

and easy availability of raw materials. This results in the availability of cheaper products than imported

products. Due to the above reasons, it will bring revenue to the state exchequer also.

Before September 2006, no requirement of Environmental Clearance for Emulsifier & De-Emulsifier

but Shree Vallabh Chemical has obtained valid CC&A up to 07-12-2016 vide Consent Order No.:

AWH-46271 Date of Issue: 28-03-2012 for existing products of Emulsifier – 40 MT/Month (Please

Refer Annexure – 1) and has also obtained CTE Amendment (Please Refer Annexure – 1) based on

Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by MoEF as well as compliance of conditions stipulated in the

existing valid CTE and CC&A. Unit has not obtained any notice under the Section 5 of the

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. No directions or notice of directions issued under relevant

Sections of Air and Water Acts. Four show cause notice are issued during the period of 30-11-2011

to till date. Compliance of the said notices are:



1. SCN-1 : SCN No.: GPCB/ID 16647/CCA-GNR-402/98273 dtd 30-11-2011:

Sr. No. Notice Compliance dated 22-12-2011

1. You are operating plant without prior

CC&A of the Board as CC&A of unit on

15-10-2011.

We have already submitted hard copy of

CC&A Renewal application at your Regional

Office, Gandhinagar.

2. SCN-2 : SCN No.: GPCB/ID 16647/CCA-GNR-402/101860 dtd 12-01-2012:


1. You have not provided SMF at Boiler. We have provided SMF in stack of boiler

2. Your CC&A has been expired on 15-10-

2011.

We have already submitted hard copy for

CC&A renewal.

3. SCN-3 : SCN No.: 206785 dtd 11-03-2014:


1. You have already installed new boiler

without prior permission of the Board.

You are directed to apply for CTE, CCA

Amendment for new Boiler in new shed

and not to commence without prior CTE,

CCA of the same.

We have purchased the new boiler and it is

in dismantled condition, placed in our

godown. After obtaining required

permission of the concerned authority, we

will install it.

4. SCN-4 : SCN No.: 214799 dtd 29-05-2014:


1. You are directed to submit last 3 month ER-1 data for production and also not to start new boiler without permission.

We have enclosed herewith last three months production data (submitted data in annexure). We have purchased the new boiler and it is in dismantled condition. After obtaining required permission of the concerned authority, we will connect and start it .

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region


De-Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village: Ahmedapura -

Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, District : Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The total capacity of the project

after the proposed expansion shall be 560 MT / month. These products are used as a raw material for

the production of other chemicals and sterilant for the manufacture of Rubber, Paint, Industrial

Surfactants, Paper, Textile, Metal Processing, Latex & Waxes, Household Surfactants, Detergents,

Pharmaceuticals, Agrochemicals, Cosmetics, etc. Hence, these products have very high demand for

various types of industries. Due to the ever increasing demand of this product and to reduce the gap

between demand and supply, the company proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity.



The site is located at about 23o 11’ 49.39” N Latitude & 72o 50’ 59.11” E Longitude at a mean sea level

of about 76 m. Total area of the site is about 9,592 m2. The site is well connected by rail and road.

There are about 18 villages & half Dehgam town is falling within study area of 5 km radius surrounding

proposed expansion project with the project site as center. The State Highway No. 68 passes about

200 m from plant. National Highway No. 8 passes from the Western part of company at a distance of

about 17 km. Mumbai - Delhi route of Western Railway is 25 km away. The nearest large city is

Ahmedabad which is around 20 km away and has a population of around 56 Lakhs as per census 2011.

Ahmedabad is a very important industrial center having the advantage of close proximity to Mumbai,

the commercial capital of India. Due to proximity of NH – 8 and Ahmedabad Railway station, the unit

is well connected by road and rail to rest parts of the country. Communication facility available in the

area is good. Water is available from borewell supply. Land around the study area is almost plain with

good quality of soil.

A list of major industries in 5 km study area is given below:

Table 1.1 : Name of major Industries located in the study area:

Sr. No. NAME OF THE COMPANY TYPE OF INDUSTRY

1. Akash Infra Pvt. Ltd. Projects Pvt. Ltd. Hot Mix Plant & Paver Blocks

2. Surani Steel Pvt. Ltd. Steel Plant

3. Vinayak TMT Bar Steel Plant

4. Cold Storages Food & Vegetables (more than 10 nos.)






d) Sanctuaries: None within study area







The climate in Ahmedabad (nearest city) is semi - arid. Comparatively May is the hottest month and

January the coldest. The district receives rain from the southwesterly monsoon winds and its intensity

is the highest in July.



Shree Vallabh Chemicals proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity for the manufacture of

Emulsifiers & De – emulsifiers. The total production capacity after the proposed expansion shall be

560 MT / month from 40 MT / month. These products are used as a raw material for the production

of other chemicals and sterilant for the manufacture of Rubber, Paint, Industrial Surfactants, Paper,

Textile, Metal Processing, Latex & Waxes, Household Surfactants, Detergents, Pharmaceuticals,

Agrochemicals, Cosmetics, etc. Due to the ever increasing demand of this product and to reduce the

gap between demand and supply, the company proposes to expand its production capacity. The

demand of such products is tremendous in our country and there is a huge gap in the demand and

supply. The market of these products has a fast progressing growth and there is ample opportunity

in indigenous as well as export market.

1.4 Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per Terms of Reference)


� To manufacture Emulsifiers & De – Emulsifiers (560 MT / Month)






� The waste water generated from the unit shall be treated in an upgraded effluent

treatment plant prior to its discharge into the in-house Evaporator System thus ensuring

“Zero Discharge”.



� The hazardous waste generated from existing manufacturing production capacity shall

be disposed-off as per the statutory requirements.

� For the proposed expansion of existing manufacturing production capacity, the Terms of

Reference (TOR) have been issued by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF).

SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

The manufacturing of Emulsifiers and De – Emulsifier, under the broad category of Synthetic Organic

Chemicals industry, falls under Schedule – I; No. 5 (f) under Category “A” specified in EIA Notification

issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). As per the said Schedule, the Central

Government imposed certain restrictions and prohibitions on the expansion and modernisation of



listed project, unless the Government has granted Environment Clearance. For this, the industry is

required to submit an Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report.

Any industrial project is expected to cause environmental impacts near the project site during its

construction and operation phases. The type and intensity of these impacts on various components

of the environment varies depending on the nature and size of the project as well as its geographical

location. The net impacts from an individual project can be quantified through Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) studies for various components like Air, Water, Land, Noise, Biological and Socio-

economic environment prior to its implementation of the project. The EIA study forms a basis for

preparing an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to conserve the environment within that region.

The total EIA studies for a particular project site can be divided into the following three phases:

• Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing (pre-project)

status within the impact zone with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land and Socio-economic

environment.

• Prediction of impacts due to the proposed project of the project on Identified environmental

parameters.

• Evaluation of total impacts after super imposing the predicted impacts over the baseline data and

preparation of Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), which helps in incorporating proper

mitigation measures wherever necessary for preventing deterioration in environmental quality.

OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

i. To establish the existing environmental status of air, water and land quality, noise level, flora and

fauna, demographic and socio-economic factors, land use and risk hazards within 5 km radius.

ii. To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impacts and to maximize

beneficial impacts.

iii. Compliance of statutory requirements.

Thus, the impact of the proposed expansion project for the manufacture of various emulsifier and de-

emulsifier on the environment is to be identified, predicted, assessed, evaluated and control measures

suggested and feedback mechanism established.

STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

The entire EIA report is prepared based on the generic structure of EIA document given at APPENDIX

III of the Notification No. S. O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006 of MoEF, New Delhi.

The Report has been divided into Nine Chapters as described below:



Chapter – 1 refers to information about the project proponent i.e. Shree Vallabh Chemical and the

proposed expansion project including it’s location and justification / importance, brief details about

the surrounding study area and details about site selection criteria considered. It also outlines the

statutory requirement of obtaining prior Environmental Clearance, steps to be followed for the same

and basic purpose, scope and methodology of REIA study.

Chapter – 2 refers to Project Description and infrastructure facilities incorporating all industrial and

environmental activities of the project for setting up of the proposed expansion project for

manufacture of Emulsifiers & De - Emulsifiers. It also gives information about manufacturing process

and raw materials, sources of pollution and details of pollution control facilities to be provided i.e.

water and wastewater details and control measures, air pollution and control system, wastes storage

facility, noise control measures, etc.

Chapter – 3 refers to Base Line Environmental study giving details about status of air quality,

meteorology, water, noise, land, ecology and socio-economic environment of the study area based

on information collected through actual field study or from secondary sources.

Chapter – 4 refers to Identification of Impacts which identifies the impacts on various environmental

parameters whether beneficial or deleterious for the construction and operation phase of the project.

It also quantifies significant impacts of the proposed project on various environmental components

for the construction and operation phase of the project and Environmental Management Plan.

Chapter – 5 refers to Environmental Monitoring Plan which provides details of monitoring plan of

various environmental parameters as well as its frequency of monitoring.

Chapter – 6 refers to on additional studies which includes details of Public Hearing, Risk & Safety

Measures.

Chapter – 7 refers to Project Benefits due to the proposed expansion project

Chapter – 8 refers to Summary & Conclusion of the project

Chapter – 9 refers to profile of consultant engaged for the monitoring & preparation of EIA report.



CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project The project proponent proposes to expand its manufacturing activity within the existing premises at

Survey No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village: Ahmedapura-Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, District: Gandhinagar

in the state of Gujarat, using the state of art technology, adopting modernized machineries and


of the project to manufacture Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers after the proposed expansion shall be

560 MT / month.

The proposed expansion project falls under the Synthetic Organic Chemical industrial project and

located outside the notified industrial estate, hence it falls under Category 5 (f) A.

2.2 Need for the Project OBJECTIVE:

Presently India is one of the leading manufacturers and suppliers of Emulsifiers & De –

Emulsifiers. India has a very good engineering & research scientist pool and long proven

expertise of producing quality products.

With the ever increasing world market demand, and our country producing most of these

products and exporting them, the management having expertise at hand has decided to

introduce a state of the art manufacturing facility within the existing premises at Dehgam, in the

vicinity of Ahmedabad - an ideal site for the same.

The market of such products has fast progressing growth and there is ample opportunity in

indigenous as well as export market. The technology to produce these Synthetic Organic

Chemicals is a proven one.



2.3 Location maps: showing general location, specific location, project

boundary & project site lay-out:

FIG.: 2.1 Shows expansion project site in green circle on State Map of Survey

of India (Scale 1 : 1,000,000)



FIG.: 2.2 Shows expansion project site in violet circle and study area shows in

blue circle on Census Map, 2011.



FIG.: 2.3 Shows expansion project site in green circle on District Map

(Scale 1 : 450,000)



FIG.: 2.4 Shows demarcation of project boundary in google earth image

FIG.: 2.5 Google Image shows expansion project site and study area (blue

circle) with sample station location (yellow mark)



Fig. 2.6 : AUTOCAD Drawing of Shree Vallabh Chemical



PLOT AREA BREAK-UP:

The Plot Area Break – up of the premises is given in Table 2.1 below :

TABLE 2.1 : PLOT AREA BREAK – UP

Sr.

No. Land Use Area (m²) Area (%)


1. Production plant area 400 - 400 4.18

2. Raw Material storage area 1,000 - 1,000 10.42

3. Ethylene Oxide storage area 200 - 200 2.09

4. Finished Product storage area 500 - 500 5.21

5. Utility, ETP & HW storage area 310 40 350 3.65

6. Green belt 3400 - 3400 35.45

7. Open area (Road & Parking) 3782 (-) 40 3742 39.00

TOTAL AREA 9,592 -- 9,592 100



2.4 Site justification: Site selection was guided by many factors like existing infrastructure in the area, availability of

land, water sources, fuel transportation, power availability etc. Specific Site Selection Criteria

for the proposed project have been given below:

1. Existing plot size was suitable to project requirement.

2. The proposed project site is well connected by road to National Highway No. 8.

3. Easy availability of infrastructure facilities.

4. No prime agricultural land / forest land was to be converted for industrial use.

5. There is enough extra land to raise required green belt / green cover.



7. Proximity to raw material suppliers

8. Modern infrastructure support and amenities at par with industrial estates in other




In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area have also been considered:



• There are no ecologically sensitive areas within study area.

2.5 Size or magnitude of operation:

Shree Vallabh Chemical proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity to manufacture Emulsifiers

& De - Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village:

Ahmedapura - Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, District : Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The proposed

expansion project shall be using the state of art technology, adopting modernized machineries and


of the project after the proposed expansion shall be 560 MT / month.



A list of finished products with break-up is given in table 2.2 below:

Table 2.2 : LIST OF PRODUCTS (MT / MONTH)

Sr.


Proposed

Addition

Total after

Expansion Remarks

1. Nonyl Phenol


2. Octyl Phenol


3. Dodesyl Phenol



5. Poly Ethylene


6. Fatty Alcohol




8. Poly Ol Ethoxylate (De

– Emulsifier) - 40.0 40.0 New

Total 40.0 520.0 560.0

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation: Draft EIA Report Submitted for Public Hearing in October – 2014 and final EIA Report will be

submitted for Environmental Clearance in December – 2014 and four months time is required

for establishment of expansion activity after obtaining Environmental Clearance.

2.7 Technology and process description: Shree Vallabh Chemical proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity to manufacture Emulsifiers & De-

Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village: Ahmedapura - Sampa,

Taluka: Dehgam, District: Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The proposed project shall be using the

state of art technology, adopting modernized machineries and equipment and ethoxylation novel process

technologies, with waste minimization techniques. The total capacity of the project after the proposed

expansion shall be 560 MT / month. A list of finished products with break-up is given in table 2.2 above.



DETAILED MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF ALL ABOVE EIGHT (8) PRODUCTS ARE AS BELOW

AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION CAPACITY:

1. Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate (Total After Proposed Expansion : 160 MT/Month):

Chemical Reaction:

Nonyl

Phenol +

Ethylene

Oxide +

Cata lys t

Nonyl Phenol

Ethoxylate

Chemica l

Structure C15H24O 10.C2H2O

C15H25O(C2H4O)10

Molecular

Weight 220 440

660

Total (MT) 53.220 106.460 0.320 160

Manufacturing Process:

Take Nonyl Phenol in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make 20 % solution of

0.2 % NaOH /KOH (catalyst) based on product, charge the solution in to reactor.

Close the Reactor and heat the mass up to 100oC for 30 minutes . Then vacuum is

s tarted to remove Oxygen and Moisture from the reactor and Nitrogen gas is added

to completely replacement of Oxygen and then add Ethylene Oxide on mole basis as

per requirement. Basis on the Ethylene Oxide mole, other raw materia ls may vary.

Reaction is exothermic so that water is circulated to cool down the temperature.

After completion of the reaction, fi l l the materia l in appropriate conta iner.



Process Flow Diagram

Mass Balance:

Charge Nonyl Phenol

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Nonyl Phenol

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate

53.220

106.460 160

Total : 161.280 MT/Month Total : 161.280 MT/Month

0.320

1.280

1.28040

Water (Moisture)



Table 2.3: Product Summary:

Product Raw Material

(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption

in MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent

(Water)

Generation

MT/Month

Nonyl Phenol

Ethoxylate

(160

MT/Month)

Nonyl Phenol 53.220 0.332

1.280 Ethylene Oxide 106.460 0.666

NaOH/ KOH 0.320 0.002

Water 1.280 0.008

2. Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate (Total After Proposed Expansion : 30 MT/Month):

Chemical reaction

Octyl

Phenol +

Ethylene

Oxide + Cata lys t

Octyl Phenol

Ethoxylate

Chemical

Structure C14H22O 10.C2H4O C14H22O(C2H4O)10

Molecular

Weight 206 440 646

Total

(MT) 9.536 20.404 0.060 30

Manufacturing Process

Take Octyl Phenol in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make 20 % solution of











Mass Balance:

Charge Octyl Phenol

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Octyl Phenol

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate

9.536

20.404 30


0.060

0.240

0.240

Water (Moisture)



Table 2.4 : Product Summary:


(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption in

MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent

(Water)

Generation

MT/Month

Octyl Phenol

Ethoxylate

(30

MT/Month)

Octyl Phenol 9.536 0.318

0.240 Ethylene Oxide 20.404 0.680

NaOH / KOH 0.060 0.002

Water 0.240 0.008

3. Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate (New Product : 10 MT/Month):

Chemical reaction

Dodesyl

Phenol +

Ethylene

Oxide +

Cata lys t

Octyl Phenol

Ethoxylate

Chemical

Structure C12H25C6H4OH 20.C2H4O

C12H25C6H4OH

(C2H4O)20

Molecular

Weight 262 880 1142

Total

(MT) 2.228 7.752 0.020 10


Take Dodesyl Phenol in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make 20 % solution of











Mass Balance:

Charge Dodesyl Phenol

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Dodesyl Phenol

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate

2.228

7.752

10


0.020

0.080

0.080

Water (Moisture)





(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption

in MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent (Water)

Generation

MT/Month

Dodesyl

Phenol

Ethoxylate

(10

MT/Month)

Dodesyl Phenol 2.228 0.229

0.080

Ethylene Oxide 7.752 0.769

NaOH / KOH 0.020 0.002

Water 0.080 0.008

4. Castor Oil Ethoxylate (Total After Proposed Expansion : 100 MT/Month):

Chemical reaction

Chemical

Structure

Castor

Oi l +

Ethylene

Oxide + Cata lys t

Castor Oi l

Ethoxylate

Molecular

Weight 911 880 1791

Total

(MT) 50.765 49.035 0.200 100


Take Castor Oil in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make 20 % solution of 0.2%

NaOH/KOH (catalyst) based on product, charge the solution in to reactor. Close the

Reactor and heat the mass up to 100oC for 30 minutes . Then vacuum is s tarted to

remove Oxygen and Moisture from the reactor and Nitrogen gas i s added to

completely replacement of Oxygen and then add Ethylene Oxide on mole bas is as







Mass Balance:

Charge Castor Oil

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen

Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Castor Oil Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Castor Oil

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Castor Oil Ethoxylate

50.765

49.035

100

Total :100.800 MT/Month Total : 100.800 MT/Month

0.200

0.800

0.800

Water (Moisture)



Table 2.6

Product Summary:


(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption in

MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent

(Water)

Generation

MT/Month

Castor Oil

Ethoxylate

(100

MT/Month)

Castor Oil 50.765 0.508

0.800 Ethylene Oxide 49.035 0.490

NaOH / KOH 0.200 0.002

Water 0.800 0.008

5. Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate (New Product : 80 MT/Month):

Chemical reaction

Di -

Ethylene

Glycol

+ Ethylene

Oxide + Cata lys t

Poly Ethylene

(Di -Ethylene Glycol)

Ethoxylate

Chemical

Structure C4H10O3 10C2H4O

(C4H10O3)x

(C2H4O)10

Molecular

Weight 106 440 546

Total

(MT) 15.501 64.339 0.160 80


Take Poly Ethylene (Di-Ethylene) Glycol (various type of Poy-Ethylene Glycol l ike:

mono, di, tri ,… will be used as a raw material) in reactor and heat the mass up to

60oC. Make 20 % solution of 0.2 % NaOH/KOH (catalyst) based on product, charge

the solution in to reactor. Close the Reactor and heat the mass up to 100oC for 30

minutes. Then vacuum is s tarted to remove Oxygen and Moisture from the reactor

and Nitrogen gas is added to completely replacement of Oxygen and then add

Ethylene Oxide on mole basis as per requirement. Basis on the Ethylene Oxide mole,

other raw materials may vary. Reaction is exothermic so that water i s ci rculated to

cool down the temperature. After completion of the reaction, fi l l the materia l in

appropriate conta iner.




Mass Balance:

Charge Poly Ethylene (Di-Ethylene) Glycol

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen

Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Poly Ethylene (Di-Ethylene) Glycol

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate

15.501

64.339

80


0.160

0.640

0.640

Water (Moisture)





(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption in

MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent

(Water)

Generation

MT/Month

Poly Ethylene

Ethoxylate

(80

MT/Month)

Poly Ethylene

(Di-Ethylene)

Glycol

15.501 0.194

0.640 Ethylene Oxide 64.339 0.804

NaOH / KOH 0.160 0.002

Water 0.640 0.008

6. Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate (Total After Proposed Expansion : 120 MT/Month):

Chemical reaction

Fatty

Alcohol +

Ethylene

Oxide + Cata lys t

Fatty Alcohol

Ethoxylate

Chemical

Structure

C12H26O

(C9 – C22)

10.C2H4O C14H22O(C2H4O)10

Molecular

Weight 186 440 626

Total

(MT) 35.554 84.206 0.240 120

Manufacturing Process:

Take Fatty Alcohol (C9 – C22) in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make 20 %

solution of 0.2 % NaOH/KOH (catalyst) based on product, charge the solution in to

reactor. Close the Reactor and heat the mass up to 100oC for 30 minutes . Then

vacuum is started to remove Oxygen and Moisture from the reactor and Nitrogen

gas is added to completely replacement of Oxygen and then add Ethylene Oxide on

mole bas is as per requirement. Bas is on the Ethylene Oxide mole, other raw

materials may vary. Reaction is exothermic so that water is ci rculated to cool down

the temperature. After completion of the reaction, fill the materia l in appropriate

conta iner.




Mass Balance:

Charge Fatty Alcohol

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen

Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Fatty Alcohol

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate

35.554

84.206 120


0.240

0.960

0.960

Water (Moisture)





(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption

in MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent (Water)

Generation

MT/Month

Fatty Alcohol

Ethoxylate

(120

MT/Month)

Fatty Alcohol 35.554 0.296

0.960 Ethylene Oxide 84.206 0.702

NaOH / KOH 0.240 0.002

Water 0.960 0.008

7. HCO (Hydrogenated Castor Oil) Ethoxylate

(Total After Proposed Expansion : 20 MT/Month):

Chemical reaction

Chemical

Structure

Hydrogenated

Castor Oi l +

Ethylene

Oxide +

Cata lys t

HCO Ethoxylate

Molecular

Weight 938 440 1378

Total

(MT) 13.593 6.367 0.040 20


Take HCO (Hydrogenated Castor Oi l) in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make

20 % solution of 0.2 % NaOH/KOH (catalyst) based on product, charge the solution in

to reactor. Close the Reactor and heat the mass up to 100oC for 30 minutes . Then






conta iner.




Charge HCO (Hydrogenated Castor Oil) Addition &

Heating

Nitrogen Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

HCO (Hydrogenated Castor Oil)

Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture



Mass Balance:



(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption

in MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent

(Water)

Generation

MT/Month

HCO

(Hydrogenated

Castor Oil)

Ethoxylate

(20 MT/Month)

HCO

(Hydrogenated

Castor Oil)

13.593 0.319

0.160 Ethylene Oxide 6.367 0.681

NaOH / KOH 0.040 0.002

Water 0.160 0.008

REACTOR

HCO (Hydrogenated

Castor Oil)

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

HCO (Hydrogenated Castor Oil)Ethoxylate

13.593

6.367

20


0.040

0.160

0.160

Water (Moisture)



8. De-Emulsifier (Poly Ol Ethoxylate)

(New Product : 40 MT/Month):

Chemical Reaction

Chemical

Structure Poly Ol +

Ethylene

Oxide +

Cata lys t

Poly Ol Ethoxylate

Molecular

Weight 2000 880 2880

Total

(MT) 27.722 12.198 0.080 40


Take HCO (Hydrogenated Castor Oi l) in reactor and heat the mass up to 60oC. Make

20% solution of 0.2 % NaOH/KOH (catalys t) based on product, charge the solution in

to reactor. Close the Reactor and heat the mass up to 100oC for 30 minutes . Then






conta iner.




Mass Balance:

Charge Poly Ol

Addition & Heating

Nitrogen Parching

Vacuum

Condensation

Cooling

Poly Ol Ethoxylate

Catalyst

Ethylene Oxide Eth

Moisture

REACTOR

Poly Ol

Ethylene Oxide

Water

0.2 % NaOH/KOH

Poly Ol Ethoxylate

27.722

12.198

40


0.080

0.320

0.320

Water (Moisture)





(R. M.) MT/Month

RM

Consumption in

MT/ MT of

Product

Effluent

(Water)

Generation

MT/Month

De-Emulsifier

(Poly Ol

Ethoxylate)

(40 MT/Month)

Poly Ol 27.722 0.693

0.320 Ethylene Oxide 12.198 0.305

NaOH / KOH 0.080 0.002

Water 0.320 0.008

COMMENT: For better reaction, Company will make 20% Catalyst solution in water

instead of 50% (existing practice) for all products. At present company is not removing

moisture from the product. Hydrogen Peroxide is used for whitening of the product as

and when required. For better product quality, it has to remove moisture from the

product. Company will provide vacuum to remove moisture during the process and

condense the moisture in water form and it will evaporate with other industrial

wastewater in evaporator.



2.8 Project Description:

Shree Vallabh Chemical i s a partnership fi rm involved in the manufacturing of Emulsifier

s ince 1994. The unit has been established at Survey No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Vi l lage:

Ahmedpura-Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, Dist.: Gandhinagar. At present the production

capacity of the unit is 40 MT/month. Now, looking to the market demand, the uni t

intends to expand its production capacity up to 560 MT/month in the same premises .

Thus , additional production capaci ty to be manufactured wi l l be 520 MT/month.

Since the product i .e. Emuls i fier i s covered under Category 5(f) A as per the EIA

Noti fication, 2006, amended in December-2009, the unit has to get the Environmenta l

Clearance from MoEF, Delhi for i ts Proposed Expans ion.

2.8.1 : Cost of Project

Since the proposed project will be the expansion of production capaci ty of the exis ting

product. Expansion will be carried out in the exis ting premises ; there wi l l not be any

additional land requirement. However, there will be installation of some additional new

machinery, D. G. Set, replacement of boiler to meet the proposed production capaci ty.

Approximate cost of the proposed expansion will be Rs.80,00,000/-. Project cost deta i l s

are given hereunder in Table 2.11

Table 2.11: Project Cost Details

Sr.

No.

Details Amounts, in Rs.

Existing as

on

Proposed Total After

Proposed

1. Land & Building 25,29,765 5,00,000* 30,29,765

2. Plant & Machineries 43,67,061 75,00,000 1,18,67,061

Total 68,96,826 80,00,000 1,48,96,826

*: Only for bui lding.



2.8.2 : Permission from Authorities

The unit is running and is involved in the manufacturing of emuls i fier more than 20

years at the same premises. Unit has obtained permissions from various Authori ties ,

some permiss ion are as below:

1. The uni t has been regis tered as smal l sca le uni t by Government of Gujarat-

Directorate of Industries (MSME Regis tration).

2. Consents & Authorisation from Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Gandhinagar vide

Consent Order No.: AWH-46271 Date of Is sue: 28-03-2012, Va l idi ty upto: 07-12-

2016. Unit has obtained CTE Amendment with proposed products and quanti ty on

the bas is of obta ined TOR and compl iance of exis ting CC&A.

3. Ethylene Oxide Storage license from Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation

(PESO), West Ci rcle, Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Govt. of India , vide License

No.: S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date of Is sue: 13-04-2011, Va l idi ty upto: 31-03-2014

and Renewal License vide License No.: S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date of Issue: 17-02-

2014, Va l idi ty up to 31-03-2017 (Please Refer Annexure – 1).

2.8.3 : Resources

2.8.3.1. Raw Materia l

2.8.3.2. Electrici ty

2.8.3.3. Water

2.8.3.4. Fuel requirement

2.8.3.5. Manpower

2.8.3.6. Land

2.8.3.7. Equipment / Vessel / Reactor



2.8.3.1: Raw Materials Requirement (MT/Month):

Table : 2.12

Ethoxylate


Quantity

Existing Additional Total After

Expansion

Nonyl Phenol

(160)

Nonyl Phenol 10.311 42.909 53.220

KOH/NaOH 0.062 0.258 0.320

Ethylene Oxide 20.627 85.833 106.460

Water 0.250 1.030 1.280

Octyl Phenol

(30)

Octyl Phenol 0.478 9.058 9.536

KOH/NaOH 0.003 0.057 0.060

Ethylene Oxide 1.019 19.385 20.404

Water 0.012 0.228 0.240

Dodesyl Phenol

(10)

Dodesyl Phenol -- 2.290 2.228

KOH/NaOH -- 0.020 0.020

Ethylene Oxide -- 7.690 7.752

Water -- 0.080 0.080

Castor Oi l

(100)

Castor Oi l 0.761 50.004 50.765

KOH/NaOH 0.003 0.197 0.200

Ethylene Oxide 0.736 48.299 49.035

Water 0.015 0.785 0.800

Poly Ethlene

(80)

Di -Ethlene

Glycol -- 15.501 15.501

KOH/NaOH -- 0.160 0.160


Water -- 0.640 0.640

Fatty Alcohol

(120)

Fatty Alcohol 1.631 33.923 35.554

KOH/NaOH 0.011 0.229 0.240

Ethylene Oxide 3.858 80.348 84.206

Water 0.044 0.916 0.960

Hydrogenated

Castor Oi l –

HCO (20)

HCO 0.340 13.253 13.593

KOH/NaOH 0.001 0.039 0.040

Ethylene Oxide 0.159 6.208 6.367

Water 0.004 0.156 0.160

Poly Ol

(De-Emulsifier -

40)

Poly Ol -- 27.722 27.722

KOH/NaOH -- 0.080 0.080


Water -- 0.320 0.320

Note: Requirement of H2O2 approximately 200 kg/month after proposed expansion which is

used to make finish product white as per requirement.



2.8.3.2 : Electricity Requirements:

Currently 75 HP power is required to satis fy the exis ting industria l requirement,

which is catered from UTTAR GUJARAT VIJ COMPANY LIMITED (UGVCL). Proposed

expansion required 59 HP more Power, which will be also catered from the GEB. The

deta i l s of the power requirement are mentioned here under in Table 2.4:

Table 2.13 : Power Requirement

Power Requirement

(HP)

Existing For Proposed

Expansion

Total After Proposed

Expansion

75 59 134

2.8.3.3 : Water Requirements:

Water Source: Own bore well, below 25 KLD (25,000L/Day) ground water

extractions, no need to obtain permission from CGWB, although unit has applied

for permission of CGWB and as per direction of CGWB, we will proceed further.

Figure:2.7 : Scan copy of application submission through speed post on dt.:04-09-2014.



Table 2.14 : Details of Water Consumption:

Sr.

No.

Category Water Consumption ( L/Day )


Expansion

After Proposed

Expansion

1. Domestic 500 550 1,050

2. Green Belt Development 1,000 -- 1,000

3. Industrial 504 8,876 9,380

Process (4) (176) (180)

Boi ler (Make-up) (200) (3,800) (4,000)

Cool ing (Make-up) (300) (3,700) (4,000)

Reactor Washing & Others -- (100) (100)

Vacuum Operation -- (1,000) (1,000)

Res in Recharge -- (100) (100)

4. Total (1+2+3) 2,004 9,426 11,430

Calculation is on 25 days per month basis.

2.8.3.4 : Fuel Requirement:

Table 2.15 : Details of Fuel Consumption:

Sr.

No.

Fuel Quantity

Existing Proposed

Expansion

After Proposed

Expansion

1. LDO 50 L/Day ( - 50 L/Day) 00

2. Imported Coal -- 2 MT/Day

(50 MT/Month)

2 MT/Day

(50 MT/Month)

3. HSD (for D. G. Set) -- 20 Kg/Hr 20 Kg/Hr


2.8.3.5 : Man Power Requirement:

The deta i l s of the manpower requirement i s given in Table 2.15

Table 2.16 : Manpower Requirement

Category Existing Proposed

Expansion

Total After

Proposed

Expansion

Management 2 -- 2

Administrative 3 1 4

Helper/ Labour 5 10 15

Total 10 11 21



2.8.3.6 : Land Requirement:

Unit has existing land area of 9,592 M2. Uni t i s going for expans ion within the

same premises. Unit has sufficient existing facility for material (raw and finished)

s torage area as well as manufacturing facility. Therefore, unit does not acquire

any more land for proposed expans ion. A photocopy of Land Possess ion

Documents are attached herewith, Please Refer Annexure – 2.

2.8.3.7 : Equipment/ Vessel/ Reactor Requirements:

1. Exis ting Reactor No. - 1 (SS-316): 6 KL

2. Exis ting Reactor No. – 2 (SS-316): 3 KL

3. Exis ting Reactor No. – 3 (SS-316): 2 KL

4. Exis ting Reactor No. – 4 (SS-316): 0.2 KL

5. Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank : 9 MT

6. Ethylene Oxide Measuring Tank : 4.4 MT

7. Ethylene Oxide Measuring Tank : 3.0 MT

8. Proposed Reactor No. -5 (SS-316): 10 KL

9. Ethylene Oxide Measuring Tank: 7 MT

10. Proposed D. G. Set (125 KVA): 1 No.

11. Replacement of existing boiler, Nitrogen plant.



2.8.4 : Product Details:

At present the unit is involved in the manufacturing of Emulsifier. Now, uni t i s going for

increase the production capacity as well as addition of new products in their exis ting

production profile in the same premises. Details of product with quanti ty are given in

below Table 2.17& 2.18:

Table 2.17 : Details of the Production:

Sr. No. Product

Quantity, MT/month

Existing Proposed

Expansion

Total After

Proposed

Expansion

1. Emulsifier & De-Emulsifier 40 520 560

Table 2.18 : Break-up of Products:

Sr. No. Product

Quantity, MT/Month

Existing Proposed

Expansion

Total After

Proposed

Expansion

1. Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate 31.0 129.0 160

2. Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate 1.5 28.5 30

3. Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate -- 10 10

4. Castor Oi l Ethoxylate 1.5 98.5 100

5. Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate -- 80 80

6. Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate 5.5 114.5 120

7. HCO (Hydrogenated Caster

Oi l ) Ethoxylate 0.5 19.5 20

8. De-Emuls i fier -- 40 40

TOTAL 40.0 520.0 560 1 .

Sr. No. 1 to 7 is Emulsifier products.



2.9 Rejects (Pollution Potential) & Mitigation Measures:

The proposed expansion will be for production capacity of the existing product in

the same premises. Thus, no major construction work will be carried-out; minor

construction work will be carried out only for the insta l lation of some new

machineries/equipments . Therefore, expected pol lution load i s ca lculated

cons idering the Operation Phase only.

2.9.1 Wastewater Generation

2.9.2 Ai r Emiss ion

2.9.3 Hazardous Wastes Generation

2.9.1: Wastewater Generation:

Water Consumption: Water requirement for the proposed expansion will be met by the existing own borewell

supply. Since the borewell water requirement is less than 25,000 L/Day (25 KL/day),

permission from the Central Ground Water authority (CGWA) is not required. Available

water is suitable for the project. The water consumption at installed capacity is as

mentioned in Table 2.19 below:

Table 2.19 : Details of Water Consumption:

Source: Own Bore well

Sr.

No.

Category Water Consumption ( L/Day )


Expansion

After Proposed

Expansion

1. Domestic 500 550 1,050

2. Green Belt Development 1,000 -- 1,000

3. Industrial 504 8,876 9,380

Process (4) (176) (180)

Boi ler (make-up) (200) (3,800) (4,000)

Cool ing (make-up) (300) (3,700) (4,000)




4. Total (1+2+3) 2,004 9,426 11,430



Wastewater Generation:

Table 2.20 : Details of Wastewater Generation:

Sr.

No.

Category Wastewater Generation ( L/Day )

Existing From Proposed

Expansion

After Proposed

Expansion

1. Domestic* 500 550 1,050

2. Green Belt Development -- -- --

3. Industrial** -- 1,780 1,780

Process -- (180) (180)

Boi ler -- (200) (200)

Cool ing -- (200) (200)




4. Total (1+2+3) 500 2,330 2,830

* Disposa l to Soak Pi t

** Evaporate through Evaporator by us ing s team.




Fig. 8 : WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM (EXISTING)

Fresh Water

2,004 L/day

Domestic 500 L/day

Industrial 504 L/day

Boiler (make-up)

200 L/day

Cooling (make-up)

300 L/day

Evaporation Loss: 500 L/day

Soak Pit for Disposal

500 L/Day

Process

4 L/day

Green Belt Development

1,000 L/day



Fig. 9: WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM (TOTAL AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION)

Fresh Water

11,430L/day

Domestic 1,050 L/day

Green Belt Development

1,000 L/day

Industrial

9,380 L/day

Vacuum Operation

1,000 L/day

Reactor Washing.. 100 L/day

Softener Plant 8,280 L/day

Soak Pit for

Disposal 1,050 L/day

Soft – Water 8,180 L/day

Resin Recharge Water 100 L/day

Process 180L/day Boiler

(make-up) 4,000 L/day

Cooling Tower (make-up)

4,000 L/day

Evaporation 7,600 L/Day

ETP : 180 + 200 + 200 + 100 + 100 + 1,000 = 1,780 L/day



Types of Wastewater Generation:

The proposed expansion project shall have basically the following types of wastewater from the

industrial operations:

1. Process Effluent / Wash effluent

2. Cooling Tower / Boiler water Blow down

3. Softner Regeneration

4. Domestic effluent

Sources of wastewater generation are as mentioned in Table 2.21 below:

Table: 2.21 : Sources of Wastewater Generation:

Domestic Wastewater : Generation by manpower

Process : Generation during moisture removal from the product

Boiler Blow-down : Average generation of blow-down and cleaning/shoot

Cooling Tower Bleed-off : Average generation because of maintaining of cooling

tower water quality

Reactor Washing &

Others :

Generation during reactor washing when product change

and a lso from discharge of E.O. vent submergence water

Vacuum Operation : Generation during vacuum operation

Resin Recharge : Generation during softener resin recharge

Wastewater Generation:

Table 2.22 : Details of Wastewater Generation:

Sr.

No.

Category Wastewater Generation ( L/Day )

Existing From Proposed

Expansion

After Proposed

Expansion

1. Domestic* 500 550 1,050

2. Green Belt Development -- -- --

3. Industrial** -- 1,780 1,780

Process -- (180) (180)

Boi ler -- (200) (200)

Cool ing -- (200) (200)




4. Total (1+2+3) 500 2,330 2,830



Note:

1. Domestic effluent shall be continued to be treated and disposed off through a Septic Tank /

Soak Pit system.

2. Process water and wash water shall be collected and sent to ETP.

3. Boiler Blow down and Cooling tower overflow / blow down shall be sent to the ETP.

4. Boiler Blowdown and Cooling tower loss is compensated by fresh water.

5. Product and Floor Washings shall be collected and sent to the ETP.

6. Thus total of 1,780 L/day (Existing Nil + Proposed 1,780 L/day) of industrial effluent shall be

generated which shall be treated in the proposed effluent treatment plant consisting of primary

treatment units and sent to in - house Evaporator for its evaporation.

Characteristics of Effluent:

Treatment plant shall be designed based on effluent generation, considering the characteristics of

effluent generated. The expected characteristics of effluent generated from the proposed project is

as described in Table 2.23 below:

Table 2.23 : Characteristics of Effluent (Industrial Wastewater) Generation:

(Values are in mg/l, except pH)

Sr.

No. Parameters Process

Boiler

Blow-

down

Cooling

Bleed-

off

Reactor

Washing

Vacuum

Operation

Resin

Recharge Composite

1. pH 7.5- 9.5 7.5 - 8.7 7.5 – 8.7 7.5-8.5 7.2 - 8.0 7.2 - 8.0 7.5 - 8.5

2.

Total

Dissolved

Solids

3,000 –

5,000

1,000 –

1,700

1,000 –

1,700

1,000 –

1,500

1,000 –

1,700

50,000 –

2,00,000

1,200 –

10,000

3. Suspended

Solids 10-150 100-500 100-500 100-500 < 50 < 50 50 - 300

4.

Chemical

Oxygen

Demand

280-

900 < 50 < 50 100-900 < 50 < 10 10 – 300

5.

Biochemical

Oxygen

Demand

75-200 < 20 < 20 30-200 < 20 < 10 10 - 100

As indicated by characteristics of the untreated effluent, the effluent needs treatment for the

removal of SS, TDS, BOD and COD. The untreated effluent will be subjected to normal physico-

chemical treatment followed by the evaporation in an in-house evaporator due to high TDS content

thus achieving “Zero Discharge”.



Mitigation Measures (EMP)

Proposed Effluent Treatment Process:

Effluent generated during the industrial activities will be collected into the Equalization cum

Collection Tank. After proper mixing, the homogenous effluent will be fed into

Neutralization cum Sedimentation Tank. In this Tank, pH value of the effluent will be raised

to 8.5 to 9.0 by adding Hydrated Lime Solution (10 % solution). At the 9.0 pH, all the metals

are converted in to the Hydroxide form. Then the FeSO4 along with Poly Aluminum Chloride

solution (5 % solution) will be added in the Flash Mixer to bring pH upto 7.0 to 7.5 for

neutralization. Polyelectrolyte (flocculent - 1 % solution) will be added for fast settling. The

settled sludge will be drained into the Sludge Drying Beds and the supernatant will be taken

to the Holding Tank from where the overflow will be transferred to the Evaporation System.

Leachate from the Sludge Drying Beds and Solid Waste Storage will be taken back into the

Equalization cum Collection Tank for further treatment. Dried sludge will be collected into

the bags and stored as per statutory requirements. This sludge will be sent to TSDF site and

we will take membership at the earliest for final disposal of ETP Sludge.

The details of effluent treatment scheme have been given in Table 2.24 below :

Table 2.24 : DETAILS OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

No. Name of the Unit Dimensions Capacity,

m3

Detention Time, hrs Remarks

Required Provided

1) Equalization cum

Collection Tank 2.0 x 2.0 x 2.0, m 8 24 96 Adequate

2) Neutralization cum

Sedimentation Tank 1.0 x 1.0 x 2.0, m 2 0.5 2 Adequate

3) Holding Tank 2.0 x 2.5 x 1.0, m 5 1 5 Adequate

4) Evaporation System 400 litres /

hour Adequate

5) Sludge Drying Bed 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0, m (3 Nos.) 1 (each) 0.10 3 Adequate

Average Hydraulic Load, m3 / day : 1.8 (1,800 L/Day)

Designed Hydraulic Load, m3 / day : 2.0 (2,000 L/Day)

Average Inlet BOD, mg / l : 10 – 100

Average Inlet COD, mg / l : 10 – 300

The ETP shall be adequately designed such that there is no discharge of treated effluent achieving

“Zero Discharge”.



The flow diagram of the proposed effluent treatment plant is shown as below :

FIGURE 2.10

FLOW DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Disposal of Treated Effluent

The treated effluent shall be evaporated in the in-house Evaporator thus achieving “Zero

Discharge”.

Equalization / Collection Tank,

Capacity : 8 m3

Eff luent Inlet Neutralization /

Sedimentation Tank,

Capacity : 2 m3

Holding Tank,

Capacity : 5 m3

Evaporation System,

Capacity : 0.4 m3 / hr

Sludge Drying Beds,

Capacity : 3 m3 / day

TSDF

Sludge

Slu

dge

Leachate

Slu

dge



2.9.2 : Air Emission:

Process Gas Emission: No process emiss ion and no fugi tive emiss ion.

Flue Gas Emission:

Table 2.25 : Details of Fuel Consumption:

Sr.

No.

Fuel Quantity

Existing Proposed

Expansion

After Proposed

Expansion

1. LDO 50 L/Day ( - 50 L/Day) 00

2. Imported Coal -- 2 MT/Day

(50 MT/Month)

2 MT/Day

(50 MT/Month)

3. HSD (for D. G. Set) -- 20 Kg/Hr 20 Kg/Hr

Calculation basis on 25 working days of the month.

D. G. Set wi l l be used during power fa i lure and HSD wi l l be used as a fuel .

Imported Coal will be used for boiler operation after proposed expansion instead of existing

fuel LDO.

Imported Coal Analys is (sample submitted by Company taken from market):

Table 2.26 : Imported coal analysis:

Sr.

No. Particulars Value

1. Mois ture Content 22.4 %

2. Gross Ca lorific Value 4,857 Kca l/Kg (On Dry Bas is )

3. Ash Content 6.1718 %

4. Sul fur Content 0.15 %

Table 2.27 : Details of Stack (Existing):

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Stack (m) Fuel Air Pollution Control

Measures

Permissible Limit

1. Boi ler/Heater Ht: 18

Dia : 0.2

LDO : 50

L/Day Not Appl icable

PM < 150 mg/Nm3

SO2< 100 ppm

NOx < 50 ppm



Table 2.28 : Details of Stack (Proposed Expansion):

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

(m)

Fuel Air Pollution

Control

Measures

Permissible Limit

1. Boi ler Ht: 31

Dia : 0.4

Imported Coal : 2

MT/Day

Multi -Cone type

Dust Col lector PM < 150 mg/Nm3

SO2< 100 ppm

NOx < 50 ppm 2. D. G. Set

(125 KVA)

Ht: 5

Dia : 0.1

HSD : 20 Kg/Hr Not Appl icable

Table 2.29: Details of Stack (Total After Proposed Expansion):

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

(m)

Fuel Air Pollution

Control

Measures

Permissible Limit

1. Boi ler Ht: 31

Dia : 0.4

Imported Coal : 2

MT/Day

Multi -Cone type

Dust Col lector PM < 150 mg/Nm3

SO2< 100 ppm

NOx < 50 ppm 2. D. G. Set

(125 KVA)

Ht: 5

Dia : 0.1

HSD : 20 Kg/Hr Not Appl icable

Description of mitigation measures (EMP):

Gaseous Emissions:

Looking at the manufacturing process of the product, there are no process emissions. The only

gaseous emission from the proposed project is the flue gas emission from the stack attached to

Steam Boiler. Currently, LDO is used as fuel.

Proposed Sources of Emissions:

Existing boiler shall be replaced by a new one. The fuel proposed to be used in the Boiler is

Imported Coal instead of LDO. A multi-clone Dust Collector is proposed for the control of

particulate emission. Moreover, sufficient stack height has been proposed for effective dilution

and dispersion of flue gas emissions. The other source of flue gas emission will be from the D. G.

Set. However, it will be in operation only during emergency.

Details of Air Pollution Control Measures

Table 2.30 : Basis of Calculation for Stack Height :

Type of Fuel : Imported Coal

Sulphur Content : 0.15 %

Quantity of Fuel : 2000 kg / day

SO2 Content : 6 kg / day = 0.25 kg /hour

Required Stack Height : 14*(Q SO2) 0.3 , where QSO2 in kg / hr = 9.24, m

Proposed Stack Height : 31 m



Hence, stack height has been so chosen as to effectively disperse the generated pollutants,

though in small quantity, effectively and ensures that the ground level concentrations of

pollutants in the surrounding environment remain well within the permissible limits. The

table below shows the sources of the air pollution with the air pollutant emitted from the

sources. Stack height and diameter, attached to the source is shown in the Table 2.31.

Table 2.31 : DETAILS OF EMISSION SOURCE & AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

FLUE GAS EMISSION :

Sr.

No.

Particulars Details

Existing After Proposed Expansion

1.0 Boiler:

1.1 Capacity, kg / hr 1,000 kg / hr 3,000 kg / hr

1.2 Fuel LDO Imported Coal

1.3 Fuel Consumption 50 litres / day 2 MT / day

1.4 Stack Height 18 meters 31 meters

1.5 Stack Diameter 200 mm 400 mm

1.6 APC - Multi-clone Dust Collector

2.0 D G Set (Only during Emergency purposes :

2.1 Capacity, KVA - 100

2.2 Fuel - HSD

2.3 Consumption, kg / hr - 20

2.4 Stack Height - 5 meters

2.5 Stack Diameter - 100 mm

Expected Flue Gas

Emissions

PM : < 150 mg / Nm3

SOx : < 100 ppm

NOx : < 50 ppm

Note : Adequate height of chimney & stack monitoring facilities shall be provided as per

norms.



The only emission from the proposed project is the flue gas emissions from the boiler and D.

G. Set. Since Imported Coal is proposed to be used as fuel in the Boiler, there is a need of Air

Pollution Control Equipment in the form of Multi-clone Dust Collector for the control of

Particulate Matter. The proposed height of the stack shall be adequate and sufficient for

effective dispersion and dilution of the pollutants. Adequate Stack monitoring facilities will

be provided as per the norms.

The details of air pollution control equipment are as below:

For Coal Fired Boiler : Multi Cyclone Dust Collector

Dimensions : 1.2 x 0.7 x 1.7 (1 + 0.7), m

No. of tubes : 6 Nos.

Diameter of tubes : 25 cm

Height of the tube : 70 cm



Fig. 11 : Schematic Diagram of Multi-cone Dust Collector



2.9.3 Solid Hazardous Wastes Generation:

Solid Wastes Generation:

1. Domestic/Municipal Wastes: generation due to wastage of food.

2. Fly-Ash Wastes: Shall be generated by using of imported coal as a fuel in boiler.

Fig. 12 : Shows acceptance letter of fly-ash



Hazardous Wastes : shall be generated from various stages of process and following types

of hazardous wastes are required to be handled.

1. Softner Resin/ Process Wastes

2. Used Oil and Discarded Containers

3. ETP Wastes/Sludge

All the above mentioned wastes shall be stored in designated storage area with boundary

walls and impervious concrete flooring and Leachate Collection System. The collected

Leachate shall be drained into ETP.

Table 2.32 : HAZARDOUS WASTES GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT

Sr.

No.

Type of

Waste

Category as

per Schedule

– I

Quantity, MT/ Year Packing Treatment Disposal

Existing After

Expansion

1. ETP Sludge 34.3 - 7.2 HDPE

bags

Packed &

Stored

Will be sent to TSDF.

2. Used Oil 5.1 0.005 0.100 HDPE

drum

Storage By selling to

registered refiners

3. Discarded

Containers /

Bags / Liners

33.3 6

(600

Nos.)

84

(8400 Nos.)

Stack on

pellets

Washing &

Stored

Utilized for packing of

hazardous waste or

sell to authorized

recycler

4. Softner Resin

/ Process

Wastes

23.1 0.010 0.100 HDPE

drum

Packed &

Stored

Will be sent to CHWIF

Note: The project proponent will take membership of TSDF and CHWIF at the earliest.



Fly Ash and Bottom Ash

Other solid wastes would primarily include fly-ash resul ting from the combustion of

Anthracite coal proposed for the project. This would lead to generation of less than one

tonnes day of fly-ash and bottom ash assuming an as h content of 20-25% in the coa l ,

which is realistic for Indonesian coal. Dry fly ash will be del ivered to a cement/ceramic

manufacturer.

Bio-medical Wastes

No biomedical waste will be generated as they do not have any dispensary or OHC

(Occupational Health Centre) at site , hence this rule is not applicable to Shree Va l labh

Chemica l .

Electronic Wastes

Post May 1, 2012, electronic wastes will be handled as per the provisions of the E-Wastes

(Management and Handling) Rules, 2011. This will essentially entail identi fi cation of e-

wastes generated by the existing and proposed project and handing over of such wastes

l ike computer components , used and discarded electrica l/electronic parts , Such

electronic and electrical waste will be collected and periodica l ly handed over to GPCB

authorised recyclers .

Other Non-Hazardous Solid Wastes

In addition to fly and bottom ash, other solid wastes generated would include paper,

plastic and garden wastes. Amongst these cardboard, paper and plastic wastes would be

handed over to scrap dealers whilst garden wastes would be used to make a compost

ferti l i zer (Bio-ferti l i zer)

Used Molecular Sew:

Waste of used molecular sew will be given to come from nitrogen plant and it is checked

once in year by suppl ier

Storage

The sludge from primary and secondary sections is taken into Sludge Drying Bed. After drying,

the same is filled in polythene bags and stored in Sludge Storage Tanks and the leachate is sent

back to ETP for further treatment.

The Storage area shall be leak proof having impervious layer and due care shall be taken so that

in no case there is any waste / spill release from this site into environment causing surface water

/ ground water and soil pollution.

The storage area demarcated is enough for generated sludge. In case of leachate generated, the

company proposes to provide a Leachate Collection System wherein the leachate is taken back to

ETP for further treatment. The storage system within premises is covered to prevent leachate



generation during monsoon and / or any season, the Company shall dispose the ETP sludge to the

TSDF site in HDPE bags.

The other wastes generated like Used Oil and Plastic containers / carbouys shall be sold-off to

approved / registered re-cyclers for its recycling and reuse.

Used Softner Resin/ Process Wastes shall be collected and stored prior to sending to the

Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility.

2.9.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION MEASURES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT:

Process improvements and cleaner production principles proposed to be adopted in

production are:

� The company shall manufacture its products using state of art technology.

� The unit shall keep different mixing vessels for different process reactions. This

measure will automatically remove any chance of contamination and hence liquid

effluent generation will be reduced.

� The floor washing shall be done by mopping with wet cloth to avoid any excess

generation of floor washing.

� Below the mixing vessel, company shall provide a pit for collection and recycle of any

leakages.

� The unit shall install the effluent treatment plant for taking care of any process waste

water generation, floor washings, and leakages.

MAN POWER

The requirement of the existing personnel for the plant is met with keeping in view the

following:

� Technical concept of plant, including process control and instrumentation

� Smooth and efficient operation of plant

� Effective Co-ordination between various departments within the plant

� Optimum organization with well defined and judicious job distribution

� Optimum utilization of different grades of workmen and supervisory staff

� Maximum capacity utilization of facilities.



The probable areas recommended for cleaner production are:

1) Storage Vessels :

• Storage vessels to be fitted with appropriate control devices to avoid possible

leakages.

2) Process Reactors :

• Raw materials in liquid form to be charged by pumping in a closed loop thereby

avoiding fugitive emissions.

• Adopt fixed pipeline for transfer of materials

• Metering system to be adopted for accurate proportion of raw materials

thereby avoiding batch failures and increase of pollution load in the effluent.

• Double mechanical seals to be provided for reduction of fugitive emissions and

leakages.

3) Housekeeping:

• Keep work zone area clean.

• Don not put any materials, drums, carbouys, etc. in the walk ways, entrance and

exit.

• Store all materials properly and clearly labelled, properly stacked in designated

areas only.

• Follow safe working procedures.

• Clean the spillages and leakages properly.

• Adopt preventive maintenance judiciously.

• Fire extinguishers and water sprinklers should always be in a functional mode.

Safety of Manpower

Following personnel protective equipments are provided to the manpower for their safety :

USE OF PPEs

1 Helmet

2 Hand Glove

3 Safety Goggles

4 Gum Boot

5 Nose Mask

6 Safety Belt

7 Blanket



The Material Safety Data Sheet of all the hazardous waste shall be displayed at prominent

locations and workers shall be trained to fight any such emergencies as per Onsite

Emergency Plan.

Safety Equipments:

The management has given proper status & importance to health, safety & environment

area.

� The management has already prepared the health & safety policy & shall be displayed

at certain places & shall be circulated to the workers.

� The management has prepared the safety manual, safety booklet etc. for enhancing

safety culture in the company.

� The management has already prepared the On Site emergency plan.

A safety equipment list proposed to be provided is as shown below :

Table 2.33 : LIST OF SAFETY EQUIPMENTS

SR. NO. NAME OF EQUIPMENT LOCATION

1. Fire Hydrant Between EO Storage Tank – Plant Area

2. Fire Extinguisher DCP Production Plant area, Laboratory

3. Fire Extinguisher CO2 Production Plant area, Laboratory

4. Fire Extinguisher Foam Production Plant area, Laboratory

5. Self Breathing Apparatus Safety Department Room

6. Air Mask Safety Department Room

7. Silver Blanket Safety Department Room

8. Safety Helmet Safety Department Room

9. Safety Goggles Safety Department Room

10. Safety Shoes Safety Department Room

11. First aid Box Safety Department Room

12. Antidotes of all products Safety Department Room

2.9.5 Noise Pollution : The various sources of noise in the industry have been identified as under :

� Pumps

� Boiler

� D. G. Sets ( use only during emergency )

� Process Machinery



The typical expected noise levels in and around the plant are given below :

Table 2.34 : Expected noise levels:

Sr.

No. Source Location Noise Level dB (A) Measures Taken

Day Time Night time

1 Pumps Near ETP 68.6 65.9 Regular

Maintenance

2 D.G. Set Inside D.G. Set

Room 72.8 69.8

Acoustic Enclosure

3 Boiler, Blower Inside Boiler House 70.0 69.4 Separate Room &

Regular

Maintenance

4 Vehicles &

Other Sources

Outside Factory

Premises 60.0 57.0

-

5 Process

Machineries Inside Production

Plant 67.4 65.8

Regular

Maintenance

The following steps have been proposed for controlling noise pollution:

1) Conduct a regular program of preventive maintenance of all the mechanical

equipment, and should be meticulously followed.

2) Provide Anti-vibrating pads & acoustic enclosure to DG Set and compressors.

3) Provide separate cabin to the DG Set and boiler.

4) Provide earmuffs to the operators working in the DG Set and boiler area.



2.9.6 : Raw Material Handling and Storage :

Table 2.28 gives a list of the monthly requirement of each raw material that will be

consumed to manufacture the maximum quantity. All the raw materials shall be first

received by the stores department and samples of raw materials shall be sent to quality

control laboratory wherein the quality of raw material shall be tested. Only after

confirmation of quality by the QC lab, the raw material shall be transferred / unloaded at the

respective storage area in the factory with proper labeling. The raw material in general will

be received in bags, carboys, drums as well as through tankers. 1,200 sq.m. area will be

provided after expansion for raw material storage.

Table : 2.35

LIST OF RAW MATERIALS WITH CONSUMPTION

Sr.

No. Raw Materials Consumption

MT / MT of product MT / Month

1.0 Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate : 160 MT / Month

1.1 Nonyl Phenol 0.332 53.220


1.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.320

1.4 Water 0.008 1.280

2.0 Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate : 30 MT / Month

2.1 Octyl Phenol 0.318 9.556


2.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.060

2.4 Water 0.008 0.240

3.0 Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate : 10 MT / Month

3.1 Dodesyl Phenol 0.229 2.290


3.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.020

3.4 Water 0.008 0.080

4.0 Castor Oil Ethoxylate : 100 MT / Month

4.1 Castor Oil 0.508 50.765


4.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.200

4.4 Water 0.008 0.800

5.0 Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate : 80 MT / Month

5.1 Poly Ethylene (Di – Ethylene) Glycol 0.194 15.501




Storage and Transportation of Liquid Raw Materials

All the liquid raw materials will be stored in storage tanks at separate storage area. The

storage area for hazardous chemicals will be located within the boundary wall with a

constant watch by security round the clock. Proper enclosures shall be provided for all

storage tanks. All necessary firefighting system and safety arrangements shall be provided

near the storage area to combat any emergency accident.

The liquid chemicals shall be transported through pipes via rack to production area from

storage tanks.

Storage and Transportation of other Raw Materials

The raw materials which are procured in drums / carboys / bags shall be stored in separate

storage area in stores department and transported from the storage area to the production

plant by hydraulic trolley / fork lift / trolley as applicable.

5.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.160

5.4 Water 0.008 0.640

6.0 Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate : 120 MT / Month

6.1 Fatty Alcohol 0.296 35.584


6.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.240

6.4 Water 0.008 0.960

7.0 Hydrogenated Castor Oil (HCO) : 20 MT / Month

7.1 Hydrogenated Castor Oil (HCO) 0.319 13.587


7.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.040

7.4 Water 0.008 0.160

8.0 Poly Ol Ethoxylate (De – Emulsifier) : 40 MT / Month

8.1 Poly Ol 0.693 27.198


8.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.008

8.4 Water 0.008 0.320



Table 2.36 shows the details on Transportation, Storage and Handling of the raw materials

and products.

Table 2.36 : TRANSPORTATION DETAILS ON FINISHED PRODUCTS

Sr.

No.

Product Physical

State

Dispatch Means of

Transportation

1. Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

2. Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

3. Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

4. Castor Oil Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

5. Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

6. Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

7. Hydrogenated Castor Oil (HCO)

Ethoxylate Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

8. Poly Ol Ethoxylate (De – Emulsifier) Liquid Local / Export Truck / Container

Table - 2.37 : DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS – TRANSPORTATION

Sr.

No.

Substance Physical

State

Source

of

Supply

Means of

Transportation

(by road)

@ Distance of

Supplier from

Project Site (km)

1. Nonyl Phenol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 20 - 500

2. KOH Flakes Local 25/50 kg bag 20 - 500

3. NaOH Liquid/Flakes Local 25/50 kg drum/bag 20 - 500

4. Octyl Phenol Liquid Local 25/50 kg drum 20 - 500

5. Dodesyl Phenol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 20 - 500

6. Castor Oil Liquid Local 200 kg drum 20 - 500

7. Di – Ethylene Glycol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 20 - 500

8. Fatty Alcohol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 20 - 500

9. Hydrogenated Castor Oil Liquid Local 25/50 kg drum 20 - 500

10. Poly Ol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 20 - 500

11. Ethylene Oxide Liquid Local 7 T Tanker load 125



Safety Procedures for Transfer of Raw Materials

� All the lines shall be metallic and provided with jumpers for the conductivity of each

flames zones

� All the day tanks shall be provided with level indicators and an overflow line which will

come back to the tank

Action plan for the transportation of raw material and products 1. The following major raw materials and products being transported to the facility and

from the facility

1.1 Ethylene Oxide

1.2 Hydrogen Peroxide

1.3 Fatty Alcohols

1.4 Nonyl Phenol, Octyl Phenol & Dodecyl Phenol

1.5 Castor oil & Hydrogenated Castor oil

1.6 Polyethylene Glycol ( PEG)

1.7 Potassium Hydroxide (or Sodium Hydroxide ) Flakes as a catalyst

1.8 The ethylene oxide condensates ( Ethoxylated Products) of all the above

1.9 Diesel

1.10 Coal – Anthracite coal

2. Transportation and handling of Ethylene Oxide (EO)

Of a l l the above products Ethylene Oxide transportation is most hazardous as it is both

flammable and toxic. It is transported in a pressured tanker at a pressure of 4 to 5

Kg/cm2. The transportation of this materia l i s done in a l iquefied s tage at higher

pressure and low temperature of about 4 to 6 °C, in an insulated tanker. Fol lowing

precautions are taken for transportation of this materia l .

2.1 The respons ibi l i ty of the transportation l ies with the suppl ier only.

2.2 The road tanker is filled at a temperature of 2 to 4 °C and at a pressure of 4 to 5

Kg/cm2

2.3 The tanker i s fully insulated to minimize the heat gain during transportation. The

materia l of insulation should be compatible with EO.

2.4 The tanker i s fully equipped with safety equipment and accessories l ike safety

va lve, pressure gauge, temperature gauge and fi re extinguisher.

2.5 The driver and cleaner are fully tra ined in handling the Ethylene Oxide related

emergencies which are l ikely on the road.

2.6 The route of the vehicle is planned in such a way that busy and populated areas

are avoided.

2.7 The Ethylene Oxide is purchased and transported from the nearest location

(From Vadodara faci l i ty of RIL) as far as poss ible.



2.8 The estimated transportation time is 6 to 8 hours. (The distance from Vadodara

manufacturing faci l i ty of RIL i s about 125 km)

2.9 In case there is any mishap on the road or the tanker develops the leak, then i t

i s handled by supplier i .e. (RIL) for which they have a 24 hr emergency and

rescue teams are ava i lable at thei r Vadodara plant.

2.10 The material of construction: of the tanker i s s ta inless s teel only as any

contamination of tanker can result in initiating polymerization reaction which is

exothermic and can cause bursting of the conta iner/tanker.

2.11 Tank fittings and attachments in contact with Ethylene Oxide sha l l a l so be of

the above-mentioned materia ls , and may not conta in copper or a l loys of

copper and/or magnes ium.

2.12 The tanker i s never filled up to the bream. Some empty space i s left to a l low

for the expans ion of the l iquid.

2.13 The road tanker is not a llowed to keep waiting in the open sun ei ther on the

road or in the factory premises to minimize the heat ga in.

2.14 The tanker i s emptied in the Ethylene Oxide s torage tank only when the tank i s

empty.

2.15 The unloading is done by nitrogen pressure. The pumping of Ethylene Oxide i s

avoided in order to control fugi tive emiss ions of EO.

2.16 Use of dedicated tankers: The EO tankers are dedicated for the transportation

of EO only. This i s to avoid contamination and polymerization of EO. If i t gets

polymerized i t wi l l choke the inlet outlet l ines and safety va lve.

2.17 Parking the vehicle - Drivers must ensure that the vehicle is either supervised

or i s parked in a secure place. No potential source of heat or fi re must exis t in

the vicinity, and the vehicle must be capable of being eas i ly removed in an

emergency.

2.18 The parking of the vehicle is to be avoided as far as poss ible. Drivers must

inform the hauler of thei r overnight parking location.

2.19 Delays or accidents : - Al l delays during transport, whether due to severe

weather conditions, breakdown or other reasons must be reported to the

cons ignor as soon as possible. Transport accidents must also be reported to the

cons ignor as soon as poss ible

2.20 Pressure and temperature checks :- For road transport the pressure and/or

temperature of the tank contents should be checked regularly and recorded on

a checkl i s t or in a logbook

2.21 Emergency procedure: - Drivers should be given precise instructions as to the

acceptable pressure and temperature ri se during the journey, and the

emergency action to be taken in the event that readings in excess of

acceptable levels are observed.



2.22 The design of the road tankers / tank containers must guarantee a complete

unloading of the road tankers/tank conta iners . Cri terion: less than 5 l i tres

remaining product.

2.23 The Ethylene Oxide tanker is padded with nitrogen to avoid self-polymerization

of EO vapour.

2.24 The loading and unloading operation of the tanker s hould be s i tuated at the

safe dis tance from the s torage tanks .

2.25 After loading the tanker is pressured with nitrogen to ensure the gas phase

remains inert even up to 50°C.

2.26 The drivers of the tanker to check that the pressure of the tanker does not ri se

above 10 Kg/cm2 or temp do not ri se above 50°C.

2.27 The va lves of the tanker may get choked due to polymerization of EO, hence

they should be cleaned periodica l ly.

2.28 The tanker should not be kept empty containing vapour of EO for long times to

avoid polymerization of EO. It should be purged and mainta ined under

ni trogen pressure.

2.29 Precautions while unloading the tanker

2.29.1. During loading or unloading the vehicle must be earthed. Ensure double

earthen to avoid any s tatic charge accumulation

2.29.2. The oxygen content of the tanker should be less than 0.3% by vol . before

loading of EO

2.29.3 The operator should wear breathing apparatus before loading or

unloading Ethylene Oxide.

2.29.4 After connection the hose must be purged with nitrogen to make i t free

from Oxygen

2.29.5 The flange joints and other connections to be checked with soap solution

for leakage. It should be kept in mind that the thresh hold limit for EO in

a i r i s 1 ppm only.

2.29.6 The key of the vehicle should be removed

2.29.7 The vehicle hand brake i s to be put on.

2.29.8 The wheel chocks should be applied during loading unloading to s top

accidenta l movement of vehicle.

2.29.9 Hand brake should be appl ied when the tanker i s getting loaded or

unloaded.

2.29.10 The driver should be near the vehicle during loading unloading

operation.

2.29.11 The vehicle should be parked in the shed when it is loaded or unloaded.

Company has obtained renewal l i cense for Ehylene Oxide Storage l i cense from

Petroleum and Explos ives Safety Organisation (PESO), West Ci rcle, Minis try of

Commerce & Industry, Govt. of India, vide License No.: S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date

of Is sue: 13-04-2011, Va lidity upto: 31-03-2014 and Renewal License vide License



No.: S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date of Is sue: 17-02-2014, Va l idi ty up to 31-03-2017

(Please Refer Annexure – 2) vide compl iance of thei r requirements .

3. Storage and handling of Hydrogen Peroxide

3.1 The hydrogen peroxide is used in the process as a bleaching agent. Whenever the

product has a yellowish tinge about 1litre of hydrogen peroxide is added to the

reactor to make a colourless l iquid.

3.2 The hydrogen peroxide is brought in a 50 l itre carboys

3.3 It i s stored in a shed away from the other material as i t is a s trong oxidizing

agent.

4. Storage and handling of alkyl phenols

4.1 The a lkyl phenols are the main raw materials for the facility. The alkyl phenols

mainly used are Nonyl Phenol. Dodesyl Phenol and Octyl Phenol.

4.2 These are mostly available in liquid form

4.3 They are purchased in the 200 l itres HDPE drums or MS Drums and brought to

the factory in the transport truck.

4.4 They are s tored in the factory main s torage area.

4.5 The l iquid from the drums is transferred to the reactor by a portable pump, the

pump is mounted on the top of the drum and the suction pipe is dipped in the

drum upto the bottom.

4.6 The remaining liquid is manually poured in a small container of about 10 to 20

l i tres in size and is pumped to the reactor.

4.7 Secondary containment in the form of a tray is used to control the spillage of the

material

4.8 Al l the used drums are sold to the authorized and GPCB approved recyclers

5. Storage and handling of castor oil, hydrogenated castor oil and fatty alcohol

The castor oil and fatty alcohol are liquids with a similar properties like a lkyl phenols

and they are brought in 200 l itres MS or HDPE drums by road trucks.

They are handled in the s imilar way like an a lkyl phenols.



6. Storage and Handling of PEG (polyethylene glycol)

6.1 PEG is the main raw material for the production of Poly-Sol a de-emulsifier used

in crude oil processing to separate oil from the water.

6.2 PEG is the higher boiling glycol. It is in liquid form. It is procured in 200 l iters MS

or HDPE drums.

6.3 The drums are transported in the road truck and s tored in a separate area in the

raw material storage shed.

6.4 Occas ionally the material is supplied in the road tanker. The road tanker material

i s emptied in the 200 l itres HDPE drums. They are s tored in the shed away from

the di rect sunlight.

6.5 The PEG is transferred to the reactor from the drum by the portable pump which

can be mounted on the drum top.

6.6 The used drums are sold to the authorized recyclers.

7. Storage and handling of potash flakes or caustic flakes

7.1 The caustic or potassium hydroxide i s used as a catalyst for the initiation of

ethoxylation reaction

7.2 The material is purchased and is available in 25 kg or 50 kg HDPE l ined woven

sacks.

7.3 This is transported by the road truck.

7.4 Since the material is highly hygroscopic, the bags are tightly closed after taking

out the material.

7.5 A 30 % or 50 % caustic or potash solution i s made in water for use as a catalyst.

7.6 Adequate PPE i s used while handling the flakes, especially the use of hand gloves

and goggles is must while handling.

7.7 Since the material is harmful to skin and eyes adequate tra ining in handling this

material is given to workers.

7.8 The empty bags are fully washed and decontaminated before selling or recycling

them for s torage of other product.

8. Diesel

8.1 Diesel will be used as fuel for running the DG set in case of power failure.



8.2 The quantity of diesel required is depends on the running of DG set. But i t is

about 100 l iters per month.

8.3 . Diesel is available on the nearby petrol pump

8.4 It i s brought in a 35 or 50 l i ters carboys and is transferred to the tank in the DG

set.

8.5 The carboys are dedicated for diesel

8.6 Al l necessary safety precautions are taken as diesel is a flammable l iquid.

9. Coal

9.1 The facility will be set up a coal fi red boiler for production of s team

9.2 The coal requirement is about 2 MT per day.

9.3 Imported coal or Anthracite coal is procured through the dealers is delivered to

the s ite by Road Lorries.

9.4 The coal is stored in shed near the boiler and is manually fed to the boiler to

maintain boiler pressure.

9.5 Big lumps of coal are broken into small pieces manually for feeding to the boiler.

9.6 Since coal can catch fire on its own in the open s torage, regular water spraying is

done the coal.

9.7 Big heaps of coal is avoided to reduce chances of fire.

10. Storage and handling of ethoxylate products: All ethoxylate products are in liquid

form and near to similar properties and sell in 200 l iters capacity HDPE drums by road.

Handling of product like similar way of raw material.

2.9.7 Technical Profile

Boundary wall, Office building, Boi ler room, Pantry, toi lets , underground water

tank, s torage tank platform, cemented internal road are a l ready exis ts because

there was an industry exis ts before on proposed s i te. Civi l work l imited to

formation of steel column for protection and storage will be carried out therefore,

l imited construction work will be carried – out and impact a vehicular and any other

movement wi l l be less during construction phase.



2.9.8 Project Schedule

After obta ining of Environmental Clearance for Proposed Expansion, new installation

wi l l be completed within 3 - 4 months .

2.9.9 Future Prospects

Starting with a small expansion to understand the chemical technology/industry to

take a leap for a bigger project.

2.10 Assessment of new & untested technology for the risk of technological

failure:

There is no new and untested technology being used, therefore no ri sk of technology

fa i lure.



CHAPTER - 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.1 STUDY AREA, PERIOD, COMPONENTS & METHODOLOGY












The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during the month of March –

2014 to May-2014 in a s tudy area of 5 km radial distance from the project s i te with

reference to the Components/Attributes as summarized in Table - 3.1.

Table - 3.1: Details of Components/Attributes

Components/Attributes Parameters

Meteorologica l data Wind speed and direction, temperature, rainfall

Water Envi ronment

Phys ica l and Chemica l parameters

Ai r Envi ronment PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, NH3, Lead, VOC

Soi l Envi ronment

Phys ica l and Chemica l parameters

Noise Envi ronment Noise level in dBA

Land Use Pattern

Land use for different Land use class i fi cations

Socio-economic Status

Socio-economic characteris tics



SAMPLING AND METHODOLOGY:

The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during the month of March –

2014 to May-2014 in a s tudy area of 5 km radia l dis tance from the project s i te.

Method of selecting the number and location of moni toring s tations , the type of

sampling and parameters are monitored as per TOR and as per CPCB guidel ine. Six

sample stations are selected for monitoring of Air Envi ronment, Water Envi ronment,

Soi l Environment and Noise Environment components in the study area. Sampling and

analysis are carried-out NABL Accredited laboratory M/s . Green Ci rcle Inc., Vadodara.

Sample s tations are in around the s i te within five ki lometer of the s tudy area,

locations are:

Table 3.2 : Air, Water, Soil, Noise Sampling Location:

Sample

Station No.

Name of location Lati tude Longi tude

1. SVC: Shree Vallabh Chemica l (s i te

i tsel f)

23o11’49.89” 72o50’59.09”

2. PCS: Sampa Vi l lage 23o12’26.67” 72o51’32.80”

3. AHM: Ahmedpura Vi l lage 23o12’17.82” 72o50’39.63”

4. BNM: Mosampura Vi l lage 23o10’47.01” 72o52’24.96”

5. CHM: Champalpur, Palaiya Vi l lage 23o11’42.18” 72o50’37.58”

6. SMP: Sampa Vi l lage 23o11’36.06” 72o52’45.01”

FIG.: 3.1 Google Image shows expansion project site and study area (blue

circle) with sample station location (yellow mark)



Fig.: 3.2 : Key Infrastructure map showing site for expansion project in small green

circle at @ 5 km from Dehgam Town in NE direction



3.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENTS:

1. Air Environment

2. Water Environment

3. Noise Environment

4. Soil / Land Environment

5. Biological Environment

6. Socio-economic Environment and

7. Aesthetic Environment

3.2.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT:

METEOROLOGY

The climatic condition is moderate and generally healthy. Summers are somewhat hot. The

area receives about 800 mm of rainfall annually. Monsoon month are July to September.

However some rainfall is observed in June and October. Rain is brought by south-west

monsoon winds. During the rest days sky is generally clear except for few days some clouds

are visible.

At Ahmedabad, the annual average minimum temperature recorded was 20.5oC and the

lowest ever minimum temperature recorded was 2.2oC. The annual average maximum

temperature recorded was 34.4oC and the highest ever maximum temperature recorded

was 47.8oC. The average relative humidity was around 51%. The annual rainfall is around

805 mm and the heaviest rainfall recorded in 24 hours was 415 mm.

WIND SPEED AND DIRECTION

At Ahmedabad, the mean velocity recorded was 6.7 kmph. The dominant wind directions

during April to September recorded in mornings and evenings were SW-W-NW. During

October to March, the dominant wind direction varied from NE-E-SE in the mornings to W-

NW-N in the evenings.

The meteorological data were collected by M/s. Green Circle Inc., Vadodara, by collecting

hourly wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall, etc is

recorded from March, 2014 to May, 2014 by the wind monitoring instrument (weather

station). On the basis of data collection, wind rose diagram for the study period is given in

Figure 3.3.



Figure 3.3 : Wind Rose Diagram

(Period : March,2014 to May, 2014)

Source : WRPLOT VIEW - Lakes Environmental Software

Note : Figure shows the percentage of times the wind blows from that particular direction,

predominant down wind direction N, NW, NNW.

NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (NAAQS)

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential, Rural

and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The state has not

promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.



Table 3.3 : NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Area Pollutant Concentration, µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Industrial, Residential & Rural and Other

Area

100 60 80 80

Sensitive Area 100 60 20 30

SOURCE EMISSION STANDARDS

The Stack Emission Standards and Air Quality Standards in various units of the plant are

specified by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) under The Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981. The emission standards along with source of air pollution,

stack height and diameter, expected pollutants, etc are given in Chapter - 2.

Table 3.4 : SOURCE EMISSION STANDARDS

Sr. No. Source of Emission Type of Emission Permissible Limit

1. Boiler

SPM

SO2

NOx

150 mg / Nm3

100 ppm

50 ppm

2. DG Set (125 KVA) SPM

SO2

NOx

150 mg / Nm3

100 ppm

50 ppm

Existing source of emission is stack emission only which is generated during combustion of

LDO and stack emission is monitored once in a month in the study period. Results of the

stack emission is given in Table3.5 below:

Table : 3.5 : Results of stack monitoring

Month SPM

(mg/ Nm3)

SO2

(ppm)

NOx

(ppm)

March – 2014 80.5 11.1 16.0

April – 2014 77.5 10.5 15.5

May - 2014 72.9 9.6 14.9



AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ)

The collection of base line information for air environment includes identification of specific

air pollutants expected to be released into the atmosphere and to have significant impact

on neighbor-hood due to the proposed project. It is proposed to use Imported Coal as fuel

for the Steam Boiler. Hence, to control the particulate emissions, a Multicone Dust

Collector has been proposed. HSD will be used as fuel in the D.G. Set – only during

emergency. There are no other process emissions. The company shall regularly monitor the

background ambient air quality for Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx).

Ambient Air Quality status with respect to the identified air pollutants within the study area

of 5 km is studied by monitoring the ambient air quality. The monitoring has been done

during the period from March, 2014 to May, 2014, for the parameters – Particulate Matter

2.5 (PM2.5), Particulate Matter 10 (PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxidesof Nitrogen (NOx),

Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Lead and Hydro Carbon (Volatile Organic

Compounds - VOC) at six (6) sampling locations, located in different directions and situated

within the suspected impact zone of 5 km. around the plant. The stations were set up based

on the meteorological data available for the area including the wind pattern. The stations

were spread in all directions and one station at the site, as per the MoEF guidelines.

Monitoring is done as per CPCB Guidelines.

THE LOCATION OF AAQ STATIONS

The locations of Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations were based on the following

considerations:

� Predominant Wind Speed and Wind Direction with respect to air pollution sources

from the project site.

� Location of sensitive receptors and industrial establishments.

� Availability of infrastructure facilities like electricity, approach, safety of Equipment

etc.

In all monitoring has been done at six sampling stations located in different directions and

situated within the study area around the plant.



SAMPLE ANALYSIS

The sampling and testing of ambient air quality parameters were carried out as per the

methods prescribed under the National Ambient Air Quality Standards – 2009.

BASE LINE DATA

At every sampling station, important parameters viz. Particulate Matter 2.5 (PM2.5),

Particulate Matter 10 (PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon

Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Lead (Pb), and Hydro Carbon (Volatile Organic Compounds

- VOC) were monitored. The results are depicted in the Table 3.6 below:

TABLE 3.6 : AMBIENT AIR MONITORING RESULTS

1. Maximum 98 Percentile values

No. Parameter Maximum 98 Percentile

value, μg / m3 Permissible Limits,

μg / m3

1. PM2.5 31.87 60

2. PM10 73.12 100

3. SO2 12.06 80

4. NOx 24.61 80

5 CO 0.35 2000

6. Lead 0.24 1

7. VOC < 1 N. A.

Note :

1) The values of other parameters viz. Ozone (<1 μg / m3), Benzene (< 0.25 μg / m3),

Ammonia (< 1 μg / m3), Benzo(a)Pyrene (< 0.05 μg / m3) & VOC (< 1 μg / m3) are below

their detectable limits.

2) N. A. = Not Available

2. Comparison of 98 Percentile Values at Various Locations with the NAAQS

Table 3.7 : Comparison in percentage with NAAQS

No. Location Duration 98 Percentile Concentration, μg / m3

PM2.5 PM10 SO2 NOx

1) Project Site 24 hours 30.11 64.06 10.57 21.67

2) PCS: Village Sampa 24 hours 27.11 62.20 10.26 20.94

3) Village : Ahmedpura 24 hours 31.87 73.12 12.06 24.61

4) Village : Mosampura 24 hours 26.18 55.71 09.75 10.99

5) CHM: Village Palaiya 24 hours 28.35 60.32 09.95 20.40

6) Village : Sampa 24 hours 25.23 59.16 09.76 19.72

NAAQS # 60.00 100.00 80.00 80.00

Note : # Permissible Limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards



3. Comparison of 98 Percentile Values at Various Locations with the NAAQS

Table 3.8 : Comparison in percentage with NAAQS

No. Location Duration 98 Percentile Concentration, μg / m3

Pb CO VOC

1) Project Site 24 hours 0.24 0.35 < 1

2) PCS: Village Sampa 24 hours 0.02 0.34 < 1

3) Village : Ahmedpura 24 hours 0.02 0.26 < 1

4) Village : Mosampura 24 hours 0.22 0.32 < 1

5) CHM: Village Palaiya 24 hours 0.23 0.33 < 1

6) Village : Sampa 24 hours 0.02 0.48 < 1

NAAQS # 1.0 2000 (8 Hr) N. A.

Note : # Permissible Limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards

4. Summary of Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Table 3.9 : Summary of Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Reading PM2.5,

µµµµ g/m3

PM10,

µµµµ g/m3

SO2

µµµµ g/m3

NOx

µµµµ g/m3

Pb

µµµµ g/m3

CO

µµµµ g/m3

VOC

µµµµ g/m3

1. Project Site A.M.

Range

26.37

20.2-30.2

56.11

42.9- 64.2

9.26

7.1-10.6

18.98

14.5-21.7

0.21

0.16-0.24

0.31

0.23-0.35

< 1

2. PCS: Village

Sampa A.M.

Range

23.27

19.0-27.4

53.38

43.5-62.8

8.81

7.18-10.4

17.97

14.6-21.1

0.014

0.01-0.02

0.29

0.22-0.37

< 1

3. Village :

Ahmedpura A.M.

Range

26.52

17.4-32.5

60.85

39.9-74.5

10.04

6.58-12.3

20.48

13.4-25.1

0.02

0.01-0.03

0.22

0.14-0.26

< 1

4. Village :

Mosampura A.M.

Range

23.02

19.9-26.5

48.98

42.5-56.4

8.57

7.44-9.87

17.57

15.3-20.2

0.20

0.17-0.23

0.28

0.25-0.33

< 1

5. CHM: Village :

Palaiya A.M.

Range

24.81 52.80 8.71 17.86 0.20 0.29 < 1

20.0-28.4 42.5-60.5 7.01-9.98 14.4-20.5 0.16-0.23 0.23-0.33

6. Village : Sampa A.M.

Range

20.53

15.7-26.5

48.13

36.9-62.2

7.94

6.09.-10.3

16.04

12.3-20.7

0.017

0.01-0.02

0.369

0.28-0.48

< 1



Figure 3.4 : Graphical Presentation of Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Legends :

Series 1 : Represents the Maximum 98 percentile value.

Series 2 : Represents the Permissible limits as per NAAQS

1 Represents the Particulate Matter 2.5 ( PM2.5 ) concentration

2 Represents the Particulate Matter ( PM10 ) concentration

3 Represents the Sulphur Dioxide ( SO2 ) concentration

4 Represents the Oxides of Nitrogen ( NOx ) concentration

Fig 3.5 : Graphical Presentation of Cumulative 98 Percentile Values of PM 2.5 at

Various Locations

Series3, 1, 31.87

Series3, 2, 73.12

Series3, 3, 12.06Series3, 4, 24.61

Series4, 1, 60

Series4, 2, 100

Series4, 3, 80 Series4, 4, 80

Ma

xim

um

Co

nce

ntr

ati

on

of

Po

llu

tan

t,

μg

/m

3

Pollutant Type

Ambient Air Quality



Fig. 3.6 : Graphical Presentation of Cumulative 98 Percentile Values of PM 10 at

Various Locations

Fig. 3.7 : Graphical Presentation of Mean 98 Percentile Values of SO2 at Various

Locations

Fig. 3.8 : Graphical Presentation of Cumulative 98 Percentile Values of NOx at Various Locations



3.2.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water is the most vital resource for all kinds of life. It should not only be available in

sufficient quantity but should be of good quality as well. Defilement of water, as a result of

human activities, industrial activities and consequent pollution of water, causes

deterioration of the environment. Groundwater and surface water flows from N-NNE to S-

SSW direction due to geological gradient. In the study area, the main source of water is

ground water.

BASELINE DATA

The quality of ground water and surface water resources around the site was assessed.

Suitable sampling points were selected and physico-chemical parameters of the water

samples were monitored to establish the baseline status of water quality around the plant

site.

The sampling locations are within 5 km for the period of March-2014 to May-2014 within

the radius of the expansion project. The sampling locations and results have been depicted

in Table 3.10 to Table 3.15. Parameters Nitrate, p-Alkalinity, Detergents, Oil & Grease,

Phenolic Compound, Lead, Cadmium, Zinc, Copper, Chromium, Arsenic, Mercury are Below

Detectable Limit.

Physico-chemical parameters have been used for assessing the base line quality of water

environment and identification of impacts due to the proposed project.

No. Location Duration

1. Project Site Once in month

2. PCS: Village Sampa Once in month

3. Village : Ahmedpura Once in month

4. Village : Mosampura Once in month

5. CHM: Village Palaiya Once in month

6. Village : Sampa Once in month



TABLE 3.10 : CHARACTERISTICS OF WATER IN STUDY AREA

Parameters Project Site (Ground Water)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.89 7.80 8.1

Temperature, oC 28.0 31.7 33.6

Turbidity, NTU <2 <2 <2

Colour, Hazen <5 <5 <5

Total Dissolved Solids, mg / l 860 812 922

Total Suspended Solids, mg / l 26 22 29

Sulphates, mg / l 92.6 97 95.1

Chlorides, mg / l 83.9 84 84

Total Hardness, mg / l 554 554 535

Calcium as Ca, mg / l 73.54 71.17 73.21

Magnesium as Mg, mg / l 24.22 24.19 28.20

Alkalinity, mg / l 250 256 247

Copper, mg / l 0.21 0.21 0.26

Nitrate, mg / l 25 23 24

Iron, mg / l 0.10 0.11 0.12

Sodium, mg / l 1.5 1.6 1.3

Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/l 11.0 11.2 11.2

Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/l 3.1 3.2 3.3

Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l 2.4 2.5 2.4

Phosphate, mg/l 0.40 0.43 0.45




Parameters Village : Ahmedpura (Ground Water)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.76 7.45 7.78






Sulphates, mg / l 124 124 127

Chlorides, mg / l 37 32 37


Calcium as Ca, mg / l 95.13 93.21 98.20



Copper, mg / l 0.14 0.8 0.14

Nitrate, mg / l 7.9 8.0 7.1

Iron, mg / l 0.16 0.12 0.15

Sodium, mg / l 1.2 1.4 1.1








Parameters Village : Champalpur (Palaiya) (Ground Water)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.37 7.29 7.45







Chlorides, mg / l 32 30.6 37


Calcium as Ca, mg / l 54.38 51.21 54.23



Copper, mg / l 0.21 0.9 0.25

Nitrate, mg / l 18.4 18.3 19.2

Iron, mg / l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Sodium, mg / l 1.4 1.3 1.1







TABLE 3.13 : CHARACTERISTICS OF WATER IN STUDY AREA (CONTINUED)

Parameters Village : Sampa (Ground Water)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.67 7.70 7.51






Sulphates, mg / l 45.6 47.5 46.1



Calcium as Ca, mg / l 33.21 32.86 34.21



Copper, mg / l 0.06 0.07 0.08

Nitrate, mg / l 13.1 12.5 13.4

Iron, mg / l 0.10 <0.1 <0.1

Sodium, mg / l 1.5 1.1 1.3








Parameters Village : PCS, Sampa (Ground Water)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.12 7.34 7.23









Calcium as Ca, mg / l 62.12 65.73 66.13



Copper, mg / l 0.19 0.21 0.24

Nitrate, mg / l 10 11 13

Iron, mg / l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Sodium, mg / l 1.2 1.0 1.2








Parameters Village : Mosampura (Ground Water)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.58 7.36 7.52









Calcium as Ca, mg / l 64.21 67.33 66.21



Copper, mg / l 0.27 0.31 0.34

Nitrate, mg / l 6.0 6.7 6.1

Iron, mg / l 0.13 0.12 0.14

Sodium, mg / l 1.2 1.0 1.1







3.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes

annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human

environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been measured, at selected

points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing situation. The noise levels were

measured at the site and some human settlements. Sound levels were measured with the

help of noise meter. Noise levels in the study area are given in Table 3.16

TABLE 3.16 : NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA

STATION LOCATION Day Time, dB(A) Night Time, dB(A)

N1 Project Site 63.25 – 64.63 53.50 – 55.88

N2 PCS: Village Sampa 52.06 – 54.81 42.25 – 43.00

N3 Village : Ahmedpura 52.63 – 54.38 41.25 – 42.38

N4 Village : Mosampura 51.63 – 53.44 42.88 – 43.25

N5 CHM: Village Palaiya 51.94 – 53.75 41.50 – 42.38

N6 Village : Sampa 52.94 – 53.44 43.00 – 44.63

The present levels of noise at the project site are observed to vary from 53 to 56 dB(A).

In the villages surveyed, the noise levels followed cyclical pattern, changing from about 41.0

dB(A) to 45.0 dB(A) in the night and about 51.0 dB(A) to 56.0 dB(A) in the morning and

evening, which are generally observed in the agricultural fields.

The National Noise Quality criteria are presented in Table 3.17 below:

TABLE 3.17 : NATIONAL NOISE QUALITY CRITERIA

Area Code Category of Area Limits dB( A )

Day Time

Leq.* dB( A )

Night Time

N1 Industrial 75 70

N2 Commercial 65 55

N3 Residential 55 45

N4 Silence Zone 50 40

*Leq. = Equivalent Sound Pressure Level

Day time = 6:00 am to 9:00 pm

Night Time = 9:00 pm to 6:00 am



3.2.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Topography / Geology

The overall project site is on plain land devoid of any permanent and economically useful

vegetation. Slope of the study area terrain is from N-NNE to S-SSW. The proposed expansion

project is located within the existing premises at Village: Ahmedpura - Sampa, Taluka :

Dehgam, District : Gandhinagar in Gujarat state.

Soil

The soil quality of an area has a direct / indirect effect on the plants and animals of that

particular area. Any industrial activity is accompanied by releases of gaseous and liquid

pollutants and disposal of solid wastes, which may have adverse impacts on the

characteristics of soil, which in turn may affect the plant and animal lives.

Six composite soil samples were collected from plant site at a depth of around 1m. Samples

were collected with the help of Auger sampler. The results are given in the form of physical

characteristics and chemical characteristics in Table 3.18.

SAMPLE STATION No. LOCATION

1. Project Site

2. PCS: Village Sampa

3. Village : Ahmedpura

4. Village : Mosampura

5. CHM: Village Palaiya

6. Village : Sampa

TABLE 3.18 : CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN STUDY AREA

PARAMETERS PROJECT SITE

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.89 7.75 7.92

Manganese, mg / kg 42.8 54.3 43.1

Phosphorus, mg / kg BDL BDL BDL

Available Nitrogen, mg / kg 6134 6761 6697

Potassium as K, mg / kg 115.0 108.0 105.0

Calcium as Ca, mg / kg 154.27 159.32 154.2

Magnesium as Mg, mg / kg 20.8 22.3 21.5

Sulfur, % 0.63 0.60 0.63

Copper as Cu, mg / kg BDL BDL BDL

Zinc, mg / kg 1 1 1

Iron, mg / kg 1237 1301 1224

Note: BDL is Below Detectable Limits.



TABLE 3.19 : CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN STUDY AREA (CONTD.)

PARAMETERS Village : Ahmedpura

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.35 7.91 7.50

Manganese, mg / kg 50.4 61.2 44.5



Potassium as K, mg / kg 101.0 98 102.0



Sulfur, % 0.60 0.62 0.60


Zinc, mg / kg 1 1 1

Iron, mg / kg 1168 1154 1139



PARAMETERS Village : Palaiya (Champalpur)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.07 7.01 7.29

Manganese, mg / kg 45.7 42.9 43.7






Sulfur, % 0.57 0.60 0.63


Zinc, mg / kg 1 1 1

Iron, mg / kg 1128 1215 1308





PARAMETERS Village : Sampa

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.83 7.75 7.70

Manganese, mg / kg 56.1 43.8 45.1






Sulfur, % 0.62 0.68 0.65


Zinc, mg / kg 1 1 1

Iron, mg / kg 1231 1297 1284



PARAMETERS Village : Sampa (PCS)

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.01 7.53 7.10

Manganese, mg / kg 60.4 44.1 42.6






Sulfur, % 0.53 0.64 0.62


Zinc, mg / kg 1 1 1

Iron, mg / kg 1200 1267 1238





PARAMETERS Village : Mosampura

March, 2014 April, 2014 May, 2014

pH 7.13 7.74 7.58

Manganese, mg / kg 57.2 46.7 46.7






Sulfur, % 0.54 0.64 0.61


Zinc, mg / kg 1 1 1

Iron, mg / kg 1104 1159 1086


3.2.5 LAND USE PATTERN:

1. Introduction

Present s tudy of mapping Land Use / Land Cover using remote sens ing data of Ahmedpur

vi l lage and surrounding in Dehgam tehs i l of Gandhinagar. Now a days , i t has become

mandatory to carry out a Land Use / Land Cover analysis of the project s ite us ing satel l i te

data similar to preliminary s ite survey. Comprehensive and chronologica l Land Use / Land

Cover information is very vi tal for management of land. Accurate & precise compi lation of

this information helps in deciding the proper use of the land. Optimum economic use in

accordance with minimal disturbance of the present ecology should be the prime objective

of any industrial activity. Remote Sensing technology because of synoptic, repeti tive and

multi spectral characteristics becomes very vi tal technology for mapping Land Use / Land

Cover. In addition to this, the s tudy provides the facility of constant monitoring and past

his tory of any particular area. Geographic Information System (GIS) i s a tool , which a l lows

the integration of spatia l data with non - spatia l data .

Systematic and comprehensive compilation of Land Use / Land Cover maps and data

i s necessary for planned development of agriculture, forest, grasslands, rura l settlements ,

urban spread, industries and a host of other land based programs and activi ties . Land Use

refers to the various ways, the land is being utilized for different purposes by man mainly to

generate income as well as for residentia l purpose. Whereas , ‘Land Cover’ refers to the

natural surrounding present on the area under study. The existing information on Land Use

/ Land Cover i s largely in the form of statistics based on compi lation of vi l lage records .

Whatever information available in the form of maps, suffers from the problems of spotty



coverage, lack of consistency and a large time gap between data compi lation and map

publ ication.

In the present s tudy, Land Use / Land Cover information of the study area i.e. 10 km

buffer around the project s ite has been mapped using the digital data dated 4th Apri l 2014

and 11th March 2014 of Satellite Resource sat-2, Sensor – L4FMX, Path-93, Row-56 having

resolution of 5 meter and 15th May 2014 of Satel l i te Cartosat-I, Sensor - PANF, Path-508,

Row-290 having resolution of 2.5 meter and 18th February 2014 of Satel l i te Cartosat-I,

Sensor - PANF, Path-509, Row-290 having resolution of 2.5 meter.

Data has been corrected geometrically and radiometrically. This corrected data has

been used for classifying the image. Various major categories like agricul ture, wasteland,

water body, etc. were identified and mapped. Area statistics is ca lculated for different Land

Use / Land Cover categories along with generating of pie charts . A thematic map i s a lso

generated depicting various classes with di fferent symbols .

2. Objectives

Main objectives of this ana lys is are:

• To analyze Land Use / Land Cover of the study area using latest remote sensing

satellite data.

• To generate statistics of Land Use / Land Cover classes and thematic map.

3. Study Area

The s tudy area consists of mine lease area and its buffer zone 10 Km from periphery.

The s tudy area fa l l s in Gandhinagar Dis trict of Gujarat.

Extents of study areas

Extents of study area as per following table

Table:3.24 Location and Extent

Buffer Zone Extents Area in Ha. SOI Toposheet

Reference Latitude Longitude

10km 23°06'30.944"N to

23°17'18.502"N

72°45'15.018"E to

72°56'55.872"E

31415.51 46A/15 and 46A/16

4. Data used

Digi tal remote sensing data as per deta i l s given below was procured on CD media .

Table:3.25 Data used

Satellite Sensor Sub scene Path-Row Date

Resource sat-2 L4FMX A 93-56 04/04/2014

Resource sat-2 L4FMX B 93-56 11/03/2014

Cartosat-1 PANF - 508-290 15/05/2014

Cartosat-1 PANF - 509-290 18/02/2014



5. General Description of the study area

5.1 Location and Extent

The detail of study area are as defined in table 3.24. It i s located on SH No-.68 to the

north of Dehgam town. Nearest railway s tation and ta luka place i s Dehgam at a distance of

4.5 Km.

6. Land Use:

General topography of the study area i s plain. Genera l s lope of the area i s from

north to south. The area is drained by two rivers namely Khari and Meshvo. River Khari

flows in the north-west part of the s tudy area and Meshvo in eastern part of the area. A

meter gauge railway l ine from Ahmedabad to Himatnagar and SH No.-68 passes through

center of s tudy area.

Main crops of the area are Groundnut, cotton, toor and caster in khari f and potato

and wheat in rabi. Majority of the area is covered by agricultural land. There are two towns

Dehgam and Rakhiyal and about 35 vi llages. There are several small industries a long State

Highway passing through Dehgam and Rakhiyal. There is a lso a smal l GIDC complex near

Dehgam Town.

7. Methodology

General methodology using digital satelli te data to derive Land Use / Land Cover

layer. The methodology comprises the fol lowing functional component.

Data loading and image preparation

Three bands of data were downloaded from CD media and stacked to form a fa lse colour

composite (FCC). This raw data was geo-referenced and projected in Universa l Transverse

Mercator (UTM), zone 43N projection. This projection was adopted from National Spatia l

Framework (NSF). This data was radiometrica l ly enhanced for ease of interpretation.

Base map features mapping

Mapping of base map feature l ike roads, river, nala, water bodies and drainage were done

us ing interpretation key.



Ground truth verifications

Ground truth is conducted to veri fy certa in spectra l ly confus ing classes found during

interpretation. During the traverse, Land Use / Land Cover classes were veri fied for thei r

correctness with respect to interpreted map. Local information regarding cropping pattern

etc. were a lso col lected.

Finalization of map based on ground truth collection

Based on ground truth observations class i fied map was refined and fina l i zed..

Maps and Statistics

Stati stics for s tudy area was generated in Arc GIS software and different base maps , Land

Use maps , reference and location maps are composed in Arc Map software.

8. Classification system

A two level classi fi cation system based on Environmenta l Impact Assessment

Guidance Manual for mineral beneficiation prepared by Adminis trative Staff Col lege of

India, Hyderabad. (February 2010) has been adopted /modi fied for this s tudy area and

shown in table 3.26.

TABLE -3.26 : LAND USE / LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM

Level – I Level - II

1 Built-up land Residential

Industrial

Transportation

2 Agricultural land crop land and fallow land

Plantation

3 Waste land Open Scrub and Dense Scrub

4 Water bodies Lake/ River

Fol lowing sections describe various classes. Examples of these classes with photographs

taken during ground truth verification visit and corresponding portion of satellite image are

shown in subsequent pages .

8.1 Built up land:

It genera l ly refers to an area, which i s not cul tivated and i s used for human

res identia l purpose. Vi l lages come under this category. (Refer figure 1)



Vacant land within or near by settlements used for industrial activities are a lso considered

under this broad category. Refer figure 2.

For transport and communication purpose like railway and airport is a lso categories as built-

up land.

8.2 Agricultural land:

This areas are primarily used for ra ising agricultural crops, fiber, vegetables , frui ts ,

cul tivated fodder and other plant material of medicinal and commercial va lue. Plantations

are a lso cons idered as agricul tura l land. Refer figure 3.

Plantation

These areas are separable from cropland. Plantation appears in dark-red to red tone

of di fferent sizes with regular and sharp edges indicating the presence of a fence around.

Refer figure 4.

8.3 Wastelands

Wasteland is described as degraded land which is currently not used for cul tivation

and i s deteriorating for lack of appropriate water and soil management. It consists of dense

and open scrub land including ravines . Refer figure 5.

8.4 Water bodies

This class comprises areas of surface water found in the form of ponds , lakes ,

reservoirs .

Lake / Pond

These are accumulation of water in a depression of various s i zes ei ther natura l or

man made. Refer figure 6.

River / Nala

This is a natural course of water flowing on the land surface a long a definite channel

and may be seasonal or perennia l . Refer figure 7.



Class Photographs

Fig. 3.9 Built-up (Residential)

Fig. 3.10 Built-up (Industrial)



Fig.3.11 Agricultural land

Fig. 3.12 Plantation



Fig. 3.13 Wasteland

Fig. 3.14 Lake/Pond



Fig.3.15 River



Fig. 3.16



Fig. 3.17



Fig. 3.18



Table 3.27 : Land Use/Land Cover Statistics within 10 Km:

Land Use/Land Cover Statistics within 10 Km. - Shree Vallabh Chemical

CLASSIFICATION

LEVEL – I LEVEL – II % Area Area (Ha)

Built-up Residential 4.14 1299.18

Industrial Area 0.62 197.37

Transportation 0.04 12.01

Sub-total 4.80 1508.56

Agriculture Land Agricultural Land 83.65 26279.01

Plantation 0.27 83.35

Sub-total 83.92 26362.36

Wastelands Dense + Open Scrub 9.58 3009.54

Sub-total 9.58 3009.54

Water bodies River 1.30 407.94

Lake/Pond/Canal 0.40 127.11

Sub-total 1.70 535.05

Total 100.00 31415.51

Fig. 3.19

Landuse Analysis

Built-up Residential

Built-up Industry

TransportationAgricul tural Land

PlantationWas teland

RiverLake/Pond/Canal



Table 3.28 : Land Use/Land Cover Statistics within 5 Km:

Land Use/Land Cover Statistics within 5 Km. - Shree Vallabh Chemical

CLASSIFICATION

LEVEL – I LEVEL – II % Area Area (Ha)

Built-up Residential 5.03 394.69

Industrial Area 1.39 109.48

Transportation 0.00 0.00

Sub-total 6.42 504.17

Agriculture Land Agricultural Land 86.70 6808.96

Plantation 0.35 27.19

Sub-total 87.04 6836.15

Wastelands Dense + Open Scrub 5.19 407.29

Sub-total 5.19 407.29

Water bodies River 0.52 41.05

Lake/Pond/Canal 0.83 65.11

Sub-total 1.35 106.16

Total 100.00 7853.77

Fig. 3.20

Landuse Analysis

B uil t-up Residential

B uil t-up Industry

A gricultural Land

P lantation

Wasteland

River

Lake/Pond/Canal



3.2.6 ECOLOGICAL STATUS:

Biological Environment includes the study of the relationships of organisms or groups of

organisms to their environment. Ecology in essence is the study of the abiotic (non-living)

and biotic (living) components, interaction of community and the environment and

exchange of material (energy and nutrient) between living and non-living parts. A

community includes all organisms in the given area interacting with the abiotic environment.

Flora

Some orchards and plantation of Mango, Chiku, Banana are found. Forests occurring in the

area are not under the category of reserved forest, but are under the control of revenue

department. The tree species found in the study area as well as in the mixed forest area are

presented in the following table.

(A) Table 3.29 : Parennial Vegetation: included mostly shrubs and trees.

Sr.

No.

Species Habit Density

Scale

Local name Family

1 Acacia nilotica t-T 2 Bava l Mimosaceae

2 Aegle marmelos t R Bi l i Rutaceae

3 Ai lanthus excels t-T 2 Arduso Simarubaceae

4 Albizzia lebbeck t-T 1 Shi rish Mimosaceae

(RP)

5 Als tonia scholaris t-T 1 Saptaparni Apocynoceae (RP)

6 Azadirachta indica t-T 2-3 Limdo Mel iaceae

7 Ba lanites aegyptiaca S-t 2 Ingoriyo Simarubaceae

8 Bauhinia purpurea t R Dev kachnar Caesalpinaceae

9 Bombax ceiba t-T R shimlo Bombacaceae

10 Butea monosperma T R Khakro Papi lionaceae

11 Cassia fistula T 1-2 Garmaro Caesalpinaceae

12 Capparis deciduas S 1 Kerdo Capparaceae

13 Capparis sepiaria S 1 Kanthero Capparaceae

14 Cassia javanica T 1 - Caesalpinaceae

(RP)

15 Cassia siamea t R Kas id Caesalpinaceae

16 Cassurina equisetifolia t R Sharu Cassurinaceae

(RP)

17 Dalbergia s isoo t 1 Shisham Papi lionaceae

(RP)

18 Delonix regia t-T 1 Gul -mohar Caesalpinaceae

(RP)



19 Dendrocalamas strictus S-t R Bamboo-vans Poaceae

20 Derris indica syn. Pongamia

pinnata

t 1 Karanj Papi lionaceae

21 Embl ica officinalis t R Ambla Euphorbiaceae

GP

22 Erythrina sp.(indica ?) t R Panarvo Papi lionaceae

GP

23 Euca lyptus sp. t-T R-1 Ni lgiri Myrtaceae

24 Euphorbia neriifolia S 1 thor Euphorbiaceae

25 Feronia limonia t R Kothi Rutaceae

26 Ficus benghalensis t-T 1 Vad Moraceae

27 Ficus religiosa t-T 1 Piplo Moraceae

28 Ficus vi rens t R Pipl i Moraceae

29 Ficus sp. t R - Moraceae

30 Gmel ina arborea t R Sivan Verbenaceae

GP

31 Holoptelea integrifolia t-T R Kanzo Ulmaceae

32 Jatroph acureas S R Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae

33 Lantana camera S R Indradhanu Verbinaceae

GP

34 Lawsonia inerme S R Mendi Liythraceae

35 Leucaena leacocephala t R Pardesi baval Mimosaceae

36 Limonia acidissima t R Khothi Rutaceae

37 Madhuca indica T R Mahudo Sapotaceae

38 Mangi fera indica t-T 2 Ambo Anacardiaceae

GP/planted

39 Mani lkara achras syn.

Achras sapota

t R Chiku Sapotaceae

GP

40 Mani lkara hexandra t 3 Rayan Sapotaceae

41 Mimusops elengi t R Borsalli Sapotaceae

GP

42 Mel ia azadrach t R Bakan-neem Mel iaceae

43 Moringa oleifera t 1 Sargavo Moringaceae

44 Musa sepiantum S R Kel Musaceae

GP

45 Nerium odorum S 1 La l karen Apocynceae

GP

46 Murraya koenigii S-t R Mitho-limdo Rutaceae

GP

47 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis S R Pari jatak Verbinaceae

48 Parkinsonia aculeate t R Rambaval Caesalpinaceae

49 Pel tophorum pterocarpum T 2 Tamrafali Caesalpinaceae

RP

50 Phoenix syl restris t R khajuri Arecaceae

51 Pi thecellobium dulce S-t 1 Gorus-Ambli Mimosaceae



GP

52 Plumeria rubra S-t 1 Khad champo Apocynaceae

GP

53 Polya lthia longifolia t-T 1 Asopalav Anonaceae

GP

54 Prosopis cineraria t-T 1 Khi jdo Mimosaceae

55 Prosopis chilensis

syn.P.julifloara

S-t 1 Gando-baval Mimsaceae

56 Ps idium guajava S R Jamphal Myrtaceae

GP

56 Punica granetum S R Dadam Punicaceae

GP

57 Quisqualia indica L(S) R Madhumalti Combretaceae

GP

58 Spathodia companulata t R - Bignoniaceae

(RP) GP

59 Ricinus communis S 1 Divela Euphorbiaceae

60 Sa lvadora persica S-t R-1 Pi ludi Sa lvadraceae

61 Streblus asper S-t R Sarero Moraceae

62 Syzygium cumini t-T R-1 Jambu Myrtaceae

63 Tectona grandis t-T R Sag-teak Verbenaceae(p)

64 Tamarindus indica t-T 1 Ambl i Papi lionaceae

RP

65 Terminalia catappa t-t 1 Bengali Badam Combretaeae

RP,(GP)

66 Zizyphus mauritiana S 1 Motabor Rhamnaceae

67 Zizyphus rotundifolia S 2 Chanibor Rhamnaeae

Note: GP= Garden plants, but here planted elsewhere,P= Planted

(B) Table 3.30 : Herbaceous/Ephemeral Plants as observed during field

visit, other species likely to occur during monsoon season are also

listed.

Sr.

No.

Plant Species Habit Density

scale

Local name Family

1 Abelmoschus manihot H-us R Jangli Bhindi Malvaceae

2 Abrus precatorius H-C R Chanothi Papi lionaceae

3 Abuti lon indcum H-us R-1 kanski Malvaceae

4 Abuti lon glaucum H R-1 Khapat Malvaceae

5 Aca lypha ci liate H R-1 Runchalo dadro Euphorbiaceae

6 Aca lypha indica H R-1 Dadaro Euphorbiaceae

7 Acanthosperumum

hispidium

H R-1 Safed sadari Asteraceae

8 Achyranthus aspera H 1-2 Andhedi Amarantaceae



9 Aechynomene indica H R Bhoy-ikkad Papi lionaceae

10 Ageratum conyzoides H 1 Dhol i sadadi Asteraceae

11 Alys icarpus longifolius H R Ubho samervo Papi lionaceae

12 Alys icarpus monilifer H 1 Laso samervo Papi lionaceae

13 Alys icarpus rugosus H R Samervo Papi lionaceae

14 Alys icarpus vaginalis H 1 Bhoi -samervo Papi lionaceae

15 Amaranthus spinosus H 1 Kanta lo tandoljo Amarantaceae

16 Amaranthus tenuifolius H R Dhimdo Amarantaceae

17 Amaranthus vi ridis H 1 Nano tandaljo Amarantaceae

18 Apluda mutica H bhangoru Poaceae

19 Argemone mexicana H 1 Darudi Papaveraceae

20 Bergia odorata syn B..

suffruticosa

H 1 Gandharo okhrad Elatinaceae

21 Caesulia axillaris H R Maka Asteraceae

22 Boerhaavia diffusa H 1 Satodi Nyctaginaceae

23 Borreria stricta H 1 Gandhio Rubiaceae

24 Carex sp H R - Cyperaceae

25 Cassia auriculata US-S 1-2 Awal Caesalpinaceae

26 Cassia occidentalis US 1-2 Kasundaro Caesalpinaceae

27 Cassia tora US 1-2 Kunvadiyo Caesalpinaceae

28 Catharanthus roseus syn.

Lochnera pusilla

H-us R Parvati rai Apocynaceae

29 Celosia argentea H 1 Lampadi Amarantaceae

30 Cenchrus ci liaris H 1 Anjan Poaceae

31 Chenopodium album H 2-1 Chi l—ni- bhaji Chnopodiaceae

32 Chloris vi rgata H 1 Khariu Poaceae

33 Cissus carnosa H-cl R Khatkhatumbo Ampelidaceae

34 Ci trul lus colocynthis H-cl R Indravarna Cucurbi taceaec

35 Cleome gynandra H 1 Ta lawan Capparaceae

36 Cleome viscose H 1 Pi l italwan Capparaceae

37 Cl i toria ternatea H-tw R Bibri Papi lionaceae

38 Coccinia indica H-cl 1 Kadava tindola Cucurbi taceae

39 Cocculus vi llosus H-tw 1 Vevdi Menispermaceae

40 Coldenia procumbens H R-1 Basario okhrad Boraginaceae

41 Commelina benghalensis H 1 Shishmaliyu Commelinaceae

42 Convolus arvensis H 1 Fudardi-Sankhavali Convolvulaceae

43 Corchorus capsularis H 1 Moti chhunch Ti l iaceae

44 Corchorus olitorius H 1 Moti chhunch Ti l iaceae

45 Corchoras trident H R Chhunch Ti l iaceae

46 Cressa cretica H R-1 Pa l io Convolvulaceae

47 Crotolaria medicaginea H 1 Rammethi Papi lionaceae

48 Croton bonplandianum H R-1 (Nepalo?) Euphorbiaceae

49 Cuscuta reflexa H R Amar vel Cuscataceae

50 Cyperus kyllinga H R - Cyperaceae



51 Cyperus rotundus H 1-2 Moth Cyperaceae

52 Cyperus triceps H R-1 - Cyperaceae

53 Dactyloctenium

aegyptium

H 1 Vad-Chaman Poaceae

54 Desmodium tri folium H R-1 Zinko pandelio Papi lionaceae

55 Desmostachya bipinnata H R - Poaceae

56 Dichanthium annulatum H 1 - Poaceae

57 Digera muricata H 1 Kanjero Amarantaceae

58 Digi taria longifora H 1 - Poaceae

59 Echinops echinatus H 1 shulio Asteraceae

60 Ecl ipta prostrate

Syn.E.a lba

H 1-2 Bhangaro Asteraceae

61 Eleusine indica H R Ashan Nagli Poaceae

62 Enicostema hyssopifolium H R-1 Mamejavo Gentianaceae

63 Eragrostis tenella H 1 Barbusi Poaceae

64 Euphorbia hirta H 1 Dudheli Euphorbiaceae

65 Euphorbia microphylla H 1 Duthi -Dudhi Euphorbiaceae

66 Evolvulus alsinoides H 1 Ka l i shankhavali Convolvulaceae

67 Gomphrena celosioides H 1 - Amarantaceae

68 Goniogyna hirta syn.

Heylandia latebrosa

H 1 Adadiyo Papi lionaceae

69 Gynandrosis pentaphylla H R Gandari Capparaceae

70 Hel iotropium ovalifolium H R Hathi sundh Boraginaceae

71 Gl inus lotoides syn.

Mol lugo hirta

H R Mitho okhrad Mol lugoginaceae

72 Indigofera cordifolia H 1 Bavachi Papi lionaceae

73 Indigofera ennephylla H 1 Bhoi -gali Papi lionaceae

74 Justicia simplex H R-1 - Acanthaceae

75 Launea procumbens

syn.L.nudicaulis

H 1 Bhoipatri Asteraceae

76 Martynia annua H R Vinchzudo Martyniaceae

77 Mel ilotus indica H R Adban gadab Papi lionaceae

78 Merremia gangetica

syn.M.emarginata

H R Undar-kani Convolvulaceae

79 Momordica charantia H-cl 1 Karel i Cucurbi taceae

80 Momordica dioica H-cl 1 Kankoda Cucurbi taceae

81 Ocimum basillicum H R Damro Labiatae

82 Ocimum gratissimum H R Avachi -bavachi Labiatae

83 Oldenlandia corymbosa H 1 Parpat Rubiaceae

84 Parthenium

hysterophorus

H R Congress grass Asteraceae

85 Paspalidium flavidum H R Zinko samo Poaceae

86 Paspalum distichum H R Jungl i kodri Poaceae

87 Pedalium murex H R Ubhu gokhru Pedaliaceae

88 Pergularia daemia H-CL R Dodi Asclepiadaceae



89 Phyl lanthus fraternus H 1 Bhoi -ambli Euphorbiaceae

90 Physa lis minima H R Popati Solanceae

91 Polycarpaea corymbosa H 1 Zinno okhrad Caryophyl laceae

92 Portulaca oleraceae H R Luni Portulacaceae

93 Portulaca qundrifida H R Nani luni Portulacaceae

94 Pupalia lappacea H 1 Dholo zipto Amarantaceae

95 Rhynchosia minima H R Nani kamalvel Papi lionaceae

96 Ruellia tuberose H R - Acanthaceae -

97 Saccharum spontaneum H R Kans Poaceae

98 Setaria glauca H - Kunchi Poaceae

99 Setaria rachitricha H - Kutra ghas Poaceae

100 Sida acuta H-us 1 Ba la Malvaceae

101 Sida cordata H-us 1 Mahabala Malvaceae

102 Sida spinosa H-us 1 Kanta lo bala Malvaceae

103 Sida veronicifolia H 1 Bhoybala Malvaceae

104 Solanum indicum H-us 1 Vad-ringni Solanaceae

105 Solanum surattense H 1 Bhoi -ringni Solanaceae

106 Sonchus brachyotus

syn.S. arvensis

H R-1 - Asteraceae

107 Sphaeranthus indicus H 1 Gorakhmuadi Asteraceae

108 Striga anguistifolia H R Dholoagio Scrophulariaceae

109 Striga gesneroides H 1 Rato agio Scrophulariaceae

110 Tephrosia purpurea H-us 1-2 Sarpakho Papi lionaceae

111 Tephrosia vi llosa H-us R Runchalo

sarpankho

Papi lionaceae

112 Trianthema

portulacastrum

H 1 Satodo Ficoideae

113 Tribulus terrestris H 1 Nanu gokharu Zygophyl laceae

114 Tridex procumbens H 1 Paradeshi bhangro Asteraceae

115 Trichosanthes cucumeria H-cl R Kadavi padar Cucurbi taceae

116 Triumtetta rhomboidea H R-1 Zipto Ti l iaceae

117 Triumfetta rotundifolia H R-1 Jipti Ti l iaceae

118 Vahlia digyna H R Pi lo-agiyo Saxi fragaceae

119 Vernonia cineraria H 1 Sahdevi Asteraceae

120 Withania somnifera H-us R Ghodakun Solanaceae

121 Xanthiam strumerium us 1-2 Gadariyu Asteraceae

Note:

Density Scale: -R= Rare, 1= Occasional, 2= Common, 3= Most common,

4= Abundant,

C = Cul tivated, RP = Roadside planted.,P= Planted,

G= Garden plant, Habit:- H=Herb, C = Cl imber, Tw= Twinner, S= Shrub,

Us= Under shrub, t = Small, Tree, T= Ta ll tree, +: Sapling.

Attachment-3 of Annexure – 5 shows existing greenbelt development in the premises of the

project site.



C Fauna in the study area:

Table 3.31: Details of Fauna Sr. No.

Scientific Name English Name Local Name

Habit Abundance Family

Class: Amphibia 1 Limnonectes tigrerinus Syn. Rana tigerina Bull frog Dedko Aquatic &

Terrestrial C-seasonal (Monsoon)

Ranidae

2 Occidozyga hexadactyla

Syn. Rana hexadactyla Pond frog Dedko Aquatic & Terrestrial

C-seasonal (Monsoon)

Ranidae

3 Bufa melanostictus Common Indian toad

Medhak Aquatic & Terrestrial

C-seasonal (Monsoon)

Bufonidae

Class: Reptilia 1 Hemidactylus brookii House lizard Ghilodi T C Gekkonidae 2 Hemidactylus

flaviviridis Ruppell Yellow beltied House gecko

Pili ghilodi

T C Gekkonidae

3 Calotes versicolor Indian Garden lizard

Kachindo T C Agamidae

4 Chamaeleon zeylanicus Laurenti

Indian chamaelon

Kachindo T C Chameleonidae

5 Mabuya carinata Common brahminy skink

Bodi bamni

T C Scincidae

6 Varanus bengalensis Indian Monitor Gho T NC Varanidae 7 Ramphotyphlolps

braminus Brahminy blind snake

Andhli chakan

T NC Typhlopidae

8 Coluber mucosus Rate snake Dhaman T NC Colubridae 9 Bangarus caeruleus Common Indian

Krait Paidka T NC Elapidae

10 Naja naza Common cobra Kalotaro T R Viperidae 11 Vipera russelli Russel’s viper Chital T R Viperidae Class: Aves 1 Ardea cineria Grey heron Kaput

baglo T-a NC Ardeidae

2 Ardea purpurea Purple heron Jamli baglo

T-a NC Ardeidae

3 Ardeola grayii Pond heron Kani bagli T-a NC Ardeidae 4 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Dhor

baglo T C Ardeidae

5 Ardea alba Large egret Dholo baglo

T-a NC Ardeidae

6 Egretta garzetta Little egret Nano baglo

T-a NC Ardeidae

7 Milvus migrans govinda

Pariah Kite Deshi Samdi

T-t C Accipitridae



8 Sarcogyps calvus Black vulture Raj Gidh T-t R Accipitridae 9 Francolinus

pondicerianus Grey patridge Dhulio

tetar T-g C Phasianidae

10 Pavo cristatus Common peafowl, Peacock, Peahen

Mor, Dhel T-t C Phasianidae

11 Grus antigone Saras crane Saras T-a-c NC Gruidae 12 Vanellus indicus Redwatted

Lapwind Titodi T-g C Charadridae

13 Columbia livia Blue rock pigeon Kabutar T-t VC Columbidae 14 Streptopelia decaocto Indian Ring

Dove Holo T-t C Columbidae

15 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet

Popat T-t C Psittacidae

16 Eudynamys scolopacca Koel Koyal T-t C Cuculidae 17 Athene brama Spotted owlet Chibri T-t C Stingidae 18 Apus offinis Indian House

Swift Deshi Kankadium

T C Apodidae

19 Dicrurus adsimilis Blank drango Kalo kagdo

T NC Dicrudae

20 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy myna Kabar T VC-A Sturnidae 21 Acridotheres tristis Common myna Kabar T VC-A Sturnidae 22 Cornus splendens House crow Kagdo T-t VC Cornidae 23 Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler Lelu T-t NC Muscipidae 24 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor bird Darjido T-t NC Muscipidae 25 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin Dev-

chakli T-t NC Muscipidae

26 Passera domestica House sparrow Chaki T-t* NC* Ploceidae 27 Ploceus philippinus Baya Sugri T-t C Ploceidae

Class: Mammalia 1 Lepus nigricollos Black naped

Hare Saslu T NC Leporidae

2 Paraechinus micropus Hedge hog Shelo T NC Erinaceidae 3 Suncus stoliczkanus Anderson’s

Shrew Chhachhundar

T C Erinaceidae

4 Fanambus pennati Striped palm squirrel

Khiskoli T C Manidae

5 Millardia meltada Field rat Khetar-no-undar

T C Muridae

6 Mus boodunga Field rat Khetar-no-undar

T C Muridae

7 Mus musculus bactrianus

House rat Undar T C Muridae

8 Ratus rattus rufescens House rat Undar T C Muridae 9 Boselaphus

tragocamelus Nilgai-Blue Bull Rosada T NC Bovidae

10 Sus sp. Boar Bhund T NC* Suidae



(*perhaps stray)

11 Felis sp. House cat Biladi T C* Felidae (*perhaps stray)

12 Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox Shiyal T NC Canidae 13 Canis aureus Golden jackle Shiyal T NC-R Canidae 14 Canus lupus Wolf Varu T R Canidae 15 Herpestes edwardsii Common

mangoose Noliya T R Viverridae

16 Herpestes javanicus Indian mangoose Noliya T R Viverridae 17 Presbytis entellus

Syn. Semnopithecus entellus

Common langur Vanar

Vandaro Hanuman vanar

t-a

M

NC-R Cercopithecidae

18 Pteropus ginganteus Flying fox Vad-vagor t-a NC Pteropidae 19 Cynopterus sphinx Short-nose bat Chamachi

diun t-a NC Pteropidae

20 Rossetus leschenaultia

Fulvunus Fruit bat

Chamachidiun / Vagor

t-a NC Pteropidae

Note: • C = common • NC = Not common • R = Rare • T = Terrestrial • a = Near water bodies • Tt = Terrestrial, arboreal : Nesting on tree • Tg = Terrestrial, ground nesting (in bush) • T-a-c = Terrestrial, near water body / crop fields • T-t* = Nest in houses • NC* = Now have become uncommon • VB = Very common • VC-A = Very common – abundance • t = On tree • M = Migratory *Also domesticated or stray



Table 3.32 : Domesticated and Stray Animals Sr. No.

Scientific Name English Name Local Name Family

Class: Aves (Birds) 1 Coturnix coturnix japonica Quail Bater Phasianidae 2 Gallus domesticus Fowl (cock, hen) Murgha, Murghi Phasianidae 3 Columbia livia domestica Pigeon Kabutar Columbidae 4 Anser domesticus Geese Batak Anatidae 5 Anas platyrhynchos Duck Batak Anatidae Class: Mammalia (Mammals ) 1 Bos indicus Cow, ox, bullock Gay-Akhalo, Balad bovidae 2 Bos bubalis Buffalo Bhains Bovidae 3 Ovis aries Sheep Ghetu Bovidae 4 Capra hircus Goat Bakari, Bakro Bovidae 5 Equus caballus Horse Ghodo Equidae 6 Equus sp. Donkey Gadhedo Equidae 7 Camelus dromedarius Camel Unt Camelidae 8 Canis familiaris Dog Kutaro Canidae 9 Sus scrofa Pig Dukkar Suidae 10 Felis domesticus Cat Biladi Felidae

Rare and Threatened plant and animal in the area:

A. Plants None of the plants listed here included under the category of Rare, Endangered, Threatened or Endemic species according to the Red Data Book.

B. Animals C. None of the animals included here are under the category of Rare, Endangered

animals, however, following animals fall under the schedule of the Wildlife Protection Act (1972). 1. Birds (Aves) : Pea fowl : Schedule I 2. Vulture, Parakit : Schedule IV 3. Reptilia

Naja (Cobra) : Schedule II Rate snake : Schedule II

4. Mammalia Hare : Schedule IV Nilgai : Schedule IV Squirrel : Schedule IV Wolf : Schedule IV

FISHING ACTIVITY / AQUATIC FAUNA:

There are no perennial rivers in the study area. Hence, there is no fishing activity.



3.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT:

This section examines the socio-economic baseline data within 5 km study area (including the

project site) and the infrastructure available. Base line data has been collected of 18 villages

and Dehgam Town falling within 5 km study area from the proposed project site.

As compared to other towns of similar population Dehgam is less developed, main reason

being Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar in close vicinity. These two big cities have hampered the

growth of Dehgam. People of Dehgam go to Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar for shopping,

education and entertainment hence shopping malls, good education institutes and

multiplexes have not made a mark in this town.

Standard of living is high and people enjoy living there. Its Nagar Palika is quite active and

undertakes lot of development activities.

Originally the Rabaris & Darbars came to settle in Dehgam, followed by business

communities. The taluka now has different kinds of communities and religious people, who

live in great harmony. Lot of Kachhi Patels have migrated to this place doing farming, timber

and other businesses. They have mixed up well with the local community and have made this

place their hometown. Also, several different kinds of industries like big cold storage

industries and cotton processing industries and steel fabricating and making industries.

Industrialization, in general, has quite an important impact on socio-economic pattern of the

region.

The following Table 3.31 shows the distance and direction of the villages from the plant site.

TABLE 3.31 : IDENTIFIED VILLAGES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sampa Pa la iya Vadvasa Vardhana Muvada

Lihoda Mosampura Sanoda Ahamadpura

Khanpur Sujana Muvada Velpura Sa lki

Sametri Anguthala Pahadiya Lavad

Ja l iyano Math Sagdolpur Nandol Dehgam Town

ECONOMY

Working community is almost 60% of the population. Many of these come under

cultivators, industrial workers and agricultural labour. Details are presented in Table 3.19.

The project proponent shall contribute towards developing socioeconomic employment to

people and adding to general social welfare like education, public health etc. in the

surrounding area.



Industrialization, however, affects air and water quality of the region. This, in turn, affects

agriculture, fisheries, flora and fauna. To bring these effects to an acceptable level and

create a balance between benefits and adverse effects, Gujarat Pollution Control Board has

laid down the norms for gaseous, aqueous and solid waste discharge into the environment.

It is mandatory to meet these norms while discharging pollutants into the environment.

Besides this prime Government body, there are other regulatory departments like Factory

Inspectorate Office (FIO), which also controls social impacts by setting up standards and

rules to be followed by the industry. These standards prevent accidents and disasters

whereby the undesirable social impacts are controlled.

DEMOGRAPHY

Basic Information on population in villages of the study area is presented in Table 3.34.

TABLE 3.34 : BASIC INFORMATION ON POPULATION OF THE STUDY AREA

Sr.

No.

Village No. of

Household

Population

Total M F

1. 18 Vi l lages 11109 56286 28889 27397

2. Dehgam Town 8690 42632 21968 20664

3. TOTAL 19799 98918 50857 48061

Population trend showing growth rate and sex ratio of Gandhinagar District from 1961 –

2001 is presented in Table 3.35

TABLE 3.35 : POPULATION TREND, GROWTH RATE, SEX RATIO BETWEEN 2001 to 2011 IN

GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT

Description 2001 2011

Total Population

1) Persons

2) Male

3) Female

1334731

698360

636371

1387478

722459

665019

Decadal Growth, % + 14.83 + 3.80

Sex Ratio (No. of Females per 1000 Males) 911 914

Note :

1) Decadal growth in population is 3.80%.

2) Sex ratio females to males have increased from 911 females per 1000 males in 2001 to

914 females per 1000 males in 2011.



BASIC AMENITIES

Gandhinagar district has got all the basic amenities like dispensaries, health care units and

secondary health centers. There are many family welfare centers. Educational facilities are

fairly good. All villages have electricity. A large number of STD booths are available.

Modern facilities like Internet are now- a- day’s commonly available in Dehgam.

Dehgam has good and adequate facilities. Sufficient & good quality water is available

through bore well as well as river water supply. Adequate power is available from Gujarat

Electricity Board (GEB). Good hospitals and adequate dispensaries with well-qualified

doctors are available. Good communication systems, fire brigades etc. are available. Ample

residential areas are developed around this industrial belt.

Dehgam has very good transport and communication system. National Highway No. 8

connecting Mumbai and Ahmedabad is about 15 km. from Dehgam. State transport and

private buses are available at various bus stops and pick up points. A number of private taxis

are available. Ahmedabad is an important railway station on Western Railway, which is

about 20 km. from Dahegam. It is an important junction. The closest airport is at

Ahmedabad, about 20 km south from the project site.

OBSERVATION: Based on the project type, size, there is no outside of the study area

workers requirement. Therefore, there is no development of sociological conflict arisen.

Existing project is in the existing premises, therefore no replacement of habitats. Increase

local employment and government income via taxes. PHC at 3 km at Sampa Village and

hospital facilities are available at Dehgam town near at 4.5 km from project site in

emergency.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR):

Socio-economic developmental activities industry has done as a part of CSR activity

as well as future plan for CSR activity:

Industry has provided medical help to pregnant women. Industry will provide

computers for school and conduct health programme/seminar as a part of CSR.

Existing employees are coming from surrounding villages and also provide more

local employment after proposed expansion basis on qualification. Most of the

existing workers are coming from Ahmedpura and Sampa Villages.



3.2.8 AESTHETICS ENVIRONMENT

GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Any construction or any project is likely to destroy certain aesthetic values; while at the

same time may create new ones. The prime objective is to select where a balanced

exchange of these values can be achieved, without destroying any important & highly prized

natural features of the environment. With this idea in mind, company has developed a

green belt within the factory premises not only to give the aesthetic appearance but also to

restore the ecology.

The main objectives of green belt development by the company are

� Mitigation of fugitive gaseous emission

� Noise abatement

� Ecological restoration

� Soil erosion prevention

� Improvements in aesthetic environment.

The project proponent has developed green belt area of 3,400 sq.m. within the factory

premises, in the limited space, available in the premises and also do adequate plantation on

the road side.



CHAPTER - 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The major element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment is the

identification of impacts as it forms the basis for quantification and evaluation of impacts. In

this section, the impacts on the environment, either beneficial or deleterious due to the

proposed project have been identified. The aspects of the environment, which are likely to

be disturbed or damaged due to the proposed expansion project are represented as

parameters.

A number of techniques are available for identification of impacts. In the present case,

“Matrix Method” is adopted. It involves an understanding of cause – condition – effect

relationship between an activity and environmental parameters for identification of impacts.

The project activities described earlier in Chapter 2 of this report have been taken into

consideration for generation of cause – condition - effect relationship i.e. chain of events, in

recognizing the series of impacts that would be triggered by the proposed project.

The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., air, noise, water, land,

socio-economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt to identify,

predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the proposed

activity / project on the environmen4.2t

4.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT

Considering that the identification of the potentially significant environmental impact is

essential in the preparation of EIA, an attempt has been made here through the use of an

“Activity -Effect” Matrix.



4.2.1 Identification Matrix

The impact identification matrix is shown in Table 4.9 & Table 4.10. For simplicity the entire

project has been divided into two phases.

1. Construction

2. Operation

Various activities belonging to each phase have been grouped separately and arranged in

rows. The environmental factors, which are anticipated, to be impacted have been arranged

in columns. A preliminary scrutiny has been done and the cells, which fall at the junction of

the ‘Activity’ and ‘Factor’, that have possible interaction with each other, have been

‘Crossed’.

The matrix thus establishes the possible ‘cause-effect’ relationship and identifies the

environmental factors likely to be impacted and activities responsible for the same. The

impact identified may be positive and negative. This determination will be done at

prediction stage.

4.2.1.1 Construction Phase

This phase involves the activities like erection of civil structures, movement / removal of

old construction, equipment and machinery, erection of new equipment and machinery,

green belt development etc.

Air, Noise and Land are likely to be effected by these activities, although Aesthetics and

Socio-economic factors are also identified. But the impacts will be marginal and for short

term only. The green belt development will have positive impacts.

4.2.1.2 Operational Phase

This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the

production starts. The primary impacts causing likely deterioration will be in Air, Water,

Noise and Land / Soil due to the gaseous emissions, vehicular movement, discharge of

liquid effluent.



This phase includes following activities :

• Raw material storage

• Product manufacturing

• Product storage

• Transportation

• Gaseous emission

• Effluent discharge

• Solid waste generation

• Occasional equipment failure / Process upset and related problems

• Industrial development

• Chemical Hazards

• Generation of employment opportunity

• Contribution to social welfare

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The impact has been predicted separately for construction and operational phase of the

project.

4.3.1 Prediction of Impact on Air Environment

4.3.1.1 Construction Phase

The impact due to the construction activities will be limited to the period of construction

i.e. short-term impacts only. All the infrastructure facilities are already available within the

existing premises. The proposed expansion project does not involve major construction

activities but only the removal / replacement of old machinery and the foundation works

related to the same. The air quality will be marginally affected by the activities such as

removal of construction of new building, movement of equipment and machinery, erection

of new equipment and machinery, vehicular movement, etc. which are likely to increase

the PM levels.

It is proposed to have a Green Belt plantation along the boundary of the plot, which will

intercept the dispersing particulates. Also the sprinkling of water is recommended in areas



where dust emission is expected within the plant. However the internal road of plant are

asphalted and hence dust emission shall be to minimum.

4.3.1.2 Operation Phase

The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air quality.

Existing boiler shall be replaced by a new one. The fuel proposed to be used in the Steam








be HSD.

There are no process emissions.

Hence, no major adverse impact is predicted.

4.3.2 Assessment of Impacts on Air Quality Using Dispersion Model

Assessment of impacts on air quality is done either manually by using Gaussian Dispersion

Formula or by computer based dispersion models. In the present study, “Industrial Source

Complex Short Term” (ISCST3) Dispersion Model for air quality has been used to find out

the maximum ground level concentration of pollutant.

The input values for ISCST3 model are shown below :

Table 4.1 : The input values for ISCST3 Model

S tack Attached To Heig ht

fr om GL

(m)

I nter nal

Diameter

(m)

Ty pe of

Pollutant

Pollutant

R elease

R ate,

(g /sec)

Ex it Gas

Velocity

(m/sec)

Ex it

Gas

Temp

(o K )

Boiler 31. 0

PM 0. 15

433 0.40 S O 2 0.26 8. 0

NO x 0.19

Note :

1) Maximum values of pollutant emission rate (statutory limits) have been considered for

worst case scenario.

2) Since D. G. Sets shall be used only during emergency purposes, the emissions from D.

G. Sets have not been considered for dispersion model.



From the output of the ISCST3 dispersion model, the highest / maximum ground level

concentration can be worked out, which will indicate the incremental value in that

pollutant.

Chapter 3 shows the baseline status of the ambient air quality in the study area. 98th

percentile value when overlapped with the incremental value gives the status of ambient

air after the proposed project. The following table shows the present status and status of

pollutants after the operation of the proposed project in terms of 98th percentile value in

μg / m3.


Table 4.2 : 24 hrs average values

Sr.

No.

Parameter Maximum

Baseline Status

(98 %), μg/m3

Incremental Value,

μg/m3

(x, y Co-ordinates)

After

Proposed

Project,

μg/m3

Permissible

Limits, μg/m3

1) PM2.5 31.87 0.245

(0.00, -1000.00) 32.115 60.00

2) PM10 73.12 0.408

(0.00, -1000.00) 73.528 100.00

3) SO2 12.06 1.13

(0.00, -1000.00) 13.19 80.00

4) NOx 24.61 0.827

(0.00, -1000.00) 25.437 80.00



MAXIMUM PREDICTED 24 HOURLY GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS OF POLLUTANTS

The Isopleths have been prepared using Surfer 10.0 model. The Isopleths of each of the

pollutant is given below :

Figure 4.1 : Isopleths of PM

0.0

1

0.0

4

0.0

7

0. 1

0.1

30.1

6

0.3

1

DIS

TA

NC

E, m



Figure 4.2 : Isopleths of SO2



Figure 4.3 : Isopleths of NOx

Base line study indicates that the ambient levels of various pollutants like PM2.5, PM10, SO2

and NOx are within the limits stipulated by National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards

for notified Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Areas. However, it is suggested and

proposed to bring down the emission levels by utilizing Natural Gas, which is supposed to

be the cleanest fuel. Hence, the height of the stack so provided will help in dispersing the

pollutants emitted from the stacks effectively into the atmosphere.



As mentioned earlier, the company shall regularly monitor the ambient air quality within

and outside the factory, so as to assess the status of the air environment. As a result, there

will not be any major contribution to the addition of any of the pollutant mentioned above.

From the above, it can be concluded that even after the operation of the proposed project

and implementation of Environmental Management Planning in a proper manner, the

Ambient Air Quality does not exceed NAAQ Standards.

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Construction activities are not expected to have any adverse impact on the quality or

quantity of water as only the local workers shall be engaged for the construction activities.

The existing infrastructure facilities of the company shall be used by the workers thereby

reducing the chances of sewage waste.

The water consumed will be sourced from the borewell supply.

4.4.1 Water Consumption

a) DOMESTIC

The project will give an additional direct employment to a total of about 11 numbers

of employees. Local people, wherever possible, workers shall be engaged for the

construction activities related to the proposed plant activities. As a result, there will

not be any major water consumption for domestic purpose. About 1,050 L/day of

water for domestic purpose is anticipated to be utilised for the proposed expansion

project. The total domestic water requirement for the proposed project is increased

from 500 L/day to 1,050 L/day. About 1,000 L/day is anticipated to be utilised for

gardening and green belt development. Thus, it is not expected to have any major

impact on an existing domestic water quantity requirement.

b) INDUSTRIAL

The total industrial water requirement for the proposed expansion project is about

9,380 L/day. The total industrial water requirement for the proposed project is

increased from 504 L/day to 9,380 L/day. The water requirement shall be met

through the existing borewell supply.



4.4.2 Waste Water Generation

a) DOMESTIC

About 1,050 L/day of domestic effluent is anticipated to be generated due to the

proposed project. The domestic effluent will be treated and disposed-off through a

Septic Tank / Soak Pit system.

b) INDUSTRIAL

The Table 2.20 of Chapter-2 shows the effluent generation from various stages due to

the operation of the proposed project.

Wastewater generated from various stages of production process shall be scientifically

treated through various options after segregation at source. The detailed treatment of the


The industrial effluent will be primarily treated in the ETP before being sent to the in-house

Evaporator, thereby maintaining “Zero Discharge”.


surrounding environment due to the discharge of treated wastewater from the complex.



4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The Sound Pressure Level (SPL) generated by noise source decreases with increasing

distance from source due to the wave divergence. Another phenomenon causing decrease

in Sound Pressure Level with distance from the source is the atmospheric effect or

interaction of waves with the objects in the transmission path. It is also affected by the

atmospheric conditions.

The typical noise levels anticipated in and around the plant are given below :

Table 4.3 : Noise levels anticipated in and around the plant:

The occasional noise has been attenuated by the development of Green Belt around the

industrial complex, and ear-protecting devices will be provided to personals working in high

noise generating zones. Anti-vibrating pads and acoustic enclosure shall be provided to the

DG set.

4.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

There is no discharge of waste water onto land. The solid wastes shall be segregated

according to their properties, packed, transported and stored in a separate impervious

storage area demarcated for them. They will then be disposed off according to the

requirements of statutory authorities. Hence, it is anticipated that the proposed expansion

project will not have any major effect on the soil environment.

Sr.

No. Source Location Noise Level dB (A) Measures Taken

Day Time Night time

1) Pumps Near Plant 66 – 70 64 – 68 Regular

Maintenance

2) D.G. Set Inside D.G. Set Room

70 – 75 70 – 75 Acoustic Enclosure

3) Boiler, Blower, Inside Boiler House 72 – 76 70 – 74 Separate Room &

Regular

Maintenance

4) Vehicles &

Other Sources Outside Factory

Premises 55 – 60 50 – 55

-

5) Process

Machineries Inside Production

Plant 65 – 70 62 – 68

Regular

Maintenance



4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

There are no Forest, National Park and Protected Sanctuaries within the study area, no

impact is anticipated on the same. Efforts will be made not only to maintain the ecological

balance of the surroundings but also to improve upon the same.

The attributes that are identified to describe ecology are animals, birds, fish, field crops,

threatened species, natural vegetation etc. The study area does not have any identified

endangered species, Forest, National Park, Sanctuaries and hence there is no question of

any adverse impact on the same.

Emphasis will be placed on social forestry programme wherein tree plantation would be

undertaken within the plant premises. The tree plantation under this programme would

help in absorbing atmospheric heat, noise as well as pollutants.

Hence, all efforts will be put-up by the project proponentto maintain the ecological balance

and improve the environment in terms of ecology and Green Belt development.

4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project is in a well-established and industrial notified estate. Thus, the said

project will not have any significant impact on socio-economic pattern of the surrounding

region. The project shall generate indirect employment opportunities, which will contribute

to social upliftment of the people in surrounding.

4.9 LAND ENVIRONMENT AND AESTHETICS

The required plant & machinery for the full production capacity will be installed within the

said premises. Once, installed, no adverse impact is likely to be generated on the land

environment and general aesthetics of the area.

Construction Phase shall be for a small period which also includes erection and installation

of machineries. During operational phase, there will not be any effect on land use pattern.

The fuel used in the Steam Boilers shall be Imported Coal. Hence, it is proposed to use

Multiclone Dust Collector to control the particulate emissions. Adequate height of the stack

will help in dispersing the pollutants emitted from the stacks effectively into the

atmosphere. There are no process emissions. Hence there will be negligible impact on the

Air / Land / Soil.



The effluent is being suitably treated primarily before being finally evaporated in the in-

house Evaporator.

All the solid / hazardous waste generated are packed in HDPE bags having 25 / 50 kg

capacity and stored in Solid Wastes Storage Facility having impervious layer and leachate

collection system. The company will dispose their Solid / Hazardous waste into the above

stated approved TSDF site in Polyethylene liners bags and through approved transporters.



The discarded resins from Softener Resin and Process Wastes shall be collected and stored

prior to sending to the Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility.

4.10 CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

The workers working in the industry are of different culture and religion. The interaction

and intermingling of all these people will improve the understanding of various cultures.

This will definitely improve strengthen friendliness, brotherhood and unity among them.

4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up

charged with the task of ensuring its effective implementation. Conscious of this, the

project proponentshall create a department consisting of officers headed by the company

director so as to co - ordinate the activities concerned with the management and

implementation of the environmental control measures. The organization of the

Environmental Management Cell is presented on page no. 4-29. Basically, this department

will undertake monitoring of the environmental pollution levels by measuring ambient air

quality, water and effluent quality, noise level, etc., either departmentally or by appointing

external agencies wherever necessary. The Company proposes to monitor the pollution

levels to ensure that the pollution is limited to allowable values and to take corrective action

by either improving the performance of the existing facilities or providing new equipment, if

necessary.



In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to exceed the allowable

values, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial action and get these

suggestions implemented through the concerned plant authorities.

The Environmental Management Cell shall also co-ordinate all the related activities such as

safety training, mock drill practice session, Safety Performance Chart / accident statistics,

collection of health statistics of workers and population of the region, afforestation and

green belt development.

4.12 FIRE & SAFETY

Safety being the first policy of the project proponent all measures will be taken to ensure

proper and rightly amendments of safety rules and regulation within and outside the factory

premises. The Company will regularly arrange theoretical and practical session manned by

qualified personnel safety training.

Some of the applicable techniques related to plant safety, including Hydrant system for

protection of the plant building against fire due to flammable and toxic substances will be

provided. The areas covered under this system are chemical storage area, fuel oil storage

area, control building, workshop, stores, gas metering area, raw water and circulating water

pump house. For transformer fire protection, high velocity water spray system is proposed

and for cable fault a deluge system is proposed. A linear heat sensing cable will be used for

detection and fire alarm. Automatic type for extinguishing system is proposed to protect

the Control and Computer Room areas from fire hazards. In various areas of office and

plant, additional portable extinguishers would be provided as per the regulations of Tariff

Advisory Committee (TAC) of the Insurance Association of India. To avoid short circuiting, an

earthing system is designed and installed. Grid resistance is decided based on soil resistivity

and allowance for corrosion. Earthling grid design complies with requirements of IS : 2309

and Indian Electricity Rules. Electrical equipments shall be flame proof in and around the

plant. To avoid road accidents due to spillage of chemicals / substances and blockages of

road, proper parking and road safety signs both inside and outside the plant shall be

provided.

FIRE, SAFETY AND MOCK DRILL PRACTISE SESSION



The environment and safety department shall be manned by qualified and trained officers.

All persons engaged in operation and maintenance of the plant will be given basic

firefighting training.

The Company shall regularly arrange theoretical and practical classes of firefighting training,

industrial safety and dealing with emergency. The project proponent will regularly arrange

on site mock - drill firefighting practice session for its workers and employees once in every

month.

SAFETY PERFORMANCE

Environment Management Cell shall regularly maintain the safety performance report of the

company.

ETHYLENE OXIDE MANAGEMENT PLAN

Ethylene Oxide is a colourless gas or liquid that has sweetish ether like odour. It is usually a

gas at room temperature. In high concentrations Ethylene Oxide can be very explosive.

LIKELY EFFECTS OF ETHYLENE OXIDE EXPOSURE

Health problems linked to Ethylene Oxide exposure include :

• Irritation of eyes, skin, nose, airways and lungs

• Sensitization of skin (an allergic reaction)

• Upset stomach, vomiting and diarrhea

• Loss of feeling in the arms, hands, legs as well as other effects on the central nervous

system

In addition, Ethylene Oxide has been linked to cataract development and blistering or

burning of the skin. Long term or chronic exposure may cause high white blood cell counts

and anemia. Ethylene Oxide has also proved to be a carcinogen (cancer causer), causing

mutations (changes) in cells and that it affects our ability to have healthy children.



MONITORING OF WORK ZONE ENVIRONMENT

In view of the above, it is recommended to monitor the work zone environment for Ethylene

Oxide levels. The various methods for monitoring of work zone environment are :

1) Use of "passive flow" badges or dosimeters which are worn by a worker for an entire

work shift. They are useful if you want to know the average exposure for the work

day. These dosimeters are capable of measuring a 1 ppm / 8 hour average exposure

with a + 25% accuracy. For short term "peak" exposures, however, the dosimeters are

not useful.

2) Full cycle monitoring can be done using a number of instruments or sampling setups:

• A portable infrared spectrometer or a portable gas analyzer with direct display

of Ethylene Oxide levels.

• Charcoal tubes attached to a low flow pump which can be worn by the worker

to provide an accurate indication of personal exposure.

3) Checking for peaks and leaks using colorimetric tubes and a hand operated pump. An

effective monitoring programme should include :

• Initial full cycle measurements using sophisticated instruments such as Gas

Analyzer or Charcoal Tubes.

• Monitoring for leak detection on a regular basis

• Continuous monitoring with monitor indication levels along with alarm

• Periodic monitoring of individual worker exposure

• Keeping of accurate records which include exposure levels locations, time, etc.

• Records to be regularly reviewed by the Health & Safety Department.

REDUCTION / ELIMINATION OF ETHYLENE OXIDE EXPOSURE

Various ways proposed to reduce or eliminate exposure of Ethylene Oxide are :

1) Substitution :

It is suggested that, if possible, substitute Ethylene Oxide with other alternate

substances having lesser health risk hazard.

2) Reduce Actual Exposure Levels :

Some of the common effective control methods recommended are to redesign the

equipment and work area as well as improvement of maintenance and ventilation.

Other control methods recommended are :



• Adequate ventilation which exhausts directly to the outside

• Exhaust hoods over the reactor

• Increase in reactor capacity so that all materials from the reactor can be handled

in one load

• Modifications with purging systems to remove additional Ethylene Oxide

through vacuum pulsing

• Development of a planned maintenance program which includes testing of the

tanks, piping and reactor for leaks

• Positioning the aerator close to the Storage Tank

3) Isolation :

Establish regulated areas restricting access to only those workers whose presence is

necessary to the Ethylene Oxide operations. These areas should be under negative

pressure so that when the door is opened, air flows into the restricted area and not in

the general supply areas.

4) Work Practice Control :

Work practice controls can greatly reduce exposures to Ethylene Oxide. Some of

those recommended are:

• Leave the area immediately on opening the door and stay out of the area for a

minimum of 15 minutes.

• Use a well-ventilated aerator

• Organize materials so that those requiring less aeration time can easily be

removed

• Follow recommended times for aeration of particular materials.

• Do not add new materials until the reactor is fully emptied.

• Regular visual inspection for leaks and spills.

• Preventive maintenance of equipment at regular intervals.

• Provisions for Ethylene Oxide spill containment, surface decontamination and

waste disposal in work areas where spillages may occur.

• Prompt clean-up of spills and repair of leaks



5) Use of Personal Protective Equipments :

Certain types of Personal Protective Equipment are effective in controlling Ethylene

Oxide exposure. In normal work situations, Personal Protective Equipment should

only be used as a supplement to engineering controls. Some of Personal Protective

Equipments recommended are:

• Impermeable Latex Gloves for preventing skin contact

• Self-contained breathing apparatus for respiratory protection

PERIODIC EXPOSURE MONITORING

The frequency of periodic employee exposure monitoring is recommended as follows when

the employee exposure monitoring levels are greater than 0.5 ppm :

Table 4.4 : Periodic Exposure Evaluation Frequencies

Employee Exposure Monitoring Level Action

Between 0.5 ppm to 1 ppm Conduct additional exposure monitoring

every 6 months

Between 1 ppm to 5 ppm Conduct additional exposure monitoring

every 3 months

HANDLING OF ETHYLENE OXIDE

It is recommended to adopt the following procedures during handling of Ethylene Oxide

during various stages :

Loading / Unloading of Ethylene Oxide from Trucks

The following procedures must be strictly followed during loading / unloading operation :

• Shut off the engine unless pump or life gate is used.

• Use hand brakes to prevent vehicle from moving.

• Prevent all smoking, open flames and other combustion sources in or near the vehicle

and the loading / unloading area

• Equipment that is likely to damage the container must not be used. Drums use, if any,

should always be handled carefully.

• The storage tank should be in a cool, dry and well-ventilated area.

• The storage tank should be kept under a roof to prevent from direct sunlight.

It is recommended to substitute Propylene Oxide instead of Ethylene Oxide to reduce the

hazardous impacts of Ethylene Oxide.



4.13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN:

Any industrial development is associated with certain pos i tive impacts as wel l as

some negative impacts on the environment. However, the negative or adverse

impacts cannot possibly rule out scientific development. At the same time adverse

impacts cannot be neglected.

An Environmental Management Plan shall be formulated for mitigation of the adverse

impacts and is based on the present environmental conditions and the environmental

impact appraisal. This plan helps in formulation, implementation and monitoring of the

environmental parameters during and after commissioning of the project.

The Environmental Management Plan describes in brief, the management's plan for proper

and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants

and for maintaining the environment. It also includes the development of green belts in and

around the plant, proper safety of the workers, noise control, fire protection systems and

measures.

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT POLICY

An Environment Management Policy is a set of laws, restrictions, or standards designed to

protect and conserve environmental resources. An effective Environment Management

Policy clearly outlines rules and expectations for people to follow and includes the reasons

why conservation is important. The project proponent is well aware of environmental

requirements for planning and implementation of the project and shall set up a department

with trained personnel to take up responsibility for Environment, Safety and Health. It

recognizes that day-to-day operations can impact the environment both directly and

indirectly. It is therefore aimed by the project proponent to protect and improve the

environment through proper management and by adopting best practice wherever possible.

The main aims under the said Policy are to:

� Effectively manage, monitor, improve and communicate the environmental

performance.

� Take all reasonable steps to prevent pollution.

� Set realistic and measurable objectives and targets for continual improvement of the

environmental performance.

� Comply fully with all relevant legal requirements, codes of practice and regulations.

� Reduce, recycle and reuse natural resources.



� Minimise waste and increase recycling within the framework of waste management

procedures

� Identify and manage environmental risks and hazards

� Environmental Management Cell deal with environmental issues and also for EC

conditions compliance.

� Non-compliance be informed to the management/partners for preparing action plan

towards compliance.

The project proponent shall regularly review this policy and ensure that corrective and

preventative actions are taken in order to ensure continual improvement.

OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The main objectives in formulating this Environmental Management Plan are :

� To treat all the pollutants viz. liquid and gaseous, which contribute to the degradation

of the environment, with appropriate technology.

� To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central / State Pollution Control

Boards related to air emissions and liquid effluents discharges as per air and water

pollution control laws.

� To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling

Rules), 1989 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.

� To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving

environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

� To create good working conditions (devoid of air and noise pollution) for employees.

� To minimize fire and accident hazards.

� Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

expenditure.

� Preventive maintenance and regular checking of machineries and equipments.

� To make continuous efforts in waste minimization.

� For the equipments and pipelines, leakage detection and repair shall be scheduled to

minimize fugitive emissions.

� Continuous efforts with energy audits for the reduction of fuel and energy

consumption.

AIR ENVIRONMENT

The project proponent shall take care of the pollution generated from their unit and use

appropriate methods of control like:

� Control at source for minimizing air pollution.



� Greenbelt development around the estate to reduce odour and noise pollution

� Regular maintenance of machineries and equipments

During Construction Phase:

Provision shall be made for sprinkling of water on loose soil to avoid dust generation. The

debris and unutilized construction material from the construction site shall be removed

immediately to recycle within the project so that no dust nuisance is generated due to wind.

Construction Activities, if any, shall not be allowed at night. The mitigation measures shall

include regular maintenance of machinery and provision of personnel protective

equipments to workers where needed.

The following mitigation measures however can be suggested to control the ambient air

quality:

� Proper maintenance of roads in and around the proposed site.

� Water spraying on roads should be done regularly.

During Operational Phase:

During the operation phase, the plant will contribute to atmospheric pollution in the

following way:

1) Fugitive emissions: No fugitive emission generaton.

2) Emission from boiler

3) Emission from D. G. sets ( only during emergency )

The essential features include the following:

• Sufficient chimney height has been proposed for effective dilution and dispersion.

• Good housekeeping is the easiest and cheapest way to reduce waste.

• Improve inventory procedures to reduce the amount of off – specification materials

generated.

• Optimize the quantities of raw materials.

• Plugging all leakages and enclosing storage and material handling systems and its

effective maintenance.

• Adopting any other system to reduce the levels of in-plant fugitive emissions.

• Development and maintenance of green belt to attenuate the pollutants emitted from

the proposed expansion project.



• Ambient air quality and stack and fugitive emissions should be monitored regularly to

check the performance of the pollution control system.

• Plantation shall be done along the roadside to mitigate the fugitive emissions.

WATER ENVIRONMENT

During construction / building modification, provision for infra-structural services including

water supply, sewage, drainage facilities and electrification will be made. The construction

site would be provided with suitable sanitation facilities for the workers to allow proper

standards of hygiene. These facilities would be connected to a septic tank and maintained

to ensure minimum impact on the environment.

Construction Phase:

Though the construction phase is limited for a short duration, the following are

recommended:

• Good housekeeping should be adopted to reduce generation of construction wastes and

the potential water pollution.

• Release of construction wastes into the diverted section of the nallah should be avoided.

• Stockpiles of construction and dusty materials should not be placed near the diverted

section of the nallah and box culverts when carrying out of diversion works, so as to

avoid the release of dusty materials into the water.

• Construction activities which generate a large amount of wastewater should be carried

out in a distance away from the diverted section, wherever practicable.

• Drainage channels should be provided on site to convey storm water to sand / silt traps

for removal of soil particles.

• Regular cleaning and maintenance of the sediment removal facilities should be

implemented to ensure that the facilities are in normal function at all times.

• Provision of earth bunds or sand bags in areas where a large amount of exposed soils

exists would be required.

• The construction works should be properly programmed to minimise soil excavation in

rainy seasons to prevent soil erosion from exposed soil surfaces.

• Exposed stockpiles should be covered with tarpaulin or impervious sheets before rains.

• Suitable locations should be selected on site to place the stockpiles so as to avoid release

of materials into the drainage channels.

• Final surface of earthworks should be compacted and protected by permanent work.



• Building construction involves a large variety of construction activities. Wastewater would

be generated from concreting, plastering, cleaning and polishing, internal decoration and

similar activities. Direct discharge of wastewater into storm drains would pollute the

water quality of the receiving water body. A suitably designed wastewater collection

system should be provided on site to divert all the wastewater to the effluent treatment

plant.

Operation Phase:

The total water requirement of proposed site shall be met from the existing borewell supply.

The following measures are suggested to be adopted for efficient water management in the

proposed site:

� Prevent and contain spills and leaks by installing drip trays and splash guards around

processing equipment.

� Conduct periodic inspections of tanks, tank liners, and other equipment to avoid

failures. Repair malfunctions when they are discovered. Use inspection logs to follow

up on repairs.

� Use dry clean-up where possible to reduce the volume of wastewater.

� Use wetting agents (which reduce the surface tension of the solution) in process baths

to decrease the amount of drag-out.

� Use spray rinses as initial rinse after process tank and before dip tank.

� Use air agitation or work piece agitation to improve rinse efficiency.

� Rainwater harvesting is recommended.

� Sources of sewage is from office and canteen toilets which are disposed off into Soak

Pit / Septic Tank system.

� Reduce and eliminate the water leakages in the pipes, bends, etc.

� Recycle the Boiler Condensate / Cooling Water.

� Seek the possibility of reuse of treated effluent.

NOISE & COMMUNICATION

Care will be taken during selection of the equipment like compressors, blowers, pumps etc.

and other machinery so that noise generation is reduced. In addition to this, effective ear

plugs will be provided and their use is made obligatory in specified areas where noise level is

high and unavoidable. All the blowers will have silencers and noise generating equipments

will have sound absorbers so that sound level in the area is below 80 dB(A).



Construction Phase:

Though the construction phase is limited for a short duration, the following are

recommended:

• Site setup and dismantling would occur during standard work hours, reducing noise

Impacts to sensitive receivers where possible. The site setup would seek to maximize the

distance between plant and equipment and any residences and other noise sensitive

receivers where practicable. e.g. vehicle movements and generator storage would be

located as far as possible from residences.

• Use quieter noise and vibration emitting construction methods where practicable.

• Machines found to produce excess noise compared to industry best practice would be

removed from the site or stood down until repairs or modifications can be made.

• Check generators and compressors to ensure that noise is minimized, with particular

attention to residential grade exhaust mufflers.

• Ensure that truck engine brakes usage is minimized when entering or leaving the work.

• If noise levels are measured to exceed the highly noise affected level of 75 dB(A), then a

temporary 2.4 m high noise barriers would be installed around the sites to reduce noise

levels to below the highly noise affected level. It is recommended that the installation of

noise barriers would only be considered reasonable if the sensitive receivers surrounding

the sites are likely to be impacted by construction noise for more than 3 weeks.

Operational Phase :

In order to bring down noise levels, it is recommended to :

• Provide a residential type silencer in addition to existing silencer with the D.G. Set. The

DG set shall be provided with proper exhaust muffler with insertion loss of minimum 25

dB(A).

• Provide acoustic enclosure to the D. G. Set, which shall be designed for a minimum 25

db(A) insertion loss or to meet the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher

side.

• Adopt a proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the D. G. Set and

boiler.

• Reduce noisy machine operations by replacing rivets with welds.

• Redesign machinery power sources to give quiet speed regulation e.g. use of stepless

electric motors.

• Repair loose and rotating parts, worn out bearings and gears and regular maintenance.

• Absorb acoustic shock by providing wear resistant rubber or plastic coatings.



EFFECTIVE USE OF LANDSCAPING FOR NOISE CONTROL

Shrubs and trees are worthy little as tools for noise control. Effective belts of trees for

useful noise control must be at least 50 feet tall, must be in a continuous strip 75 - 100 feet

deep, must have dense foliage down to the ground and must be evergreen to supply

protection year round.

GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT AND AFFORESTATION

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures, which controls the Air Pollution.

It also causes aesthetic and climatological improvements of an area as well as sustains and

supports the biosphere.

It is a well-established fact that trees and vegetation act as a vast natural sink for the

gaseous as well as particulate air pollutants due to enormous surface area of leaves.

Plantation around the air pollution sources control the air pollution by filtering particulate

matter and interacting with gaseous pollutants before it reaches the earth. Tree plantation

also acts as buffers and absorbers against accidental release of pollutants.

The general consideration involved while developing the green belt are :

� Trees growing upto 10 m. or above in height with perennial foliage should be planted

around various appurtenances of the proposed project.

� Fast growing tree species and helpful in soil and water conservation should be

planted.

� Since the tree trunk is normally devoid of foliage upto a height of about 2 – 3 m., it

may be useful to have shrubbery in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this

portion.

It is proposed to plant broadleaf species with spacing of about 3 m. x 3 m. It is suggested to

plant trees at a density of about 1600 trees per hectare. It is proposed to adopt the pit size

for the broadleaf species to be 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm.

Table 4.5 : Details of yearly expenditure under the Green Belt Management Plan

Details of

Expenditure Quantity Unit Rate per month Amount

Person / Mali 1 No. Rs.8,000.00 Rs.96,000/-

Fertilizers &

Nutrients Lumpsum Lumpsum Rs.2,000.00 Rs.24,000/-

Total Rs.1,20,000/-



It is recommended that the project proponent to overview the monitoring of the green belt

and its execution to enable smooth implementation of the Green Belt Development Plan.

It is also recommended to introduce drip irrigation as a part of water conservation

programme.

RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Water is essential for life and plays a major role in creating earth’s climate. Due to the

change in land use, the evaporation, percolation and runoff also changes. A change in the

evaporation from a region had direct impact on climate. Change in percolation results in

change in ground water availability. Change in runoff will result in change in stream flow

and erosion pattern.

Making an efficient use of this precious natural resource is essential. This includes using

appliances and fixtures that conserve water, not wasting water and taking advantage of

alternative water sources such as water reuse and rain water harvesting. Rain water

harvesting & conservation, is the activity of direct collection of rain water.

The conservation of rain water so collected can be stored for direct use or can be recharged

into ground water. The main goal is to minimize flow of rain water through drains, nallahs

to the rivers without utilizing the same. It is a well known fact that the ground water level is

depleting year by year. Thus Rain Water Harvesting & Conservation aims at optimum

utilization of the precious natural resource i.e. rain water which is a primary source of water

for living beings.

The two main techniques of rain water harvesting are :

1) Storage of rain water for further use

2) Recharge of groundwater

It is recommended to use Rain Water Harvesting to prevent run-off and help in ground

water restoration. Rain water harvesting from roofs consists of collecting, storing and

putting to use rooftop rainwater from houses or any building. Rainwater harvesting can also



be done by collecting, filtering and recharging groundwater through percolation pits, open

wells or bore wells. It is proposed to collect roof top water in pipe and drain. After

expansion, water consumption of the company will be below 25 KLD, therefore no need to

obtain permission from CGWB, although applied for permission for extraction of ground

water from CGWB.

MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENT

The continuous monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil and

meteorological data and performance of pollution control facilities and safety measures in

the plant are vital for proper environmental management of any industrial project.

Therefore, the company shall create environmental monitoring facilities by the environment

and safety department to monitor air and water pollutants as per the guidelines of GPCB

and Central Pollution Control Board. Moreover, air, water and soil shall be monitored by

outside agencies authorized by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board at regular frequencies.

This department shall also carry out periodical checking of fire and safety equipment.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Occupational diseases and health impairments occur every day throughout the world, due

to lack or inadequacy of prevention and control measures in the workplace.

The project proponent strongly believes in the safety and health of the workers. The

company shall conduct regular medical checkup of the worker and for the safer side there

will always be a rotation of the worker where the exposure to dust and chemicals is high.

Safety being the first policy of the company, list of Antidotes for different accidents and

diseases will be provided to the entire department.

� Empanelled doctor

� Association with nearby hospital



BUDGETORY COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES:

Table 4.6 : Budgetary capital cost of environmental protection measures estimation

Sr.

No. Particulars

Cost, Rs. Lakhs Total Cost,

Rs. Lakhs Existing Proposed

1.0 ETP -- 15 15

2.0 APCM -- 2 2

3.0 Hazardous Wastes Management 0.5 1.5 2

4.0 TOTAL PROJECT COST 0.5 18.5 19

Thus, the total capital investment on environmental control measures is envisaged to be

about Rs. 19 lac Lakhs out of an approximately total project cost of Rs. 150 Lakhs i.e. about

12.67 % of the total project cost.

The company will provide budgetary provision for the recurring expenses for environmental

issues while planning the allocation of funds during the annual budgetary planning as follow:

Table 4.7 : Proposed Recurring Cost for Environment Management System

Sr. No.

Component Proposed Recurring Cost,

(Rs. Lakhs / Annum)

1) Environment & Safety Management System 25

2) Green Belt Maintenance 1.2

3) Hazardous Wastes Disposal 0.8

TOTAL 27



Table 4.8 : ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Component Sources of Pollution/

Activities

Impact Mitigation Measures /

Management Plan

AIR

ENVIRONMENT

Flue gas emission from

boiler & DG Set

Incremental increase

of pollutants in

ambient air

Increase stack height, set-

up APCM (MDC).

WATER

ENVIRONMENT

Process & Ancillary

activities

Pollute water

environment & soil

environment

Treatment & Evaporate

SOLID &

HAZARDOUS

MANAGEMENT

Process, ETP, Utilities Pollute soil

environment &

water environment

Collection, Storage,

Transportation & Safe

Disposal

Noise

Environment

Pumps, DG Set, Boiler,

Blowers, Machineries,

Vehicles & other Sources

On human, biotic

environment

Regular maintenance,

acoustic enclosure,

Provision of PPE, etc.

Storage &

Handling of

Chemicals

Raw material & Product

Storage as well as

handling

On human, biotic

environment, air

environment, water

environment, soil

environment

Safe Storage,

Transportation & handling,

Follow rules & regulation of

the Factory Act, MSDS,

PESO guidelines for E.O.,

Regular maintenance of

pumps & equipments.



Environmental Management Cell

The proposed unit will provide/prepare an adequate Environmenta l Management

Cel l to assure the regular and efficient working /operation as given below;

Management

Chief Chemist

Chemist

Helpers

Operators



Construction Phase : Matrix Evaluation w ithout Miti gation Measures

PROJECT ACTIVITIES PARAMETERS

Excavation Water requirement

Construction Mechanical Works

Site Clearance

Machine Operation

Land scaping

Back Filling

Surface Paving

Domestic & Misc. Activities

Transport Activities

Demands of Facilities

TOTAL

PHYSICO – CHEMICAL PARAMETERS Surf ace Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1 -3 Ground Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 Air Quality & Climate 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -2 0 -1 -2 0 -9 Soil Quality 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 0 -1 -1 0 -7 Land use pattern 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -4 ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Forest/Park/Sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Flora & Fauna 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -3 Aquatic Ecosy stem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SOCIAL PARAMETERS Aesthetics 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1 -4 Local Housing Structure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 -2 Health & Saf ety 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1 -1 0 -6 ECONOMIC PARAMETERS Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Industries 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 -1 -3 Employ ment 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 9 TOTAL 0 -1 -3 -1 -4 -2 1 -8 0 -6 -5 -4 -33

Table 4.9 (a)



Table: 4.9 (b)

Construction Phase: Matrix Evaluation w ith Mitigati on Measures


Excavation Water requirement

Construction Mechanical Works

Site Clearance

Machine Operation

Land scaping

Back Filling

Surface Paving

Domestic & Misc. Activities



TOTAL

PHYSICO – CHEMICAL PARAMETERS Surf ace Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ground Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 Air Quality & Climate 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -2 Soil Quality 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 Land use pattern 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Forest/Park/Sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Flora & Fauna 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 Aquatic Ecosy stem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SOCIAL PARAMETERS Aesthetics 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 Local Housing Structure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Health & Saf ety 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 ECONOMIC PARAMETERS Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Industries 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 Employ ment 0 0 3 2 2 1 1 0 0 1 2 0 12 TOTAL 0 0 -2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 -1 3



Table: 4.10 (a)

Operation Phase : Matrix Evaluation w ithout Mitigat ion Measures


Plant Operation

Water requirement

Treatment & Discharge

Emission from Stack

Fugitive emission

Noise generation

Hazardous Waste generation

Material Storage & Handling

Spills & Leaks

Breakdown of Control Equipment



TOTAL

PHYSICO – CHEMICAL PARAMETERS Surf ace Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -2 Ground Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2 Air Quality & Climate -3 0 0 -2 -2 0 -2 -3 0 -2 -3 -2 -19 Soil Quality 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 -2 -1 -1 0 0 -6 Land use pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Forest/Park/Sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Flora & Fauna 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -4 Aquatic Ecosy stem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SOCIAL PARAMETERS Aesthetics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Local housing structure 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1

Health & Saf ety -1 0 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 -2 -1 0 -7 ECONOMIC PARAMETERS Agriculture 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 Industries 0 0 1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -2 0 0 -6 Employ ment 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 3 2 10 TOTAL -1 -2 +2 -6 -6 -3 -4 -4 -3 -8 -2 -1 -38



Table: 4.10 (b)

Operation Phase : Matrix Evaluation w ith Mitigation Measures


Plant Operation

Water requirement

Treatment & discharge

Emission from Stack

Fugitive Emission

Noise Generation

Hazardous Waste Generation

Material Storage & Handling

Spills & Leaks

Breakdown of Control Equipment



TOTAL

PHYSICO – CHEMICAL PARAMETERS Surf ace Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ground Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2 Air Quality & Climate 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2 Soil Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 Land use pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Forest/Park/Sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Flora & Fauna 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 Aquatic Ecosy stem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SOCIAL PARAMETERS Aesthetics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Local housing structure 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Health & Saf ety 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 ECONOMIC PARAMETERS Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 Industries 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Employ ment 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 3 2 13 TOTAL 3 -1 5 0 -2 0 0 3 -1 -3 3 1 8

The matrix analysis reveals that the proposed project w ould be posing signif icant adverse as w ell as positive impacts on the

environment. From the overall study and evaluation of impacts, it can be concluded that the overall negative impact from various

activities on different environmental parameters is negligible w ith proper EMP in place. Even the negative impacts can be converted

into positive beneficial impact w ith proper and timely implementation of EMP. Hence project can be considered environmentally safe &

f it.



CHAPTER 5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 GENERAL

Environmental Monitoring i s an essentia l tool for s usta inable development &

ensuring effective most implementation & monitoring of Envi ronmenta l

Management Plan & mitigation measures. It i s also very essential to keep updating

the Environmental Management System for effective conservation of envi ronment

a long with ongoing project activities / operation. The Environmenta l Monitoring

Plan enables Envi ronmenta l Management System with early s ign of need for

additional action and modification of ongoing actions for environment management,

improvement & conservation. It provides exact idea for mitigation measures to be

implemented as it is l inked with actual distraction of environmenta l qual i ty due to

the project activities. Hence, monitoring of cri tica l parameters of envi ronmenta l

quality is very essential in the routine activi ty schedule of project operation. An

Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be scheduled for the fol lowing major

objectives :

- Assessment of the changes in envi ronmenta l conditions , i f any, during the

project operation/activi ties .

- Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Envi ronment Management Plan &

implementation of mitigation measures planned.

- Identification of any s igni ficant adverse transformation in envi ronmenta l

condition to plan additional mitigation measures

5.2 MONITORING POINTS / LOCATIONS & COMPONENTS

The environmenta l monitoring points sha l l be decided cons idering the

environmental impacts likely to occur due to the operation of proposed project as

the main scope of monitoring program is to track, timely & regularly, the change in

envi ronmental conditions and to take timely action for protection of envi ronment.

The monitoring points / location & components of significance shall be as following :



Table 5.1 : Post Project Environmental Monitoring Locations

Sr.

No.

Environmental

Components Monitoring Points / Location

1. Ambient Air

• Ambient a i r qual i ty at minimum 2

location within the plant premises

having 1 location in downwind direction

2. Water & Waste water

• Intake raw water qual i ty

• Wastewater from a l l Sources

• Wastewater prior to Evaporation

3. Process / Fugitive Emission

• At source of emiss ion (Stacks ) from

Sampl ing Port

• Process emiss ion in workplace area /

plants (for each area / plant minimum 2

locations & 1 location outside plant area

near vent )

4. Noise

• At a l l source and outside the plant area

• At least 5 points near / around the plant

boundary

5. Greenbelt / Vegetation

Cover • Greenbelt area at boundary & garden

6. Sol id/Hazardous Wastes

• Process dust generated & col lected as

sol id wastes

• Domestic biological solid waste before

manuring & prepared manure / compost

7. Soi l

• At least two Locations from area near

sol id / hazardous waste s torage /

dumping area

• At least five locations from Greenbelt &

area where manure of biological waste is

appl ied



5.3 MONITORING PARAMETERS & FREQUENCY

The monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring shall be as following:

TABLE 5.2 : Parameters & Frequency for Post Project Environmental Monitoring

Sr.

No.

Item Parameters Frequency

1. Ambient Air quality SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, CO, HC Once a month

2. Stationary Emission

from Stack

PM, SO2, NOx, CO, HC Once a week

3. Process emission NH3, Fugi tive Gaseous Pollutants

Expected

Once a week

4. Fugi tive Emission Ethylene Oxide Onl ine

Monitoring

5. Water pH, Temperature, EC, Turbidity,

Tota l Dissolved Solids, Calcium,

Magnesium, Total Hardness, Total

Alka linity, Chlorides, Sulphates,

Ni trates, DO, COD, BOD, Oil &

Grease, Heavy Metals in raw water

Once a month

6. Treated Sewage /

Effluent

pH, BOD, COD, TSS, TDS, Oi l &

Grease.

Once a month

7. Noise Equivalent noise level - dB (A) Once a month

8. Soi l, Solid Wastes &

Manure / Compost

pH, Humidity, Texture, Organic

matter, N, P, K, Sulphate, Ca lcium,

Magnesium, C:N Ratio

Quarterly

9. Greenbelt Number of plantations (Units),

Number of Survived Plants / Trees,

Number of Poor Plant / Trees

On-going -

round the year

10. Envi ronmental Audit As per di rection of ISO 14001 Once in a Year

5.4 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidel ines provided

by MoEF / CPCB / GPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / s tandard

method approved / recommended by MoEF / CPCB.



5.5 REPORTING & DOCUMENTATION

The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects

of the monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, sol id wastes , etc., a i r

emission, soil & manure / compost sha l l be prepared and preserved regularly.

Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned schedule, report

sha ll be prepared & necessary documents sha l l be forwarded to the concerned

person.

Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis ) sha l l be prepared as separate

documents as SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) wherever required.

The records showing resul ts / outcome of the monitoring programs sha l l be

prepared as per the requirement of the schedule mentioned above.

Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement

of the monitoring plan / mitigation measures / environmental technologies as wel l

as for necessary actions of Envi ronmenta l Management Cel l .

5.6 BUDGET & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE

On regular basis, Envi ronment Management Cel l sha l l inspect the necess i ty &

ava ilability of the materials, technologies, services & maintenance works . The Cel l

sha ll make appropriate budget for the purpose. Regular record review for any

change in financial requirement of environment management sha l l be done and

appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Along with other budgets , Budget

for envi ronmental management sha l l be prepared and revised regularly as per

requirement. The budget sha l l include provis ions for:

• Environmenta l Monitoring Program

• Operation & Maintenance of envi ronmenta l Technologies / Equipments

• Laboratory works for Envi ronmenta l management activi ties

• Emergency Purchase of necessary materia l , equipments , tools , services

• Greenbelt development

• Socia l & Environmenta l Wel fare & Awareness programs / tra ining (CSR)

• Annual Envi ronmenta l Audit.



CHAPTER - 6

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 PUBLIC HEARING / PUBLIC CONSULTATION:

Publ ic Hearing is a pplicable as per obtained TOR (Terms of Reference). Public Hearing was

ca rri ed-out for the proposed expansion project of synthetic organic chemicals (emulsi fi er

& de-emulsifier) of Shree Vallabh Chemi cal a t Survey No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Vi l l age:

Ahmedpura-Sampa, Taluka: Dehgam, Di s tri ct: Gandhi na ga r under category – A of the

s cheduled at 5(f) on 20/12/2014 at 16:00 hrs at Yogi Satsang Hall, Nr. Nilkanth Mahadev Temple,

Dehgam-Modasa Road, Village: Palaiya, Taluka: Dehgam, District: Gandhinagar. An advertisement

in English was published in “The Indian Express” dated 19-11-2014 & 19-12-2014 and in Gujarati in

“Gujarat Samachar” dated 19/11/2014 & 19-12-2014. Dr. M. D. Modiya (GAS), Resident Additional

Collector and Additional District Magistrate, Gandhinagar as representative of District Magistrate

and District Collector Gandhinagar supervised and presided over the entire public hearing

proceedings with Mr. B. R. Gajjar, Regional Officer, GPCB, Gandhinagar.

The public hearing presentati on and ques ti on ans wer s es s i on ended wi th pos i tive

res ponses from the local people a bout the project. They were sati s fi ed wi th mi ti ga tion

mea sures a nd environmental management pl a n of the propos ed expa ns i on project.

Ra i sed queries during the public hearing were a lso adequately a ddressed. The minutes of

meeting of the public hearing proceeding is enclos ed as Annexure – 5. In view of the

a bove, it was concluded that no change is required i n EMP of the propos ed expa ns ion

project. Industry will provide 5% (Rs.4 lac) of the expansion cost (Rs.80 lac) towards

CSR:

Sr. No. CSR Activity Budgetary Amount

1. Computers for school Rs.2,50,000/-

2. Public health programme / seminar Rs.1,50,000/-

TOTAL Rs.4,00,000/-



6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT:

A. Raw Material Handling and Storage :

Table 6.1 gives a list of the monthl y requi rement of ea ch ra w ma teri a l tha t wi l l be

consumed to manufacture the maximum quantity. All the ra w ma terial s s hal l be firs t

recei ved by the s tores department and samples of ra w materials s hall be s ent to quali ty

control laboratory wherein the qua l i ty of ra w ma teria l s ha ll be tes ted. Onl y a fter

confi rmation of quality by the QC l a b, the ra w material shall be transferred / unl oa ded

a t the respective storage area in the factory wi th proper labeling. The ra w ma teri a l i n

genera l wil l be recei ved i n ba gs , ca rboys , drums as wel l a s through tankers .

Table : 6.1 : LIST OF RAW MATERIALS WITH CONSUMPTION

Sr.

No.

Raw Materials Consumption

MT / MT of product MT / Month

1.0 Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate : 160 MT / Month

1.1 Nonyl Phenol 0.332 53.220


1.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.320

1.4 Water 0.008 1.280

2.0 Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate : 30 MT / Month

2.1 Octyl Phenol 0.318 9.556


2.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.060

2.4 Water 0.008 0.240

3.0 Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate : 10 MT / Month

3.1 Dodesyl Phenol 0.229 2.290


3.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.020

3.4 Water 0.008 0.080

4.0 Castor Oil Ethoxylate : 100 MT / Month

4.1 Castor Oil 0.508 50.765


4.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.200

4.4 Water 0.008 0.800

5.0 Poly Ethylene Ethoxylate : 80 MT / Month

5.1 Poly Ethylene (Di – Ethylene) Glycol 0.194 15.501




5.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.160

5.4 Water 0.008 0.640

6.0 Fatty Alcohol Ethoxylate : 120 MT / Month

6.1 Fatty Alcohol 0.296 35.584


6.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.240

6.4 Water 0.008 0.960

7.0 Hydrogenated Castor Oil (HCO) : 20 MT / Month

7.1 Hydrogenated Castor Oil (HCO) 0.319 13.587


7.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.040

7.4 Water 0.008 0.160

8.0 Poly Ol Ethoxylate (De – Emulsifier) : 40 MT / Month

8.1 Poly Ol 0.693 27.198


8.3 NaOH / KOH 0.002 0.008

8.4 Water 0.008 0.320



Storage and Transportation of Liquid Raw Materials

Al l liquid raw material s wi l l be stored in s torage ta nks a nd i n Drums /Carbouys a t

s eparate storage area. The storage a rea for hazardous chemicals will be located wi thi n

the boundary wa ll wi th a constant wa tch by s ecurity round the clock. Proper enclosures

s hall be provided for a ll s torage tanks . Al l neces s a ry fi refi ghti ng s ys tem and s a fety

a rrangements s hal l be provi ded nea r the s tora ge area to combat a ny emergency

a ccident. The liquid chemicals shall be transported through pipes vi a rack to production

a rea from s tora ge ta nks. The sa me s ys tem is provided for exi ti ng a cti viti es .

Storage and Transportation of other Raw Materials

The ra w materi a l s whi ch a re procured i n drums /ca rboys /ba gs s ha l l be s tored i n

s eparate storage area i n stores department and tra nsported from the s tora ge a rea to

the production plant by hydraulic lift/trolley/forklift as applicable. The s a me s ys tem i s

provi ded for exi ting a ctivi ti es .

Table 6.2 & Table6.3 s hows the details on Tra ns portati on, Stora ge a nd Handl i ng of

products and ra w ma teri a l s , res pective l y.

Table : 6.2 : TRANSPORTATION DETAILS ON FINISHED PRODUCTS

Sr.

No.

Product Physical

State

Dispatch Means of

Transportation

1. Nonyl Phenol Ethoxylate Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

2. Octyl Phenol Ethoxylate Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

3. Dodesyl Phenol Ethoxylate Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

4. Ca s tor Oi l Ethoxylate Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

5. Pol y Ethyl ene Ethoxylate Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

6. Fa tty Al cohol Ethoxylate Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

7. Hydrogenated Castor Oil (HCO)

Ethoxyl a te Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner

8. Pol y Ol Ethoxylate (De – Emulsifier) Li quid Loca l / Export Truck / Conta iner



Table – 6.3 : DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS – TRANSPORTATION

Safety Procedures for Transfer of Raw Materials

� All the lines shall be metallic and provided with jumpers for the conductivity of each

flames zones

� All the day tanks shall be provided with level indicators and an overflow line which will

come back to the tank

Action plan for the transportation of raw material and products 1. The following major ra w materials and products being tra nsported to the facility a nd from

the fa cility

1.1 Ethyl ene Oxi de

1.2 Hydrogen Peroxide

1.3 Fa tty Alcohols

1.4 Nonyl Phenol, Octyl Phenol & Dodecyl Phenol

1.5 Ca s tor oil & Hydrogenated Castor oil

1.6 Pol yethylene Glycol ( PEG)

1.7 Pota s sium Hydroxide (or Sodium Hydroxide ) Fl akes as a catalyst

1.8 The ethylene oxide condensates ( Ethoxylated Products) of all the above

1.9 Di esel

1.10 Coal – Anthracite coal

Sr.

No.

Raw Material Physical

State

Source of

Supply

Means of

Transportation

(by road)

Distance of

Supplier from

Project Site (km)

1. Nonyl Phenol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 50 - 500

2. KOH Flakes Local 25/50 kg bags 50 - 500

3. NaOH Liquid/

Flakes Local 25/50 kg bags 50 - 500

4. Octyl Phenol Flakes Local 25/50 kg bags 50 - 500

5. Dodesyl Phenol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 50 - 500

6. Castor Oil Liquid Local 200 kg drum 50 - 500

7. Di – Ethylene Glycol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 50 - 500

8. Fatty Alcohol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 50 - 500

9. Hydrogenated Castor Oil Flakes Local 25/50 kg bags 50 - 500

10. Poly Ol Liquid Local 200 kg drum 50 - 100

11. Ethylene Oxide Liquid Local 7 T Tanker load 50 - 100



2. Transportation and handling of Ethylene oxide

Of a l l the above products ethylene oxide transportation is mos t ha za rdous a s i t i s both

fl a mmable a nd toxic. I t is transported in a pressured tanker at a pressure of 4 to 5 Kg/cm2. The tra nsportation of this material i s done i n a l iquefied stage at higher pressure a nd low

temperature of about 4 to 6 °C, i n an insulated ta nker. Following precautions are taken for

tra ns porta tion of thi s materi a l .

2.1 The res ponsi bi l i ty of the tra ns porta ti on l i es wi th the s uppl i er onl y.

2.2 The roa d ta nker i s filled at a temperature of 2 to 4°C a nd a t a pres s ure of 4 to 5

kg/cm2

2.3 The tanker i s fully i nsulated to minimize the heat gain during tra ns portati on. The

ma teri a l of ins ul a ti on s houl d be compa ti bl e wi th EO.

2.4 The tanker i s fully equipped with safety equipment a nd acces s ori es l ike s a fety

va l ve, pres s ure ga uge, tempera ture ga uge a nd fi re exti ngui s her.

2.5 The dri ver a nd cleaner a re fully tra ined in ha ndl i ng the Ethyl ene Oxi de re l a ted

emergenci es whi ch a re l ike l y on the roa d.

2.6 The route of the vehicle is planned in such a way that busy a nd popul a ted a rea s

a re a voi ded.

2.7 The ethylene oxide is purchased and transported from the nearest location (From

Va doda ra faci l i ty of RIL) as fa r as pos si bl e .

2.8 The es timated tra nsportation time is 6 to 8 hours (The di s ta nce from Va dodara

ma nufa cturing fa cil i ty of RIL i s about 125 km).

2.9 In ca se there is any mishap on the road or the tanker develops the leak, then i t i s

ha ndled by supplier i .e. (RIL) for which they have a 24 hr emergency a nd res cue

tea ms a re ava i l a ble a t thei r Va doda ra pl a nt.

2.10 The material of construction: of the ta nker i s s ta i nles s s teel onl y a s any

contamination of tanker ca n result in initiating polymerizati on rea cti on whi ch i s

exothermi c and ca n ca us e burs ting of the conta i ner/ta nker.

2.11 Ta nk fittings and attachments i n contact with Ethylene Oxi de shall a l s o be of the

a bove-mentioned materi a ls , a nd ma y not contai n copper or a l l oys of copper

a nd/or ma gnes i um.

2.12 The tanker i s never filled up to the bream. Some empty s pace i s l e ft to a l l ow for

the expa ns i on of the l i qui d.

2.13 The roa d ta nker is not a llowed to keep waiting i n the open sun either on the roa d

or i n the fa ctory premi s es to mi ni mi ze the hea t ga i n.

2.14 The tanker i s emptied i n the Ethylene Oxi de s torage ta nk onl y when the ta nk i s

empty.

2.15 The unloading is done by nitrogen pressure. The pumpi ng of Ethyl ene Oxi de i s

a voi ded i n order to control fugi ti ve emi s s i ons of EO.



2.16 Use of dedicated tankers: The EO ta nkers are dedicated for the tra nsporta ti on of

EO onl y. Thi s i s to avoi d conta mi na ti on a nd pol ymeri za ti on of EO. I f i t gets

pol ymeri zed i t wi l l choke the i nlet outlet l i nes a nd s a fety va l ve.

2.17 Parking the vehicle - Dri vers must ensure that the vehicle is either s upervised or is

pa rked in a secure place. No potenti a l s ource of hea t or fi re mus t exi s t i n the

vi ci nity, a nd the vehicle must be capable of being easily removed i n a n emergency.

2.18 The pa rking of the vehicle is to be avoided a s far as possible. Drivers mus t i nform

the haul er of thei r overnight pa rki ng l oca ti on.

2.19 Delays or accidents: - Al l delays during tra nsport, whether due to s evere wea ther

conditions, breakdown or other reasons mus t be reported to the cons i gnor a s

s oon as possible. Transport a ccidents must also be reported to the cons i gnor a s

s oon a s poss i bl e

2.20 Pressure and temperature checks :- For roa d tra ns port the pres s ure a nd/or

temperature of the tank contents should be checked regularly a nd recorded on a

checkl i s t or i n a l ogbook

2.21 Emergency procedure: - Dri vers should be given precise i ns tructi ons a s to the

a cceptable pressure and temperature rise during the journey, a nd the emergency

a cti on to be ta ken i n the event that readings in exces s of a ccepta bl e level s are

obs erved.

2.22 The design of the road tankers / tank conta i ners mus t gua ra ntee a compl ete

unl oadi ng of the roa d ta nkers /tank conta i ners . Cri teri on: l es s than 5 l i tres

rema ini ng product.

2.23 The ethylene oxide tanker is padded with nitrogen to avoid self-polymerizati on of

EO vapour.

2.24 The l oading and unloading operation of the ta nker s hould be situated a t the s afe

di s ta nce from the stora ge ta nks.

2.25 After loading the ta nker i s pres s ured with ni trogen to ens ure the ga s phas e

rema ins i nert even up to 50 °C.

2.26 The dri vers of the tanker to check that the press ure of the ta nker does not ri ze

a bove 10 Kg/cm2 or temp do not ri s e a bove 50 °C.

2.27 The val ves of the tanker may get choked due to polymerization of EO, hence they

s hould be clea ned peri odi ca l l y.

2.28 The tanker s hould not be kept empty containi ng va pour of EO for l ong ti mes to

a voi d polymerization of EO. It s hould be purged a nd mainta i ned under ni trogen

pres sure.



2.29 Precautions while unloading the tanker

2.29.1. Duri ng loading or unloading the vehicle must be earthed. Ensure double

ea rthing to avoid a ny static charge a ccumulation

2.29.2. The oxygen content of the ta nker should be l ess than 0.3% by vol . before

loa ding of EO

2.29.3 The operator should wear breathing apparatus before l oading or unloading

ethyl ene.

2.29.4 After connection the hose must be purged with nitrogen to ma ke it free from

Oxygen 2.29.5 The fl ange joints and other connections to be checked with s oap s olution for

l eakage. It should be kept in mind that the thresh hold limit for EO i n air is 1

ppm only. 2.29.6 The key of the vehicle should be removed

2.29.7 The vehicle hand brake is to be put on.

2.29.8 The wheel chocks s hould be applied during loading unloading to s top

a cci dental movement of vehicle.

2.29.9 Ha nd brake s hould be applied when the tanker is getting loaded or

unl oaded.

2.29.10 The dri ver s hould be near the vehicle during l oading unloading operation.

2.29.11 The vehicle should be parked i n the shed when it is l oaded or unloaded.

Company has obtained renewal license for Ehylene Oxide Storage license from

Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO), West Circle, Ministry of


of Issue: 13-04-2011, Validity upto: 31-03-2014 and Renewal License vide License No.:

S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date of Issue: 17-02-2014, Validity up to 31-03-2017 (Please

Refer Annexure – 1) vide compliance of their requirements.

3. Storage and handling of Hydrogen Peroxide

3.1 The hydrogen peroxide is used i n the process as a bleaching a gent. Whenever the

product has a ye llowish tinge a bout 1litre of hydrogen peroxide is added to the

rea ctor to ma ke a colourless liquid.

3.2 The hydrogen peroxide is brought in a 50 l itre carboys

3.3 I t i s stored i n a s hed away from the other ma terial as i t is a s trong oxidizing agent.



4. Storage and handling of alkyl phenols

4.1 The a lkyl phenols a re the main ra w materials for the facility. The alkyl phenols

ma i nly used are Nonyl Phenol, Dodesyl Phenol a nd Octyl Phenol.

4.2 Thes e are mostly a vailable in liquid form

4.3 They a re purchased in the 200 l itres HDPE drums or MS Drums and brought to the

fa ctory i n the tra nsport truck.

4.4 They a re s tored i n the factory main storage area.

4.5 The l iquid from the drums is tra nsferred to the reactor by a portable pump, the

pump i s mounted on the top of the drum and the suction pipe is dipped in the drum

upto the bottom.

4.6 The remaining liquid is manually poured in a small container of a bout 10 to 20 l i tres

in s ize and is pumped to the reactor.

4.7 Secondary containment in the form of a tra y is used to control the s pillage of the

ma terial

4.8 Al l the used drums a re sold to the authorized a nd GPCB a pproved recyclers

5. Storage and handling of castor oil, hydrogenated castor oil and fatty alcohol

The castor oil a nd fatty alcohol a re liquids with a similar properties like a lkyl phenols and

they a re brought i n 200 l itres MS or HDPE drums by roa d trucks.

They are handled in the s imilar wa y like an a lkyl phenols.

6. Storage and Handling of PEG (polyethylene glycol)

6.1 PEG i s the main ra w material for the production of Poly-Sol a de-emulsifier used in

crude oil processing to separate oil from the wa ter.

6.2 PEG i s the higher boiling glycol. I t is in liquid form. It is procured i n 200 l iters MS or

HDPE drums .

6.3 The drums are transported i n the road truck a nd s tored i n a separate area i n the raw

ma terial storage shed.

6.4 Occa s ionally the material is s upplied i n the road ta nker. The road tanker material is

empti ed in the 200 l itres HDPE drums. They are stored i n the shed a way from the

di rect sunlight.



6.5 The PEG i s transferred to the reactor from the drum by the portable pump which can

be mounted on the drum top.

6.6 The us ed drums are sold to the a uthorized recyclers.

7. Storage and handling of potash flakes or caustic flakes

7.1 The ca ustic or potassium hydroxide i s used as a ca talyst for the i nitiation of

ethoxylation reaction

7.2 The material is purchased a nd is a vailable i n 25 kg or 50 kg HDPE l ined woven s acks.

7.3 Thi s is transported by the road truck.

7.4 Si nce the material is highly hygroscopic, the bags a re tightly cl osed a fter taking out

the ma terial.

7.5 A 30 % or 50 % ca us tic or potash s olution i s made in water for use as a ca talyst.

7.6 Adequate PPE is used while handling the flakes, especially the use of hand gloves

and goggles is must while handling.

7.7 Si nce the material is harmful to skin and eyes a dequate tra ining in handling this

ma terial is given to workers.

7.8 The empty bags a re fully washed and decontaminated before s elling or recycling

them for s torage of other product.

8. Diesel

8.1 Di esel will be used as fuel for running the DG set i n case of power failure.

8.2 The quantity of diesel required is depends on the running of DG s et. But i t is about

100 l i ters per month.

8.3 . Di esel is a vailable on the nearby petrol pump

8.4 It i s brought in a 35 or 50 l i ters ca rboys and is tra nsferred to the tank i n the DG set.

8.5 The ca rboys are dedicated for diesel

8.6 Al l necessary safety precautions are ta ken as diesel is a flammable l iquid.

9. Coal

9.1 The fa cility will be set up a coal fi red boiler for production of s team

9.2 The coal requirement is a bout 2 MT per day.



9.3 Imported coal or Anthracite coal is procured through the dealers is delivered to the

si te by Road Lorri es.

9.4 The coal is stored i n shed near the boiler and is manually fed to the boiler to

ma i ntain boiler pressure.

9.5 Bi g l umps of coal are broken into small pieces manually for feeding to the boiler.

9.6 Si nce coal ca n ca tch fire on its own in the open s torage, regular water s praying is

done the coal.

9.7 Bi g heaps of coal is avoided to reduce chances of fire.

10. Stora ge and handling of ethoxyl ate products: All ethoxylate products are in liquid form

a nd near to similar properties and sell in 200 l iters capacity HDPE drums by road.

Ha ndling of product like similar way of ra w ma terial.



DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME

1. To which chemicals, workers are exposed directly or indirectly

The following chemicals are being used as ra w materials i n the plant

I ) Ethyl ene Oxide

II ) Hydrogen Peroxide

III ) Fa tty a l cohols

IV) Nonyl Phenol, Octyl Phenol & Dodecyl Phenol

V) Ca s tor oil & Hydrogenated Ca stor oil.

VI) Pol yethylene Glycol (PEG)

VII) Potas sium Hydroxide (or Sodium Hydroxide) Flakes as a catalyst.

VIII ) The Ethyl ene Oxi de condensates ( Ethoxylated Products of all the above)

2. Whether these chemicals are within Threshold Limit Values (TLV) / Permissible

Exposure Levels as per ACGIH recommendation?

In the expanded facility of Shree Vallabh Chemical. The most hazardous chemical

ha ndled is Ethylene oxide. The TLV a nd PEL va lues of the Ethylene Oxi de a re

I . A. TLV – 8 Hour weighted a verage (TWA) Value – 1.8 mg/M3 or 1 ppm

B. TLV – Immediate Danger to l ife or health (IDLV) va lue – 800 ppm

The a bove values a re as per the US notification of Jan 2009. (ACGIH)

II . The PEL exposure value as per OHSA , Uni ted states Nov 2006 i s

A STEL– Short term Exposure limit is 5 ppm for 15 mi nutes & 1 ppm for 8 Hrs (TWA)

The other ma terials are mostly in liquid form a nd mostly with high boiling points

hence their concentration in the working a tmosphere is very l ow and do not pose any health danger to the persons working.

3. What measures company has taken to keep these chemicals within PEL/TLV.?

The following measures and precautions will be taken to keep the concentrations of EO

i n the working atmosphere below the PEL / TLV

3.1 The ma in s torage tank (pressurized vessel) is i nstalled i n the open outside the

bui lding a nd is under the shed.

3.2 The tra nsfer of Ethylene Oxi de material to the reactor and to the measuring tank

i s by pi pe line a nd is under nitrogen pressure.

3.3 Ma nual handling of the hazardous material like Ethylene Oxi de is not there.

3.4 Mi nimum flange joints are used in the pipeline to minimize the chances of

Ethylene Oxide leakage.

3.5 The joi nts are regularly checked with s oap s olution for l eakages.

3.6 The area where ethylene oxide is handled i s well ventilated. The use of Eco

ventilators is being done.



3.7 Exhaust fans a nd windows are fitted on the wall at lower l evel to keep the area

free from pollutants. (EO vapour are heavier than air try to s ti ck to the lower

l evels.)

3.8 Regular monitoring of the workplace is done by using drägar tubes a nd monitors.

3.9 The workers have been provided adequate PPE’s like breather mask, face mask to

ca rry out criti cal operations l ike shut down, or maintenance of equipments where

there i s chance of exposure.

3.10 Permi t s ystem is strictly enforced for ca rrying out maintenance and non-routine

jobs .

3.11 Sta ff a nd workers are well tra ined i n the operations a nd to a void exposure to

da ngerous chemicals.

3.12 The vent of the condensation reactor is dipped i n the water bath. The water i n

the wa ter bath is changed daily. Ethyl ene Oxide va pour if any i n the vent gases

a re absorbed i n the water. The water i n the water bath is s ent to the waste water

trea tment facility.

3.13 There is a double mechanical seal on the agitator of the reactors. This ensure that

there i s no fugitive emission of Ethylene Oxi de

3.14 There is a safety valve on the reactor which i s set at 7 Kg pressure ( g)

3.15 The rea ctor a nd other vessels containing EO a re purged thoroughly to ma ke them

free from EO before opening

3.16 LDAR program is enforced for Ethylene Oxi de a nd s team lines (Leak Detection and

Repair) program.

3.17 Fugi tive emission control – Si nce the Ethylene Oxi de s torage i s under pressure

a nd no direct vent is provided the fugitive emission of ethyl ene oxide is zero.

Company has obtained renewal license for Ehylene Oxide Storage license from



of Issue: 13-04-2011, Validity upto: 31-03-2014 and Renewal License vide License No.:

S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date of Issue: 17-02-2014, Validity up to 31-03-2017 (Please

Refer Annexure – 1) vide compliance of their requirements.

4. How the workers are evaluated concerning their exposure to chemicals during pre-

placement and periodical medical monitoring?

As per policy a nd norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination a nd testing

periodically a nd a t set i nterval a nd based on the medical report actions are taken, i f at

a l l anything i s necessary and required. Even based on the medical examination report /



feedback, workmen are counselled a nd put in different a rea / job rotation kind of

a ctivi ties. Medical record should be maintained i n office.

The pre-placement and periodical medical examination records a re to be maintained i n

the prescribed format as per the Factories Act 1948 a nd Gujarat Factories Rules 1963.

5. What are onsite and offsite emergency plan during chemical disaster

5.1 Onsite Emergency Response

The following types of emergencies are possible in the facility which handling flammable

a nd dangerous material like Ethylene Oxide

a . Fi re

b. Ga s leak / toxic re lease.

c. Spi llage of liquid chemical from 200 l iters drums.

d. Acci dent i nvolving human injury

In ca s e of the a bove emergencies the company has well defined and documented

emergency management procedure, this procedure is described in s hort i n the fol lowing paragraphs

5.1.1 Shut down and Isolation: Ra i sing the alarm, followed by i mmediate safe s hut

down of the processes, reactors, power s upply, a nd isolation of a ffected a reas

5.1.2 Escape, Evacuation and Rescue: Sa feguarding human lives at s ite by

commencement of the Emergency Eva cuation and Rescue Plan. Ensuring that

a l l personnel are a ccounted for a nd ca rrying out a head count of persons

evacuated. Notification and commencement of offsite emergency plan in case

offs ite i mpacts are possible The persons s hould be asked to gather a t the

des ignated place.(Emergency a ssembly Poi nts)

5.1.3 Stopping the development of the emergency: Control or response to the

emergency depending upon its nature (fire, toxic re lease or explosion). Fire ca n

be s omewhat better controlled through fire fighting, while toxic re lease

i mpacts can be partially controlled through proper communication with

a ffected population. Impacts of explosions i mpacts cannot be controlled once

they occur, hence efforts will require focusing on provision of re lief or control

of s econdary i mpacts (such a s property da mage or fires) resulting from

expl osions.

5.1.4 Treatment of injured: Fi rs t aid and hospitalization of injured persons

5.1.5 Protection of environment and property: During mitigation, efforts should be

made to prevent impacts on environment and property to the extent possible.

5.1.6 Welfare of the personnel managing the emergency: Cha ngeover, fi rst aid a nd

refres hments for the persons managing the emergency



5.1.7 Informing and assisting relatives of the victims

5.1.8 Informing the news a nd e lectronic media

5.1.9 Preserving all evidences and records: Thi s s hould be done to enable a thorough

i nvestigation of the true causes of the emergency

5.1.10 Investigation and follow up: This requires to be carried out to establish

preventive measures for the future a nd a review of the DMP and its annexure

to fi l l up the deficiencies i n the emergency planning procedures

5.1.11 Ensuring safety of personnel prior to restarting of operations: Efforts require

to be ma de to ensure that work environment is safe prior to restarting the

work.

5.1.12 In case of fire: I f there is a fire and there is little personal risk, use a ppropriate

exti nguisher i f you have been trained i n i ts proper use. I f the fi re is very small, it

may be extinguished by smothering it with a non flammable material such as a

s and, watch glasses or metal s heet. Turn off electrical circuit and gas lines.

5.2 Off-site Emergency Response Plan

5.2.1 An emergency may a ffect a reas offsite of the works as for example, an

expl osion can s catter debris over wide areas and the effects of blast can cover

cons iderable distances, wind ca n s pread burning brands of gases.

5.2.2 In s ome cases e.g. as the result of a n explosion, outside damage will be

i mmediate and part of the a vailable resources of the emergency servi ces may

need to be deployed in the a ffected areas. In any ca se, the possibility of further

damage may remain, e.g. as the result of further explosion or by the effect of

wind spreading burning brands of hazardous material.

5.2.3 I t wi l l be necessary to prepare in adva nce simple charts or ta bles relating the

l i kely s pread of the va pours cl oud taking into account its expected buoyancy,

the l ocal topography and all possible weather conditions during the time of

re lease.

5.2.4 I t ma y a lso be desirable to i nstall instruments indicating wind speed and

di rection, which could be done jointly wi th surrounding i ndustries.

5.3 First aid treatment plan should be taken if any employee get injured in any

emergency situation as follows:

5.3.1. In a ll a ctual or suspected cases of exposure to EO, medical attention should be

obta ined at once and the patient s hould always be removed from the

conta minated a rea.

5.3.2. Al l contaminated cl othing s hould be removed immediately.

5.3.3. Remove from exposure. I f unconscious s ecure airway and place in semi prone

recovery position. I f not breathing give artificial respiration.



5.3.4. I f heart beat a bsent give external cardiac compression.

5.3.5. I f there is cya nosis (blueness of the lips) administer oxygen by fa ce mask. I f

there i s breathing difficulty or cough keep patient at rest seated i n position of

maxi mum comfort. Refer to hospital or doctor ri sk of delayed s ymptoms.

5.3.6. Remove all contaminated clothing to a safe ventilated place or a sealed

conta iner.

5.3.7. In ca s e of s kin contamination wash i mmediately wi th plenty of cl ean, gently

fl ow water. 5.3.8. In ca s e of eye contamination wash the eye i mmediately with plenty of cl ean,

gentl y flow water for 10 mi nutes. Then send promptly to a doctor or hospital.

5.3.9. Cover s ki n burns with a sterile dressing.

5.3.10. I f pa tient appears confused, excited or uncoordinated use only mi nimal

restra int necessary for s afety a nd treatment. 5.3.11. I f pa tient is conscious permit water to drink.

6. Liver function tests (LFT) during pre-placement and periodical examination

Ethyl ene Oxide may also damage the liver and kidneys i n case of chroni c expos ure.

Hence Lever function and kidney tests wi l l be done duri ng pre –pl a cement and duri ng periodical medical checkup once in a years for those workers who a re l i ke l y

to get exposed to Ethylene Oxide. More detailed i nformation on various tes ts to be performed for thos e worki ng i n EO ha ndl i ng area s i s gi ven i n next pa ra on

occupati ona l hea l th s urveil l a nce program.

7. Details of occupational health surveillance program

7.1 Medical surveillance program

The EO ha s been l inked to an i ncreased ri sk of cancer a nd reproductive effects

i ncluding decreased male fertility, fetotoxicity, and spontaneous a bortion. At the

present, l imited s tudies of chronic effects in humans resulting from expos ure to

EO suggest a causal association wi th l eukemi a. Adequa te s creeni ng tes ts to

determine a n employee's potential for developing s erious chronic diseases, s uch

a s ca ncer, from exposure to EO do not presently exist. Laboratory tests may gi ve evi dence to suggest that an employee i s potenti a l l y overexpos ed to EO. The

physician must become familiar wi th the si gns and s ymptoms tha t indi ca te a

worker i s receiving otherwise unrecognized and unaccepta bl e exposure to EO. The employer i s required to i nsti tute a medi cal s urvei l l a nce progra m for a l l

empl oyees who are or will be exposed to EO a t or a bove the a cti on l evel (0.5

ppm) for at l ea s t 30 da ys per yea r, without rega rd to res pi ra tor us e.

Al though broad latitude in prescribing s pecific tests to be included i n the medical

s urveillance program is extended to the exa mi ni ng phys i ci a n, OSHA requi res

i nclus i on of the fol l owing e l ements in the routi ne exa mina ti on:



(i ) Medical a nd work histories with s peci a l empha s i s di rected to symptoms

re l a ted to the pul mona ry, hema tol ogi c, neurol ogi c, and reproducti ve

s ys tems a nd to the eyes a nd s ki n.

(i i ) Physical examina ti on wi th parti cul ar empha s i s gi ven to the pul monary,

hema tologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems a nd to the eyes a nd skin.

(i i i) Complete blood count to i ncl ude at l ea s t a whi te ce l l count (i ncl uding

di fferenti a l ce l l count), red ce l l count, hema tocri t, a nd hemogl obi n.

(i v) Any l a boratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by s ound medi ca l pra cti ce .

The employer i s required to make the prescribed tests available a t least annuall y to empl oyees who are or will be exposed at or above the a cti on l evel, for 30 or

more da ys per yea r; more often than s peci fi ed if recommended by the

exa mining physician; a nd upon the employee's termi nati on of empl oyment or

rea ssignment to another work area. While l ittle i s known a bout the l ong term

consequences of high s hort-term exposures, i t appears prudent to monitor s uch

a ffected employees cl osely i n light of existing health data . The empl oyer s ha l l

provi de physician recommended examinations to any employee expos ed to EO

i n emergency conditions. Li kewise, the employer shall make a va i l a bl e medica l

consultations i ncludi ng phys i ci an recommended exams to empl oyees who bel ieve they a re sufferi ng s i gns or s ymptoms of expos ure to EO.

The empl oyer i s requi red to provi de the phys i cia n wi th the fol l owing

i nformation: a description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the

empl oyee exposure level; and information from the employee's previous medical

exa minations which is not readily a vailable to the examining phys i ci a n. Ma king

thi s information a vailable to the phys i ci a n wi ll a i d i n the eva l ua tion of the

empl oyee's health i n re lation to assigned duties a nd fi tnes s to wea r pers ona l

protecti ve equi pment, when requi red.

The empl oyer i s requi red to obta i n a wri tten opi nion from the exa mi ni ng

physician containing the results of the medical exa mi na ti ons ; the phys i ci a n's

opi nion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions whi ch woul d place the employee at i ncreased risk of material i mpairment of his or her

health from exposure to EO; a ny recommended restrictions upon the employee's

exposure to EO, or upon the use of protecti ve cl othi ng or equi pment s uch a s

res pirators; a nd a s ta tement tha t the empl oyee ha s been i nformed by the

physi ci a n of the res ul ts of the medica l exami na tion a nd of a ny medica l

condi tions which require further explanation or treatment. This written opi nion

must not revea l speci fi c fi ndi ngs or di a gnoses unre l a ted to occupa ti ona l



exposure to EO, a nd a copy of the opi nion must be provi ded to the a ffected

empl oyee.

The a nnexure below i s the formats for medical checkup as per the factori es act.

7.2 Details of occupational Health/Safety surveillance Requirements:

Provi s i on for fol l owi ng ma tters need to be ma de:

• Checki ng packaging or container labels and materia l s a fety da ta sheets ; on

regul a r ba s i s .

• Regular communication between workers, supervisors a nd empl oyers a bout l ikely hazards; Regular tra ining to a l l concerned peopl e on the ha za rdous

i nvol ved es peci a l l y of the EO expos ure

• Regular i nspection of workplaces, pl ant a nd equi pment; for l ea ka ges and

spi llages. The flange joints and other joints to be examined with soap solution

for a ny lea ka ges of EO.

• The pl ant and process area i s well ventilated by us e of eco –venti la tors and

exha us t fa ns mounted on the l ower s i de of the wa l l .

• Regular monitoring of workplace by dragger tube for presence of EO. The EO

l evel should be l ess than 1 ppm which is a threshold limit. The desired l evel of

EO i n the worki ng a tmos phere s houl d be l es s tha n 0.5 ppm

• Regul a r revi ew of ta sks a nd procedures ; and

• Checki ng of previous i nci dent a nd i njury records for recurri ng s itua ti ons .

• Job ri s k a na l ysi s / job s a fety a na l ysi s

• Encl osed sys tems for chemicals, re location of employees or physical ba rri ers

• Stori ng hazardous substances in a locka bl e , encl osed a rea wi th a dequate

venti l a ti on

• Limi ti ng a cces s to chemi ca l s tora ge a rea s to a uthori zed peopl e onl y

• Ens uri ng a l l l abel s rema i n inta ct on conta i ners a nd packa gi ng

• Where possible, pump chemicals into reactors or ta nks ra ther than pouri ng ma nua ll y from conta iners .

• Mi ni mi zi ng ri sk of i tems a cci dental l y droppi ng into ta nks , s pl a s hi ng.



PRE-PLACEMENT FORM ANNEXURE-1

FORM NO: 27-A

(Prescribed under Rule 102)

CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS 1. Seri al number:

I certi fy that I have personally examined ______________________________________ son of

(Fa ther’s name) _________________________________________________________ residing

a t (address)_________________________________________________________ who is

desirous of being employed as (designation) ________________________________ in (process,

department a nd factory) ____________________________________________ and that his

a ge, a s nearly a s can be ascertained from my examination, is ______________ years, and that

he is i n my opinion, fit/unfit for employment i n the a bove mentioned factory as mentioned

a bove.

2. He ma y be produced for further examination after a period of

________________________________________months

3. The s erial number of the previous certificate is __________________________

Si gnature or l eft hand thumb i mpression of

person examined:

Si gnature of Certifying

Surgeon :Na me __________

Da te: _____________

I certify tha t I

exa mined the person

mentioned above on

I extended this certificate

unti l (I f certificate is not

extended, the period for

whi ch the worker i s

cons idered unfit for work is to be mentioned)

Si gns and

s ymptoms

obs erved during

exa mination

Si gnature of the

Certi fyi ng

Surgeon

Da te –

PRE-PLACEMENT FORM ANNEXURE-2



FORM NO: 33

(Prescribed under Rule 68-T and 102)

Certificate of fitness of employment in hazardous process and operations. (TO BE ISSUED BY FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER)

1. Serial number i n the register

Of adult workers :

2. Na me of the person examined :

3. Fa ther’s Name :

4. Sex :

5. Residence :

6. Da te of Birth :

7. Na me & a ddress of the factory :

8. The worker i s employed/proposed :

a. Ha za rdous process :

b. Da ngerous operation :

I certi fy tha t I have personally examined the a bove named person whose i dentification

ma rks are _________ a nd who is desirous of being employed in a bove mentioned

process/operation and that his/her, a ge, as nearly a s can be ascertained from my examination,

i s ________ yea rs.

In my opi nion he/she i s fit for employment in the s aid manufacturing process/operation.

In my opi nion he/she i s unfit for employment i n the said manufacturing process/operation

for the reason ______________. He/she is referred for further examination to the certifying

Surgeon.

The s erial number of previous certificate is ______________.

Si gnature or l eft hand thumb

i mpression of the person examined: Si gnature of the Factory Medical Officer:

Stamp of factory: _______________

Medi cal officer with Name of the Factory: ___________



QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

1.0 INTRODUCTION

QRA study for, M/s . Shree Vallabh Chemical has been carried out based on data provided by

them. The s tudy has been carried out in accordance with the International codes of

practices using PHAST (Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool) – 6.53 software. The latest

vers ion of the renowned PHAST Risk software package of DNV is used for carrying out the

ri sk analys is .

The full terms of potential hazardous scenarios and consequence events associated with the

installation and operation was considered in the analysis. Based on the operations to be

carried at the plant, the Risk Analysis, affected distances and the damage of property and

population from the identified scenarios considering the Maximum Credible Loss Scenario

(MCLS) & Worst case scenario of the phenomenon occur. Maximum credible loss scenarios

have been worked based on the inbui l t safety systems and protection measures to be

provided for the operation of the facility & the Worst case scenario i .e. 100% catastrophic

rupture have been worked out based on fa i lure of the inbui l t safety system.

We have assumed Maximum credible loss scenario (MCLS) i .e. Nozzle failure and Worst case

Scenario i.e. catastrophic rupture as per the guidelines suggested by DNV – UK. Simi larly,

maximum inventory at the time of fa i lure i s assumed.

1.1 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY

The main objective QRA (Quantitative Risk Analysis) is to determine the potentia l ri sks of

major disasters having damage potential to life and property and provide a scienti fi c bas is

for decision makers to be satisfied about the safety levels of the facilities to be set up. This is

achieved by the fol lowing:

� Identi fi cation of hazards that could be rea l i zed from process plant.

� Identi fy the potentia l fa i lure scenarios that could occur within the faci l i ty.

� To Asses, the potential risks associated with identified hazards to which the plant

and i ts personal and community outside may be subjected. Consequences analysis of

various hazards is carried out to determine the vulnerable zones for each probable

accident scenario.

� Evaluate the process hazards emanating from the identi fied potentia l accident

scenarios .

� Analyze the damage effects to the surroundings due to such accidents .

� Conclusion and Recommendation to mitigate measures to reduce the hazard / ri sks .

� To provide guidel ines for the preparation of On-s i te response plan.



1.2 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

Fol lowing flammable chemicals or solvents s tored, used and handled in the premises .

S. No Flammable

solvents/Material Hazards

Flash Point

(°C)

Approx

Quantity (MT)

1 Ethylene Oxide Highly Flammable (Pool fi re,

Jet fi re, flash fi re) -20 9


Jet fi re, flash fi re) -20 4.4


Jet fi re, flash fi re) -20 3

1.3 USE OF QRA RESULTS

The techniques used for ri sk prediction within the QRA have inherent uncerta inties

associated with them due to the necessary s impl i fi cations required. In addition, QRA

incorporates a certain amount of subjective engineering judgment and the resul ts are

subject to levels of uncertainty. For this reason, the results should not be used as the sole

bas is for decision making and should not drive deviations from sound engineering practice.

The results should be used as a tool to aid engineering judgment and, i f used in this way, can

provide va luable information during the decis ion making process .

The QRA results are dependent on the assumptions made in the ca lculations , which are

clearly documented throughout the fol lowing sections of this report. Conservative

assumptions have been used, which helps to remove the requirement for detailed analys is

of the uncertainty. The results show the significant contributions to the overa l l ri sk and

indicate where worthwhile gains may be achieved i f further enhancement of safety i s

deemed necessary.

1.4 SOFTWARE USED

PHAST 6.53 (latest version) has been used for consequence analysis include discharge and

dispers ion ca lculations .

1.5 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS

The consequences of released toxic or flammable material are largely dependent on the

preva iling weather conditions. For the assessment of major scenarios involving release of

toxic or flammable materials, the most important meteorological parameters are those that



affect the atmospheric dispersion of the escaping material. The crucial variables are wind

di rection, wind speed, atmospheric stability and temperature. Rainfa l l does not have any

di rect bearing on the results of the ri sk analysis; however, i t can have beneficia l effects by

absorption / washout of released materials. Actual behavior of any release would largely

depend on preva i l ing weather condition at the time of release.

1.6 ATMOSPHERIC PARAMETERS

The Cl imatologica l data which have been used for the s tudy i s summarized below:

Table 1.1: Climatological data

S. No. Parameter Max Min. Annual Average

1. Ambient Temperature (°C) 35 25 33.6

2. Relative Humidi ty (%) 60 27 38.5

The average value of the atmospheric parameters is assumed for the study.

1.6.1 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind speed and wind direction data which have been used for the s tudy i s summarized

below:

Wind Speed : 1.5 m/s & 5 m/s

Atmospheric Stability : F and D

Wind Direction : SW.

1.6.2 Weather Category

One of the most important characteris tics of atmosphere i s i ts s tabi l i ty. Stabi l i ty of

atmosphere is i ts tendency to resist vertical motion or to suppress existing turbulence. This

tendency directly influences the ability of atmosphere to disperse pollutants emitted into i t

from the facilities. In most dispersion scenarios , the relevant atmospheric layer i s that

nearest to the ground, varying in thickness from a few meters to a few thousand meters .

Turbulence induced by buoyancy forces in the atmosphere is closely related to the vertica l

temperature gradient.

Temperature normally decreases with increas ing height in the atmosphere. The rate at

which the temperature of air decreases with height i s ca l led Environmenta l Lapse Rate



(ELR). It wi ll vary from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere i s sa id to be

s table, neutral or unstable according to ELR i s les s than, equal to or greater than Dry

Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which i s a constant va lue of 0.98°C/100 meters .

Pas -qui l l s tabi l i ty parameter, based on Pas-qui l l – Gi fford categorization, i s such a

meteorological parameter, which describes the s tability of atmosphere, i .e., the degree of

convective turbulence. Pas-quill has defined six stability classes ranging from ̀ A' (extremely

unstable) to ̀ F' (moderately s table). Wind speeds , intens i ty of solar radiation (daytime

insulation) and nighttime sky cover have been identified as prime factors defining these

s tabi l i ty categories .

When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid

dispersion of pollutants will occur. Under these conditions, pollutant concentrations in a i r

wi l l be moderate or low and the material will be dispersed rapidly. When the atmosphere i s

s table and wind speed i s low, dispers ion of materia l wi l l be l imited and pol lutant

concentration in air will be high. In general, worst dispersion conditions (i.e. contributing to

greater hazard distances) occur during low wind speed and very s table weather conditions .

1.7 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Consequences of loss of conta inment can lead to hazardous s i tuation in any industry

handl ing potentia l ly hazardous materia ls . Fol lowing factors govern the severi ty of

consequence of the loss of conta inment.

� Intrinsic properties; flammability, instability and toxicity.

� Dispersive energy; pressure, temperature and state of matter.

� Quantity present

� Environmental factors; topography and weather.

Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software

us ing models va lidated over a number of applications. Consequence modeling is carried out

by PHAST (vers ion 6.53) of DNV Software, UK.

PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of types

of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for sharp-edged

profi les , which become more di ffuse downwind.



PHAST conta ins data for a large number of chemicals and allows defini tion of mixtures of

any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The ca lculations by PHAST involve

fol lowing s teps for each modeled fa i lure case:

� Run discharge ca lculations based on phys ica l conditions and leak s i ze.

� Model fi rs t s tage of release (for each weather category).

� Determine vapor release rate by flashing of l iquid and pool evaporation rate.

� Dispers ion model ing taking into account weather conditions .

� In case of flammable release, calculate size of effect zone for fi re and explos ion.

� The hazardous materials considered in this s tudy are mostly flammable liquids. Flow

chart for consequence analysis is shown in the form of event tree for release of

flammable l iquid.

1.8 HAZARDS OF MATERIALS

Definitions

The release of flammable gas or l iquid can lead to di fferent types of fi re or explos ion

scenarios. These depend on the material released, mechanism of release, temperature and

pressure of the material and the point of ignition. Types of flammable effects are as follows.

a. Pool fire

The released flammable material which i s a liquid stored below its normal boiling point, will

col lect in a pool. The geometry of the pool will be dictated by the surroundings. If the liquid

i s s tored under pressure above its normal boiling point, then a fraction of the l iquid wi l l

flash into vapor and the remaining portion will form a pool in the vicini ty of the release

point. Once sustained combustion i s achieved, l iquid fi res quickly reach s teady s tate

burning. The heat release rate is a function of the liquid surface area exposed to a i r. An

unconfined spill will tend to have thin fuel depth (typically less than 5 mm) which will resul t

in s lower burning rates. A confined spill is limited by the boundaries (e.g. dyked area) and

the depth of the resul ting pool i s greater than that for an unconfined spi l l .

b. Flash fire:

It occurs when a vapor cloud of flammable material burns. The cloud i s typically igni ted on

the edge and burns towards the release point. The duration of flash fi re i s very short

(seconds), but it may continue as jet fi re i f the release continues . The overpressures

generated by the combustion are not considered significant in terms of damage potential to

persons , equipment or s tructures . The major hazard from flash fi re i s di rect flame

impingement. Typically, the burn zone is defined as the area the vapor cloud covers out to

ha l f of the LFL. This definition provides a conservative estimate, allowing for fluctuations in



model ing. Even where the concentration may be above the UFL, turbulent induced

combustion mixes the materia l with a i r and resul ts in flash fi re.

c. Jet Fire:

Jet flames are characterized as high-pressure release of gas from limited openings (e.g. due

to small leak in a vessel or broken drain va lve). Boiling l iquid expanding vapor explos ion

(BLEVE) or fi reball: A fi reball is an intense spherical fire resulting from a sudden release of

pressurized liquid or gas that is immediately ignited. The best known cause of a fireball i s a

boi ling liquid expanding vapor explos ion (BLEVE). Fi rebal l duration i s typica l ly 5 – 20

seconds .

d. Vapor cloud explosion

When a large quantity of flammable vapor or gas i s released, mixes with a i r to produce

sufficient mass in the flammable range and is ignited, the result is a vapor cloud explos ion

(VCE). Without sufficient air mixing, a di ffus ion-control led fi rebal l may resul t without

s ignificant overpressures developing. The speed of flame propagation must accelerate as

the vapor cloud burns . Without this acceleration, only a flash fi re wi l l resul t.

1.8.1 HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH TOXIC MATERIALS

It i s necessary to specify suitable concentration of the toxic substance under s tudy to form

the end-point for consequence calculations . The cons iderations for speci fying the end-

points for the hazardous material involved in the fa i lure scenario are described in the

fol lowing paragraphs. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) has issued Emergency

Response Planning Guidel ines (ERPG) for many chemica ls .

• ERPG-1 i s the maximum airborne concentration below which i t i s bel ieved that

nearly a ll individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than

mi ld transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odour.


nearly a ll individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing

i rreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms, which could impair an individual 's

abi l i ty to take protective action.




nearly a ll individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing

l i fe-threatening heal th effects .

Toxic l imit values as Immediately Dangerous to Li fe or Heal th (IDLH) concentrations are

i s sued by US National Institute for Occupational Safety and Heal th (NIOSH). An IDLH level

represents the maximum airborne concentration of a substance to which a heal thy male

worker can be exposed as long as 30 minutes and s till be able to escape without loss of l i fe

or i rreversible organ system damage. IDLH values a lso take into cons ideration acute toxic

reactions such as severe eye i rritation, which could prevent escape. IDLH values are used in

selection of breathing apparatus .

TLV: Threshold Limit Value – i s the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a

weighted average bas is (usual ly 8 hrs for 5 days in a week).

STEL: A Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is defined by ACGIH as the concentration to which

workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from:

� Irri tation

� chronic or i rrevers ible ti s sue damage

� Narcos is of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidenta l injury, impair

sel f-rescue or materia l ly reduce work efficiency.

It i s permitted Short Time Exposure Limit usual ly for a 15-minute exposure.

IDLH: IDLH i s an acronym for Immediately Dangerous to Li fe or Heal th. This refers to a

concentration, formally speci fied by a regulatory va lue, and defined as the maximum

exposure concentration of a given chemical in the workplace from which one could escape

within 30 minutes without any escape-impairing symptoms or any i rrevers ible heal th

effects . This va lue i s normal ly referred to in respirator selection.

LCLo: Letha l Concentration Low (LCLo) value is the lowest concentration of a material in a i r

reported to have caused the death of animals or humans . The exposure may be acute or

chronic. This i s also called the lowest concentration causing death, lowest detected letha l

concentration, and letha l concentration low.



LDLo: LDLo i s closely related to the LC50 va lue which is the concentration which kills ha l f of

the test animals under controlled conditions. This va lue applies to vapors, dusts, mis ts and

gases. Solids and liquids use the closely related LDLo va lue for routes other than inhalation

TCLo: Toxic Concentration Low quanti ty at which a water-soluble, l iquid, or gaseous

substance produces harmful effects in specified test specie over a certain exposure period.

1.8.2 Damage Criteria

Damage estimates due to thermal radiations and overpressure have been arrived at by

taking in to consideration the published literature on the subject. The consequences can

then be visualized by the superimposing the damage effects zones on the proposed plan site

and identi fying the elements within the project s i te as wel l as in the neighboring

environment, which might be adversely affected, should one or more hazards materialize in

rea l l i fe.

1.8.3 Thermal Damage

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and

exposure time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probabi l i ty of death and di fferent

degrees of burn. The fol lowing tables give the effect of various levels of heat flux.



1.8.3.1 Damage Due to Radiation Intensity

Table 1.2: Damage Due to Radiation Intensity

RADIATION

KW/m2 DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT DAMAGE TO PEOPLE

1.2 Solar heat at noon.

1.6 *** Minimum level of pa in threshold.

2.0 PVC insulated cables damaged Minimum level of pa in threshold.

4.0 *** Causes pain if duration i s longer than 20

sec. But bl i s tering i s unl ikely.

6.4 *** Pa in threshold reached after 8 sec.

Second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy to igni te wood

with a flame; Melts plastic tubing.

1% letha l i ty in one minute.

Fi rs t degree burns in 10 sec.

16.0 *** Severe burns after 5 sec.

25.0

Minimum energy to ignite wood at

identifying long exposure without a

flame.

100% letha l i ty in 1 minute.

Signi ficant injury in 10 sec.

37.5 Severe damage to plant

100% letha l i ty in 1 minute.

50% letha l i ty in 20 sec.

1% letha l i ty in 10 sec.

1.8.3.2 Fatal radiation exposure levels

Table 1.3: Fetal radiation Exposure Level

RADIATION LEVEL

kW/m2

FATALITY

1% 50% 99%

EXPOSURE IN SECONDS

4.0 150 370 930

12.5 30 80 200

37.5 8 20 50



1.8.4 Overpressure Damage:

Table 1.4: Overpressure Damage Criteria

OVER PRESSURE

(mbar)

MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO

EQUIPMENTS DAMAGE TO PEOPLE

300 Heavy damage to plant & s tructure

1% death from lung damage

>50% eardrum damage

>50% serious wounds from

flying objects

100 Repairable damage

>1% eardrum damage

>1% serious wounds from

flying objects

30 Major glass damage Sl ight injury from flying glass

10 10% glass damage ***

1.8.4.1 Over pressure damage: (In Details)

Table 1.5: Over pressure Damage

OVER PRESSURE MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENTS

Bar KPa

0.0014 0.14 Annoying noise (137 dB if of low frequency 10–15 Hz).

0.0021 0.21 Occas ional breaking of large glass windows already under s train.

0.0028 0.28 Loud noise (143 dB), sonic boom, glass failure.

0.0069 0.69 Breakage of small windows under s train.

0.0103 1.03 Typica l pressure for glass breakage.

0.0207 2.07 Safe distance" (probability 0.95 of no serious damage below this va lue);

projectile limit; some damage to house ceilings; 10% window glass

broken.

0.0276 2.76 Limited minor s tructural damage.

0.03-

0.069

3.4-6.9 Large and small windows usually shattered; occasional .damage to

window frames.

0.048 4.8 Minor damage to house structures.

0.069 6.9 Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable.

0.069-

0.138

6.9-

13.8

Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminum panels,

fas tenings fail, followed by buckling; wood panels (standard

housing)fastenings fail, panels blown in.

0.09 9.0 Steel frame of clad building slightly distorted.



0.138 13.8 Partial collapse of walls and roofs of houses.

0.138-

0.207

13.8-

20.7

Concrete or cinder block walls, not reinforced, shattered.

0.158 15.8 Lower l imit of serious structural damage.

0.172 17.2 50% destruction of brickwork of houses.

0.207 20.7 Heavy machines (3000 lb) in industrial building suffered little damage;

s teel frame building distorted and pulled away from foundations.

0.207-

0.276

20.7-

27.6

Frameless, self-framing s teel panel building demolished; rupture of oil

s torage tanks.

0.276 27.6 Cladding of light industrial buildings ruptured.

0.345 34.5 Wooden utility poles snapped; tall hydraulic press (40,000 lb) in

bui lding slightly damaged.

0.345-

0.482

34.5-

48.2

Nearly complete destruction of houses.

0.482 48.2 Loaded, lighter weight (British) tra in wagons overturned.

0.482-

0.551

48.2-

55.1

Brick panels, 8–12 in. thick, not reinforced, fail by shearing or flexure.

0.62 62.0 Loaded train boxcars completely demolished.

0.689 68.9 Probable total destruction of buildings; heavy machine tools (7,000 lb)

moved and badly damaged, very heavy machine tools (12,000 lb)

survive.

0.689 68.9 Probable total destruction of buildings; heavy machine tools (7,000 lb)

moved and badly damaged, very heavy machine tools (12,000 lb)

survive.

20.68 2068 Limit of crater lip.

1.9 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

1.9.1 Introduction

The consequence analysis is carried out to determine the extent of spread (dispers ion) by

accidental release which may lead to jet fire, pool fire, tank fi re resul ting into generating

heat radiation, overpressures , explos ions etc.

In order to form an opinion on potentia l ly serious hazardous s i tuations and their

consequences, consequence analys is of potentia l fa i lure scenarios i s conducted. It i s

qualitative analysis of hazards due to various failure scenarios . In consequence analys is ,



each failure case i s considered in isolation and damage effects predicted, without taking into

the account of the secondary events or fa ilures i t may cause, leading to a major disastrous

s i tuation. The results of consequence analysis are useful in developing disaster management

plan and in developing a sense of awareness among operating and maintenance personnel .

It a l so gives the operating personnel and population living in i ts vicinity, an understanding of

the hazard they are posed to.

1.9.2 Event Outcomes

Upon release of flammable / toxic gas & l iquids, the hazards could lead to various events

which are governed by the type of release, release phase, ignition etc. PHAST has an in-built

event tree for determining the outcomes which are based on two types of releases namely

continuous and instantaneous. Leaks are considered to be continuous releases whereas ,

ruptures are considered to be instantaneous releases. These types of releases are further

classified into those which have a potential for rain-out and those which do not. Whether

the release would leak to a ra in-out or not depends upon droplet model ing which i s the

main cause of formation of pools. Fig 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 presents the event trees uti l i zed

by PHAST to generate the event outcomes.

Figure 1.1: Event Tree for continuous release without ra in-out (from PHAST)



Figure 1.2: Event Tree for Instantaneous release without ra in-out (from PHAST)

Figure 1.3: Event Tree for continuous release with ra in-out (from PHAST)



Figure 1.4: Event Tree for Instantaneous release with ra in-out (from PHAST)

1.9.3 Modes of Failure

There are various potential causes and sources of leakage. This may be by way of failures of

equipment or piping, due to pump seal failure, instrument tubing giving way, fa i lure of the

pipes, failure of process vessels etc. Following Table represents general mechanism for loss

of conta inment for Piping and fi tting, ins truments , and human error.

(A). Piping and Fitting

Table 1.6: Piping and Fitting

Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT

EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE BASIC

CAUSE

REMARKS

A.1 Flange/Gasket Leaks - Incorrect gasket insta l led, e.g.

incorrect materia l , incorrect s i ze

(thickness and diameter).

- Incorrect installation, e.g. flange

faces not cleaned, flanged face

damaged, incorrectly tightened bolts,

incorrect bol ts used.

- Flange replacement without

gasket.

Poss ible flame

impingement and

loca l i zed heating of

adjacent equipment.



Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT


CAUSE

REMARKS

A.2 Pipe Overstress

Caus ing Fracture

- Inappropriate use of des ign

codes .

- Error in s tress analys is

ca lculations .

- Lack of inspection during pipe

erection, e.g. excess ive cold pul l .

- Pipe testing incorrectly carried

out.

- Incorrect setting of spring

hangers and pipe supports and

s l iding shoes not free to move.

- Pipe not hydro tested because of

bore s ize (or considered not cri tica l )

and no secondary test procedures

carried out.

- Omission to test because systems

not clearly identi fied, or error in

documentation.

- Extreme temperature differential

in pipe work not catered for in

des ign, i .e. cold and hot s treams

Pipe s tresses would

most l ikely cause a

flange leak, unless

there exis ted a

combination of errors ,

e.g. ins ta l lation of

rogue materia ls and

unsui table pipe

support, or error in

s tress ca lculation plus

fa i lure to pressure test.

A.3 Over pressurization

of Pipe work

Caus ing Fracture

a) Inadequate Pressure Rel ief

- Rel ief va lve ‘s immering’ and

hydrating, i cing.

- Incorrect setting of RV pressure.

- Incorrectly s i zed RV.

- Wrongly installed RV, e.g. due to

transferred tag No. : or installation of

incorrect spring materia l .

- Abuse of locking system and a l l

RVs i solated from system

- Excessive back pressure caused

by blockage of rel ief sub-headers

with s ludge, i ce/hydrate, etc.

Careful attention

required for handl ing

hydrocarbons with

“free” water.

Rigorous adherence to

procedures is essential .



Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT


CAUSE

REMARKS

- High pressure breakthrough into

low pressure systems, which have

inadequate rel ief capaci ty.

- Blockage of RVs with debris/fines,

e.g. mol sieve dust, or breakage of

screens/package/demister.

b) Excess ive Surge Pressure /

Hammer

- Too rapid isolation or blockage of

l iquid full l ines, i.e., operator clos ing

i solation va lve.

- Rapid blockage of l iquid lines, e.g.

NRV fa i lure.

- Lines not or inadequately

des igned for two phase/s lug flow.

- Too rapid opening of va lves and

letdown of l iquid under high

di fferentia l pressure.

- Rapid vaporization of cold l iquid

in contact with hot fluid. (Rapid

phase trans i tion).

c) Rupture Under Fi re Conditions

- Direct fi re impingement without

any cooling (internal or externa l ) or

fa i lure to effectively depressure

equipment.

Rel ief capaci ty should

a lways be adequate or

high integri ty trip

system insta l led.

Potentia l problem

around mol s ieve

vessels , absorbers ,

columns and RVs .

Cons ider needs to

handle l iquid slugs from

feed line when pigging

recommended.

Particular care required

at pig traps and at inlet

PCVs/bypass .

No remote

depressurizing system

ava i lable; requires

review.

Potentia l for

catastrophic rupture of

equipment,

fragmentation and

fi rebal l effects .

A-4 Fa i lure of piping due

to fatigue or

vibration.

- Fa i lure due to acoustic fatigue

aris ing from:-

E.g. fa i lure to recognize problem

exis ts in particular areas , fa i lure to

take adequate precautions (selection

Vulnerable areas are

piping downstream of

PCVs and RVs operating

at very high pressures .

Particularly susceptible



Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT


CAUSE

REMARKS

of incorrect valve at design s tage or

during maintenance, inadequate line

support). Improper

testing/inspection when in service,

fa i lure to report abnormal ly high

noise levels (during normal and upset

conditions).

- Fa i lure due to mechanica l

vibration aris ing from:

e.g. fa i lure to recognize problem,

inadequate support, failure to report

and minor excess ive vibrations

(under a l l plant conditions),

maintenance error, (fa i lure to

correctly a l ign rotating equipment

and test for vibration prior to

reinstatement?

- Fa i lure due to pressure or

thermal cycl ing.

i s small bore pipe work

associated with

pressure letdown and

two phase flow systems

and compressors/

pumps.

Regeneration gas pipe

work and connections

to mol s ieve vessels

meri t particular

attention.

A.5 Fa i lure of Pipe due

to Stress Corros ion

of Embri ttlement

- Hydrogen

embri ttlement/blistering. (Hydrogen

induced cracking).

Only s ta inless s teel

equipment.

A.8 Fa i lure of piping Due

to insta l lation of

Wrong Materia ls

- Incorrect materials selection, e.g.

at des ign stage, from supplier or site

s tores .

- Incorrect material ins ta l led, e.g.

improper supervis ion and

identi fication of materia ls a fter

withdrawal from stores .

Strict system for

supervision, inspection

and veri fi cation of

materia ls required

during all modifications.

A.9 Fa i lure of Piping Due

to low Temperature

Bri ttle fracture

- Rogue materia l used in

construction, wrong materia l

speci fied, or uncerta inties in

materia l speci fication.

- Error in ca lculating minimum

A number of systems

have been identified as

bring vulnerable,

particularly where

condensate at high



Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT


CAUSE

REMARKS

lower des ign temperatures .

- Systems not des igned for low

temperature, (e.g. on emergency

depressuring) and immediate

repressuris ing.

pressure may be

depressurized.

A.10 Fa i lure of Piping (or

nozzles ) Due to

External Forces or

Impact.

- Impact from equipment being

moved during maintenance.

- Impact of heavy l ifting gear, e.g.

cranes .

- Impact from s i te transport, e.g.

construction traffic, fi re tender.

- Impact on reinforced nozzle

caus ing fractures elsewhere, e.g.

va lve, pump cas ing vessel .

His torica l ly, fa i lure of

HP process piping due

to mechanical impact i s

confined mainly to

smal l bore piping.

Strict control over s i te

construction wi l l of

course be necessary.

Any incident of impact

on pipe work during

construction must be

reported and damage

investigated.



(B) Human Error

Table 1.7: Human Error

Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT


CAUSE

REMARKS

Loss of containment through human error has been assumed impl ici tly in the s torage area

however examples or some typical operating and maintenance errors are included below:-

B.1 Operational Error - Fa i lure or inabi l i ty to close

instrument or sample va lves .

- Fa i lure or inability to close dra in

and vent va lves .

- Leaving safety trips/systems out

of commiss ion after testing or

inspecting.

- Intentional ly defeating trip

systems for reasons of production.

B.2 Error in De-

commiss ioning

- Inadvertent or unauthorized

opening of a pressurized system, e.g.

fi l ters , vessels .

- Improver depressurizing and

purging of a system prior to isolation

or spading.

- Fa i lure to effectively i solate a l l

process (and uti l i ty) and electrica l

connections .

B.3 Error in

Maintenance

- Fa i lure to mainta in effective

i solation.

- Fa i lure to report damage to

equipment during repair or

modi fication.

- Maintenance activities extended

to systems, which are `l ive’.

- Improper supervision of contract

maintenance s taff, improper

maintenance.

B.4 Error in Re-

commiss ioning

- Fa i lure to close vents/dra ins ,

replace plugs .



Ref.

No.

LOSS OF

CONTAINMENT


CAUSE

REMARKS

- Improper or lack or purging of

equipment e.g. sphere receiver

furnaces .

B.5 Supervis ion Error - Des ign error for modi fications .

- Lack of supervis ion and control

e.g. Authorization of permits

i solation.

- Fa i lure to regularly test/inspect

e.g. trip/a larm system, safety

equipment.

Al lure to regularly monitor e.g. noise

vibration, corros ion, s tream

compos i tion

1.9.4 Selected Failure Cases

Earl ier, i t was the practice to select a particular item in a unit as failure scenario, e.g. rupture

of reactor outlet pipe. Such selection i s normal ly subjective on fol lowing parameters :

� Properties of materia l namely Toxic or Flammable.

� The l ikely severity of consequence in the event of accidenta l release based on

inventory, operated pressure & operated temperature.

� The probability of failure of various equipments such as va lves , flanges , pipe,

pressure vessels etc. used in the plant.

Si ze of Release: For accidental releases identified for consequence analysis i s 50mm leakage.

The scenarios are considered to be confined to those equipment failures which involve the

leakage of flammable or toxic products , of which the frequency of occurrence and the

severity of the consequences have been taken into consideration and which may have a low

probabi l i ty of early detection.

Taking this factor into consideration, a list of selected failure cases was prepared based on

process knowledge, inventory, engineering judgment, and experience, past incidents

associated with such faci l i ties and cons idering the genera l mechanisms for loss of

conta inment. Cases have been identi fied for the consequence analys is .



Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software

us ing models va lidated over a number of applications. Consequence modeling is carried out

by PHAST (vers ion 6.53) of DNV Software, UK.

PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of types

of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for sharp-edged

profi les , which become more di ffuse downwind.

PHAST conta ins data for a large number of chemicals and allows defini tion of mixtures of

any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The ca lculations by PHAST involve

fol lowing s teps for each modeled fa i lure case:

1.9.4.1 Effect of Release

When hazardous material is released to atmosphere due to any reason, a vapor cloud i s

formed. Direct cloud formation occurs when a gaseous or flashing l iquid escapes to the

atmosphere. Release of hydrocarbons and toxic compounds to atmosphere may usually lead

to the fol lowing:

(a) Dispersion of hydrocarbon vapor with wind till i t reaches i ts lower flammability l imit (LFL)

or finds a source of ignition before reaching LFL, which will result in a flash fire or explosion.

(b) Spi llage of liquid hydrocarbons will result in a pool of liquid, which will evaporate taking

heat from the surface, forming a flammable atmosphere above it. Ignition of this pool wi l l

resul t in pool fi re caus ing thermal radiation hazards .

(c) Lighter hydrocarbon vapor (e.g. Natura l Gas) or Hydrogen disperses rapidly in the

downwind direction, being lighter than air. But comparatively heavier hydrocarbon vapor

cloud like that of LPG, Propylene or Ammonia will travel downwind a long the ground. If i t

encounters an igni tion source before i t i s dispersed below the LFL, explos ion of an

unconfined vapor cloud wi l l generate blast waves of di fferent intens i ties .

(d) A fi reball or BLEVE (Boiling Liquid expanding Vapor Explos ion) occurs when a vessel

conta ining a highly volatile liquid (e.g. LPG, Propylene etc) fails and the released large mass

of vapor cloud gets ignited immediately. It has damage potentia l due to high intens i ty of



radiation and generation of the overpressure waves, causing large-scale damage to nearby

equipment and s tructures .

(e) Catastrophic failure of tanks/ pressurized vessels, rotary equipment and va lves etc. can

resul t in equipment fragments flying and hi tting other equipment of the plant.

(f) Release of toxic compounds resul ts in the toxic vapour cloud travel ing over long

dis tances, affecting a large area, before i t gets sufficiently diluted to harmless concentration

in the atmosphere.

(g) The material i s in two phases inside the containment - l iquid & vapor. Depending on the

location of the leak liquid or vapor wi l l be releas ed from the conta inment. If vapor i s

released a vapor cloud will form by the mixing of the vapor and a i r. The s ize of the vapor

cloud will depend on the rate of release, wind speed; wind direction & atmospheric s tabili ty

wi l l determine the dispers ion and movement of the vapor cloud.

(h) I f l iquid is released there will be some flashing as the boiling point of liquid is below the

ambient temperature. The vapor formed by immediate flashing wi l l behave as vapors

release. The liquid will fall on the ground forming a pool. There will be vaporization from the

pool due to the heat gained from the atmosphere & ground. There will be dispers ion and

movement of vapor cloud formed by evaporation of l iquid.

The behavior of material released by loss of containment depends on the following factors :

(1) Phys ica l properties of the materia l .

(2) Conditions of materia l in conta inment (pressure and temperature).

(3) Phase of materia l released (l iquid or gas ).

(4) Inventory of materia l released.

(5) Weather parameters (temperature, humidi ty, wind speed, atmospheric s tabi l i ty).

(6) Materia l with boi l ing point below ambient condition.

Stati stical reports of consequence analys is are summarized below in Table 7. Simi larly

pictorial presentations of consequence resul ts are shown below the tabular report.



� Ethylene Oxide Tank Scenario (Dia 1.5 × 5.6,m Horizontal Tank)

Scenario

description 1.5 F @ 50 mm Leak & 5 D @ Catastrophic Rupture

Weather data Distances (m)

1.5 F 5 D

Concentration

(ppm)

UFL (1e+006) Not Set 0

LFL (30000) 10.6493 192.788

LFL Frac (15000) 23.7713 268.681

Early Pool

Fire(kW/m2)

Radiation Level (4) --- ---

Radiation Level (12.5) --- ---


Flash Fire (ppm)

Furthest Extent

(15000) 23.7713

268.681

Furthest Extent

(30000) 10.6493

192.788

Jet Fire (kW/m2)

Radiation Level (4) 60.7334 ---

Radiation Level (12.5) 15.5397 ---

Radiation Level (37.5) Not Reached ---

Late Pool Fire

(kW/m2)

Radiation Level (4) --- 122.067

Radiation Level (12.5) --- 110.732


Late Ignition (bar) Overpressure(0.02068) 116.081 623.654

Overpressure(0.1379) 44.8778 314.144

Overpressure(0.2068) 39.2499 297.371

Early Explosion Overpressure(0.02068) --- 357.079

Overpressure(0.1379) --- 92.4567

Overpressure(0.2068) --- 71.5409

Fire Ball Ellipse Radiation level (4) --- 117.991

Radiation level (12.5) --- 30.8741

Radiation level (37.5) --- Not Reached



� Ethylene Oxide Measuring Tank 1 Scenario (Dia 1.6× 2.7,m Vertical Tank)

Scenario



1.5 F 5 D

Concentration

(ppm)

UFL (1e+006) Not set 0

LFL (30000) 9.73722 145.388

LFL Frac (15000) 23.0778 206.804

Early Pool

Fire(kW/m2)




Flash Fire (ppm)

Furthest Extent

(15000) 23.0778

206.804

Furthest Extent

(30000) 9.73722

145.388

Jet Fire (kW/m2)

Radiation Level (4) 58.7377 ---



Late Pool Fire

(kW/m2)




Late Ignition (bar)

Overpressure(0.02068) 112.749 489.517

Overpressure(0.1379) 44.0151 241.214

Overpressure(0.2068) 38.5823 227.342

Early Explosion

Overpressure(0.02068) --- 281.299

Overpressure(0.1379) --- 72.8353

Overpressure(0.2068) --- 56.3583

Fire Ball Ellipse

Radiation level (4) --- 91.548





� Ethylene Oxide Measuring Tank 2 Scenario

Scenario



1.5 F 5 D

Concentration

(ppm)

UFL (1e+006) Not Set 0

LFL (30000) 10.6114 125.035

LFL Frac (15000) 23.7701 177.341

Early Pool

Fire(kW/m2)




Flash Fire (ppm)

Furthest Extent

(15000) 23.7701

177.341

Furthest Extent

(30000) 10.6114

125.035

Jet Fire (kW/m2) Radiation Level (4) 60.7524 ---



Late Pool Fire

(kW/m2)




Late Ignition (bar)

Overpressure(0.02068) 116.022 427.961

Overpressure(0.1379) 44.8625 208.149

Overpressure(0.2068) 39.238 195.072

Early Explosion

Overpressure(0.02068) --- 247.585

Overpressure(0.1379) --- 64.1059

Overpressure(0.2068) --- 49.6037

Fire Ball Ellipse

Radiation level (4) --- 79.727





1.10 MITIGATION MEASURES

Measures and recommendations for the proposed Tank Farm area are as fol lows:-

� Offs i te precaution measures are to be prepared.

� Adherence of international engineering s tandards in the Des ign, Construction and

testing of the s torage tanks , equipments and other hardware.

� Al l tanks to be provided with automatic sprinkler s ystem interl inked with fus ible

bulbs , the sprinkler system to confi rm to TAC des ign guidel ines .

� Al l s torage tanks to have level indicators, flame arrestors, breather va lves and foam

injection system wherever required.

� The pumps used for transferring the solvents shall be not in the main dyke but in a

separate dyke.

� Al l pumps used to have mechanical seal to prevent leakages and fugitive emiss ion.

� Spi llages and leaks from the storage tanks can be collected and transferred out and

treated for safe disposa l .

� Storage areas sha l l be free from accumulation of materia ls .

� Al l electrical and instrumentation equipment used in the tank farm area to be rated

for the solvent present as per ATEX s tandards .

� There should be good communication system available near tank farm area to the

control room, and i t should be flameproof.

� The tank farm should be protected with upwind and downwind foam monitors , the

spacing of the same is to be as per TAC s tandards .

� A good layout should provide for adequate fire-fighting access, means of escape in

case of fire and also segregation of faci l i ties so that adjacent faci l i ties are not

endangered during a fi re.

� Routine Inspection of Flame arrestor and breathing va lve should be done.

� At every tank farm its license number, s torage capaci ty & name of the chemica ls

should be displayed at the entrance.

� Flameproof Motors for unloading near flammable storage tank should be provided

with double earthing.

� Al l electric fi ttings used in the tank farm should be flame proof type.

� Condition of N2 blanketing should be checked regularly, i f provided.

� Fi re protection system shal l be provided on each tank, a fixed foam pouring

arrangement to tackle any duke spil lages should a lso be cons idered. The foam

blanket prevents surface evaporation form l iquid pool .



� Develop deta i led maintenance/contractor procedures requiring phys ica l

identification of tank vents during walk-through and other devices which haven’t

cover during maintenance activi ties .

� Emergency cupboards containing self contained breathing apparatus, fires suits and

chemica ls masks and sui ts to be kept near the tank farm areas .

� Outs ide shaded or detached storage areas are preferred for Methanol . A detached

s torage area is either an outside shaded area or a separate bui lding conta ining no

incompatible materia ls and located away from a l l other s tructures .

� In the case of detached storage the building construction should be fire resistant and

provisions made for potential fire-fighting activities. The fi re-fighting insta l lation

should include provision for an adequate supply of water. Fi re extinguishers and

hydrants should be distributed around the area. Fire-fighting water run-off should be

prevented from pol luting water sources .

� A telephone should be provided which is freely available and readily access ible for

the reporting of accidents or emergency s i tuations . The emergency telephone

numbers should include the fi re department, ambulance service, emergency

response team, hospi ta l and pol ice.

� Emergency respirator equipment cabinets should be insta l led not more than 30

meters or ten seconds walking dis tance from any location in the s torage area.

� Non-freeze safety showers and eyewash fountains shall be provided, clearly marked,

wel l lit and with unobstructed access. They should be installed close to the bromine

s torage area and not more than 30 meters or ten seconds walking distance from any

location in the s torage area. Provide a l ternative sources of water supply.

� Lead detector system should be insta l led.

� Company has obtained renewal license for Ehylene Oxide Storage license from


Commerce & Industry, Govt. of India, vide License No.: S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368)

Date of Issue: 13-04-2011, Validity upto: 31-03-2014 and Renewal License vide

License No.: S/HO/GJ/03/210(S1368) Date of Issue: 17-02-2014, Validity up to 31-

03-2017 (Please Refer Annexure – 1) vide compliance of their requirements. Our

suggestion is to maintain Compliance of conditions given by PESO for storage and

handling of Ethylene Oxide.



1.11 REFERENCES

� Quantitative Risk Assessment-M.J Borys iewiez, M.A. Borys iewiez, L.Garanty, A.

Kozubal .

� Guide to Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules (MSIHC),

1989 i ssued by the ministry of envi ronment and forests , (MoEF) Govt.of India as

amended up to date.

� World Bank Technical papers relating to “Techniques for assess ing Industria l

Hazards”.

� Major Hazard Control by ILO.

� Risk Management Program guidel ines by EPA (US).

� World Bank Technical Paper no. 55 – Technica l td. For assessing hazards – A Manual.

� PHAST v 6.53-Software.

� Overa l l plot plan.



6.3 CREP GUIDELINES:

There are 17 types of industrial sector for which CREP guideline have been given. Since

Shree Val labh Chemical is a Synthetic organic chemica l industry of emulsifier and de-

emulsifier, the guidelines are not applicable to them. The list of 17 types of industries

for which CREP guidel ines have been formed is given below.

1. Aluminium

2. Cement

3. Chlor – Alkali

4. Copper

5. Distillery

6. Dyes & dye intermediates

7. Ferti lizer

8. Iron & Steel

9. Oi l Refineries

10. Pesticides

11. Petrochemicals

12. Pulp & Paper

13. Sugar

14. Tannery

15. Thermal Power Plants

16. Zinc

Even though the CREP guide lines are not yet established for this kind of industry, Shree Val labh Chemical has initiated number of measures to keep the pol lution level to the

minimum. Following actions are taken as self-initiated Responsibility for Envi ronmenta l

Protection and Pol lution prevention. .

1. The ash from boiler wi l l be sold to cement manufacture or wi l l be sold to brick

manufacturer.

2. The height of the boi ler chimney will keep 31 meters to disperse flue gases .

3. A Multi-cone type cyclone separator will be provided to removed PM and SPM from

boi ler flue gases

4. Ethylene Oxide (EO) storage tank vent i s dipped in water to control EO pol lution.

5. The used drums of raw materia ls wi l l be sent to the GPCB authorized recyclers .

6. The used oil from engines and pump/agi tator sea l wi l l be col lected and sent to

authorized recyclers .

7. Effluent will be treated in effluent treatment plant and will be evaporated.

8. The pumps agitator and flakers use energy efficient motor to conserve energy.

9. Eco venti lators will be used to maintain the EO level below thresh hold l imit of 1

ppm.

10. Acoustic enclosure will be installed in DG set to minimize noise pollution.



COMPLIANCE OF CREP GUIDELINES

Sr.

No. Action Point

Compliance

1. Segregation of waste stream

• Waste streams should be segregated

into high COD waste, toxic waste, low

COD waste, inorganic waste etc. for

the purpose of providing appropriate

treatment

• No high COD streams / toxic streams shall be

generated from the unit.

• Effluent shall be treated in the Primary Effluent

Treatment Plant before sending it to in-house

Evaporator for evaporation, thus achieving “Zero

Discharge”.

2. Management of solid waste

• Proper facilities should be provided for

handling and storage of hazardous

waste.

• For final disposal of hazardous waste,

recycling and reuse should be given

priority, either within the premises or

outside with proper manifest system.

• In case of incinerable waste, properly

designed incinerator should be

installed within the premises or

outside as a common facility.

• The non-incinerable hazardous waste

should be disposed of in properly

designed secured landfill either within

the industry’s premises or in a

common facility.

• Separate solid & hazardous wastes s torage

area having impervious bottom, pucca roof

and leachate col lection system has been

provided. Leachate, i f any, wi l l be taken to

ETP for treatment and disposa l .

• Al l hazardous wastes wi l l be separately

s tored at this s ite in appropriate conta iner.

• ETP s ludge wi l l be disposed-off to TSDF.

• Used Oil will be given to CPCB registered re-

processor of oi l .

• Discarded conta iners wi l l be given to

registered vendor after decontamination.

• Process wastes/ used Softner res in wi l l be

disposed-off at CHWIF.

3. Minimum scale of production to afford

cost of pollution control

• For new industries which are not

connected with CETP & TSDF and

which do not have the economics

to install treatment faci l i ties may

not be cons idered for granting

consent to establ i shment.

• Industry association sha l l submit

proposa l to SPCB / CPCB

• The Unit will install an in-house ETP cum

evaporation system, thus achieving “Zero

Discharge”.

• Unit is in procedure to obtain TSDF membership.



4. Long term strategies for reduction in

waste

• Consent for establishment and

Consent for operation under Water

Act will be based on pollution load and

concentration of pollutants.

• Each industry will submit pollution

load, concentration of final discharge

alongwith water balance to

SPCB/CPCB for formulation of strategy

• Necessary details will be provided to GPCB

at appropriate s tage of project

implementation.

• The unit will strive to reduce pollution load

through optimum uti l i zation of resources

l ike raw materia l , energy, etc.

5. Control of air pollution

• Industry wi l l take up on priori ty,

the control of hazardous a i r

pol lutants (such as Benzene,

Carbon Tetrachloride, 1 – 4 Dioxin,

Methanol , Toluene, Methyl

Chloride etc.) and odorous

compounds (Mercaptants &

Hydrogen Sulphide)

• There are no process related emiss ions

generated from the uni t.

6. Self-Regulation by Industry though

regular monitoring and environmental

auditing

• Industries on their own wi l l carry

out monitoring of envi ronmenta l

parameters , audi t i t in regular

intervals and submit the same to

SPCB.

• Al l applicable environmental parameters will

be regularly monitored as per the

Environmental Monitoring Plan formulated

by the uni t.

• Environmental Statement (in Form-V) will be

regularly submitted to GPCB.

7. Organisational restructuring and

accreditation of Environmental

Manager of Industry

• Environment Management Cell will

be created for each industry

reporting to CEO di rectly.

• There should be a certi fi cation

system for the environmenta l

managers at individual level and

common facility level . BDMA may

evolve the programme a longwith

SPCB/CPCB

• The uni t sha l l set-up an Environment

Management Cell consisting of well-qualified

and experienced professionals from the field

of safety and environment.

• The uni t wi l l s trive to obta in ISO : 14001

certi fi cation.



8. Optimising the inventory of hazardous

chemicals

• The information shall be submitted

to SPCB regularly a longwith

rational action plan

• Al l rules and regulations of Factory

Inspectorate wi l l be compl ied with.

• On-s ite emergency plan wi l l be prepared

based on ri sk assessment s tudy and s trictly

implemented.

• Al l details will be submitted to all concerned

authori ties as per MSIHC Rules .


Chapter 7-1

SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT – EXPANSION PROJECT

CHAPTER - 7

PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed expansion activities will be carried-out within the existing premises at Survey

No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village: Ahmedapura-Sampa, Taluka :Dehgam, District :

Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat.

The following benefits are expected due to the implementation of the said project:

1) The easy availability of infrastructure, man power and raw materials will reduce the

production cost as well as demand supply gap. The same will bring revenue to the

state exchequer by way of Duties and Taxes.

2) The development of green belt in and around the plant premises will improve on the

aesthetics of the area. Moreover, it will help in reducing the noise levels within the

plant boundary.

3) The setting up of the proposed plant will help in providing employment to local

people.

4) There will be an increase in indirect employment & earnings of the small time shop

owners like tea vendors, transporters, etc.

5) The implementation of Rain Water Harvesting Scheme will help in increasing the

ground water level of the area.

6) The project proponent shall contribute regularly to Socio – Economic activities and

development like Blood Donation Camps, Educational Programmes, Health Camps,

Health Awareness Programmes, etc. in the villages of the vicinity of the project site.

7) Increase revenue of village, state government and central government.

It is recommended that the project proponent shall contribute the following as a part of CSR

activities :

• Environmental awareness campaign and Van Mahotsav celebrations.

• Encourage villagers for green belt development

• People’s contribution for the water harvesting structures in nearby villages.

• Free health check – up and sanitation camp for enhancing sanitation awareness.



CHAPTER - 8

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

8.1 OVERALL JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT:

Shree Vallabh Chemical proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity to manufacture

Emulsifiers &new product addition of De- Emulsifiers within the existing premises at Survey

No.: 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village : Ahmedpura - Sampa, Taluka : Dehgam, District :

Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat. The total capacity of the project after the proposed

expansion shall be 560 MT/month. These products are used as a raw material for the

production of other chemicals and sterilant for the manufacture of Rubber, Paint, Industrial

Surfactants, Paper, Textile, Metal Processing, Latex & Waxes, Household Surfactants,

Detergents, Pharmaceuticals, Agrochemicals, Cosmetics, etc. Hence, these products have

very high demand for various types of industries. Due to the ever increasing demand of this

product and to reduce the gap between demand and supply, the company proposes to

expand its manufacturing capacity.

VISION


� To become a well-known and reputed organization as a manufacturing company with

strong focus on research.

GOAL

The main goal of the company is to be a major player in the manufacture of Emulsifiers & De

– Emulsifiers and to serve the Indian and International demand.



8.2 EXPANSION PROJECT DETAILS :

Products:

A list of Products to be manufactured is given below:

Table :8.1 : LIST OF PRODUCTS (MT / MONTH)

Sr.


Proposed

Addition

Total after

Expansion Remarks

1. Nonyl Phenol


2. Octyl Phenol


3. Dodesyl Phenol



5. Poly Ethylene


6. Fatty Alcohol




8. Poly OlEthoxylate

(De – Emulsifier) - 40.0 40.0 New

Total 40.0 520.0 560.0

8.3 SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

The manufacturing of Emulsifiers and De – Emulsifier, under the broad category of Synthetic

Organic Chemicals industry, falls under Schedule Project/Activity No. 5 (f) under Category

“A” specified in EIA Notification - 2006 issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests

(MoEF). As per the said Schedule, the Central Government imposed certain conditions for

new, expansion and modernisation of listed project, unless the Government has granted

Environment Clearance. For this, the industry is required to submit an Environmental

Impact Assessment Study Report.

Any industrial project is expected to cause environmental impacts near the project site

during its construction and operation phases. The type and intensity of these impacts on

various components of the environment varies depending on the nature and size of the

project as well as its geographical location. The net impacts from an individual project can

be quantified through Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for various

components like Air, Water, Land, Noise, Biological and Socio-economic environment prior

to its implementation of the project. The EIA study forms a basis for preparing an

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to conserve the environment within that region.

EIA studies for a particular project site can be divided into the following three phases:



• Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing (pre-

project) status within the impact zone with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological

and Socio-economic environment.

• Prediction of impacts due to the proposed project of the project on Identified

environmental parameters.

• Evaluation of total impacts after super imposing the predicted impacts over the baseline

data and preparation of Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), which helps in

incorporating proper mitigation measures wherever necessary for preventing deterioration

in environmental quality.

8.4 Location:

The expansion project for the manufacture of Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers is proposed to be

located within the existing premises at Survey No. 163, 174/2 & 175/4, Village : Ahmedpura

- Sampa, Taluka : Dehgam, District : Gandhinagar in the state of Gujarat.

The site is located at about 23o11’49.39” N Latitude & 72o50’59.11” E Longitude. Total area

of the project site is about 9,592 m2. The site is well connected by rail and road.

8.5 SITE SELECTION CRITERIA OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT SITE

Site selection was guided by many factors like existing infrastructure in the area, availability

of land, water sources, fuel transportation, power availability etc. Specific Site Selection

Criteria for the proposed expansionproject have been given below:

1. Existing plot size is suitable to project requirement. 2. The proposed project site is well connected by road to National Highway No. 8.

3. Easy availability of infrastructure facilities. 4. No prime agricultural land / forest land is to be converted for industrial use. 5. There is enough extra land to raise required green belt / green cover.



7. Proximity to raw material suppliers 8. Modern infrastructure support and amenities at par with industrial estates in other




In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area have also been

considered:



• There are no ecologically sensitive areas.



Salient Features:






d) Sanctuaries : None within study area







The climate in Ahmedabad (nearest city) is semi - arid. Comparatively May is the hottest

month and January the coldest. The district receives rain from the southwesterly monsoon

winds and its intensity is the highest in July.

8.6 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT:

8.6.1 Fuel Requirement:

Table :8.2 : Energy Requirement :

Sr. No. Source Existing Proposed Total

1) UGVCL (GEB) 75 HP 59 HP 134 HP

2) D G set (125 KVA) - 125 KVA 125 KVA

Table :8.3 : Fuel Requirement :

Sr. No. Fuel Source Existing Proposed Total

1) LDO Local

Dealer

50 L/day (-) 50 L/day 00

2) Imported Coal Local

Dealer - 2 MT/day 2 MT/day

3) HSD

(For D. G. Set Only)

Local

Dealer

- 20 L/hour 20 L/hour



8.6.2 Water Requirement:

Table :8.4 : WATER CONSUMPTION

Sr.

No. Particulars Water Consumption, L/day


1) Domestic 500 550 1,050

2) Industrial 504 8,876 9,380

3) Gardening / Green Belt Development 1,000 - 1,000

Total 2,004 9,426 11,430

Table :8.5 : WASTEWATER GENERATION

Sr.

No.

Particulars Effluent Generation, L/day


1) Domestic* 500 550 1,050

2) Industrial** -- 1,780 1,780

Total 500 2,330 2,830

*Disposed-off to Soak Pit.

**Will be evaporated at in-house evaporator.

8.7 Regulatory Frame Work :


� To manufacture Emulsifiers & De-Emulsifiers (560 MT / Month)






� Effluent generated from the unit shall be treated in an upgraded effluent treatment

plant prior to its discharge into the in – house Evaporator System thus ensuring “Zero

Discharge”.



� Disposal of hazardous wastes shall be disposed-off as per the statutory requirements.

� For the proposed expansion of existing manufacturing production capacity, the Terms

of Reference (TOR) have been issued by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF).

� Ethylene Oxide is the basic raw-material for existing and for proposed products, other

raw-materials like: Nonyl Phenol, Octyl Phenol, Dodesyl Phenol, Castor Oil, Poly

Ethylene, Fatty Alcohol, Hydrogenated Castor Oil and Poly Ol are used in presence of

Caustic/Potash, boil and reflux the mass at 100oC for 30 minutes. Detail manufacturing

process is given in Chapter 2.7 of EIA Report, details of raw-material is given in Chapter

2.7 & 2.8 of EIA Report, details of rejects generation is given in Chapter 2.8 of EIA

Report and details of Environmental Management Plan is given in Chapter 2.9 of EIA

Report.



8.8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS












Table :8.6 : Sampling and its location

Attributes Sampling

Locations Frequency

A. Air Environment

Meteorological In the study area Hourly data for Study Period

Ambient Air Quality 5 locations within the study area (5 km)

& 1 location at project site (premises)

24 hourly twice a week during

study period of one season

B. Noise 5 locations within the study area (5 km)

& 1 location at project site (premises) Once in each month during the

study period

C. Water

Ground Water Grab samples from 5 locations within




study period

D. Soil Quality Surface samples from 5 locations within




study period

E. Land Use & Land

Cover Study area (5 km) Once during study period

G. Geology & Geo-

Hydrology Study area (5 Km) Once during study period

8.9 IMPACT PREDICTION

The environmental impacts of projects or actions generally encompass a broad range of

impact from Air, Water and Noise pollution to effects on employment and neighborhood as



well as social structure. These impacts vary in magnitude as well as their beneficial or

adverse classification. As a result, a natural question arises as to what is the “collective” or

“overall” environmental impact of the project or action taken. Is the project beneficial or is

it adverse? To answer such a question requires a comparison of these impacts and to some

extent subjective evaluation of the impacts which are more important than others.

In case of this project, the impact of the proposed capacity of the plant is evaluated with

respect to various activities during operational phase.

8.9.1 Air Environment:

The general meteorological data collected during the study period confirms that climatic

status of the study area is consistent with the regional meteorology.

The operational phase activities are expected to have long term impacts on the air quality.

Existing boiler shall be replaced by new one. The fuel proposed to be used in the Steam








be HSD.

There are no process emissions. Hence, no major adverse impact is predicted.


Table 8.7 : 24 hrs average values

Sr.

No.

Parameter Maximum

Baseline Status

(98 %), μg/m3

Incremental Value,

μg/m3 (x, y Co-ordinates)

After

Proposed

Project,

μg/m3

Permissible

Limits, μg/m3

1) PM2.5 31.87 0.245

(0.00, -1000.00) 32.115 60.00

2) PM10 73.12 0.408

(0.00, -1000.00) 73.528 100.00

3) SO2 12.06 1.13

(0.00, -1000.00) 13.19 80.00

4) NOx 24.61 0.827

(0.00, -1000.00) 25.437 80.00



8.9.2 Water Environment:

Effluent generated from various stages of industrial activities shall be scientifically treated

through various options after segregation at source. The detailed treatment of the


Effluent will be primarily treated in the ETP before being sent to the in-house Evaporator,

thereby achieving “Zero Discharge”.


surrounding water environment and soil environment due to the discharge of treated

wastewater from the complex.

8.9.3 Noise Environment:

Noise levels in the plant will be controlled at the source itself by appropriate use of noise

suppressing systems. The noise levels at the periphery of the plant will be about 60-65

dB(A). Thus, no significant adverse impact on the environment is likely to occur due to the

proposed project.

8.9.4 Solid and Hazardous Wastes Management:

There is no discharge of waste water on land. All the solid/hazardous waste generated are

packed in HDPE bags having 25/50 kg capacity and stored in Solid Waste Storage Facility

having impervious layer and leachate collection system. Company will dispose of hazardous

wastes to approved TSDF site in Polyethylene liners bags and through approved

transporters.



The discarded resins from Softener shall be collected and stored prior to sending to CHWIF.

Hence, it is anticipated that the proposed expansion project will not have any major effect

on the soil environment.

8.9.5 Ecological Environment:

There will be an insignificant impact on the Flora & Fauna. Nevertheless, green belt

development will give possibility to various faunal species to roam around without

disturbance.



8.9.6 Socio - Economic Environment:

The proposed expansion project is in a well-established and industrial notified estate. Thus,

the said project will not have any significant impact on socio-economic pattern of the

surrounding region. The project shall generate indirect employment opportunities, which

will contribute to social upliftment of the people in surrounding.

In short, the salient features related to the impact on environment due to the proposed

expansion project can be summarized as follows:

• No human resettlement is required.

• No ecological damage is anticipated.

• Air quality and receiving water body have minor impacts.

• Various other environmental parameters like ground water resource, forest, parks,

sanctuaries, housing, services etc. will be insignificantly affected.

• The proposed project is to be located within the existing premises. Hence the land use

pattern is not expected to change.

• The proposed project will help in increasing the revenue to the State & Central.

• There is no likelihood of impact on agriculture and fishing.

8.10 CONCLUSION

The public hearing presentation and question answer session ended with pos i tive

responses from the loca l people about the project. They were satis fied with

mitigation measures and environmenta l management plan of the proposed

expansion project. Raised queries during the public hearing were a lso adequately

addressed. The minutes of meeting of the public hearing proceeding is enclosed as

Annexure – 5. The overall impact of the proposed expansion project is beneficial as impacts

on air, water, land and ecological environments are insignificant and the socio-economic

benefits are predominantly positive. Economic output and other related facilities viz.

employment, development of business, transportation will definitely improve the overall

quality of life. All the relevant safety norms with latest technology have been incorporated.

Hazard and associated risk, safety and security provision appears to be acceptable. Hence

this project in totality may be considered environmentally safe.


CHAPTER - 9

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

1.1 THE NAMES OF THE CONSULTANTS ENGAGED WITH THEIR BRIEF RESUME AND

NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED:

Envi ronmental Impact Assessment s tudy for the proposed expans ion project of

Shree Va l labh Chemica l , Dehgam is carried-out by:

Name of Consul tant

Organisation

: PAVAN ENVITECH CONSULTANT PVT. LTD.

(Formerly known as PAVAN & Co.)

Address : 401, Ambience Arcade, Anandnagr Society, Bhathha, Paldi,

Ahmedabad- 380 007, Gujarat State.

Contact No. : 09426360372, 09727970240

e-mai l Address : [email protected]

Accredi tation Status

with QCI-NABET

: Li s ted on Sr. No.: 110 in the List of Accredited Consul tant

Organizations with Accredited Sectors (as on December 5,

2014, l i s ted on page no. 85 & page no. 86).

Pavan Envitech Consultant Pvt. Ltd., an ISO 9001:2008 certi fied Company i s engaged

in the field of Envi ronmenta l Consul tancy. Company i s providing services for:

Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (part of Environmental

Clearance), Preparation of Environmental Management Plan, Expertise in designing of

primary & biological system, Design & supply of water and wastewater treatment plant,

Designing of rain water harvesting system, Conducting treatability/feasibility study, To

obtain Consent to Establish (NOC) and Consolidated Consent & Authorisation (CC&A)

from Pollution Control Board, Modification of existing effluent and sewage treatment

plants for improvement of the performance.

ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY QCI-NABET


Following team members are involved for preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report.

Table 9.1 : Team members involved for preparation of EIA Report: FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS (FAE) INVOLVED IN PREPARAT ION OF EIA REPORT

FUNCTIONAL AREA NAME OF FAE

LAND USE Mrs. NEERU BANSAL Mr. PAVAN SHAH

AIR POLLUTION MONITORING, PREVENTION & CONTROL

Mr. PAVAN SHAH

METEOROLOGY, AIR QUALITY MODELING & PREDICTION

Mr. SUNDEEP SHAH

WATER POLLUTION MONITORING, PREVENTION & CONTROL

Mr. PAVAN SHAH

ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY Dr. S. M. PANDYA

NOISE AND VIBRATION Mr. PAVAN SHAH Mr. SUNDEEP SHAH

SOCIO-ECONOMICS Mrs. SHITAL TAMAKUWALA HYDROLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION

Mr. AJIT BHATNAGAR N. KAVALANEKAR

GEOLOGY Mr. AJIT BHATNAGAR N. KAVALANEKAR

SOIL CONSERVATION Dr. S. M. PANDYA

RISK ASSESSMENT & HAZARD MANAGEMENT

Mr. R. A. WANI

SOLID & HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

Mr. PAVAN SHAH

ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATOR (EC) INVOLVED IN PREPARAT ION OF EIA REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATOR PAVAN SHAH

Following consultants are also engaged for:

1. Laboratory involved for baseline monitoring & other analysis is M/s Green Ci rcle Inc.,

Vadodara. M/s Green Ci rcle Inc. Vadodara has PHAST Model and ass is t for Risk

Assessment.

2. Compusense Automation purchases Satellite Images on behal f of us and ass is t for

software operation.


A-1 SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT – EXPANSION PROJECT

ANNEXURES



ANNEXURE – 1 PHOTOCOPY OF CC&A AND CTE AMENDMENT OF THE BOARD



ANNEXURE – 2 LISCENCE FROM PETROLEUM AND EXPLOSIVES SAFETY ORGAN ISATION

(PESO)



ANNEXURE – 3 LAND POSSESSION DOCUMENTS



ANNEXURE – 4 MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEET & PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMI CALS

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

1.IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / PREPARATION AND COMPANY/UNDERTAKING COMPANY NAME : SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL., AT& POST AHMEDPURA, DEGHAM MODASA ROAD, DEHGAM., DIST : GANDHINAGAR. PRODUCT NAME : CASTOR OIL/ HCO FATTY ACID ETHOXYLATE 2.COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS A preparation containing Hydrogenated Castor oil and ethylene oxide Product code : HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) None CAS NO: 61788 -85 -0 Contain no Hazardous ingredients (91/155/EEC) 3.HAZARDUS IDENTIFICATION This health hazard assessment is based on a consideration of the composition of this product. Unlikely to cause effect under normal conditions of handling and use. 4. FIRST AID MEASURE INHALATION : Remove patient from exposure, obtain medical attention if ill occur SKIN CONTACT : Wash out skin with water about 500 ml. no side effect EYES CONTACT : Irrigate promptly with copious amount of clean water. obtain medical attention. INGESTION : Wash out mouth will water and give 200 –300 ml of water to drink induce Vomiting, obtain medical attention if ill effects occur.

5.FIER – FIGHTING MEASURES Extinguishing : water spray , or dry powder ,or foam Fire fighting protective Equipment : A self contained breathing apparatus and suitable protective Clothing should be worn if involved in fire with other material. 6. ACCIDENT RELEASE MEASURES This Material is non toxic , non-hazardous, non-inflammable, non-corrosive and non-magnetizing And the same does not fall under IMCO classification. NO any protection during removal of spillages. And transfer to a container for disposal. 7.HANDLING AND STORAGE 7.1 HANDLING

Normal precautions appropriate to the circumstances and quantity of material handled . eye protection are recommended by goggles.

7.2 STORAGE Keep Container air tightly closed.

8. EXPOSURE CONTROS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Respirators : not necessary. Eyes protection : the use of goggles is recommended. Gloves : not necessary Occupational Exposure Limits LTEL 8 HR TWA STEL TIME Std HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 mins No Occupational Exposure Limit Assigned 9.PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES FORM at 200C : waxy paste/LIQUID COLOUR : yellow PH(Value) : 6.0 – 7.5 (10 g/l water) BOILING POINT(Deg c) : 350 MELTING POINT(Deg c) : 300C FLASH POINT(Deg c) : 2050C FLAMMABLE LIMIT : Not applicable AUTO IGNITION TEMPRETURE (Deg c) : not nkown

EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES : See “ firefighting Measure” OXIDISING PROPERTIES : None known VAPOUR PRESSURE (mm Hg) : not applicable DENSITY(g/ml) : 1.13-1.15 SOLUBILITY(other) : water soluble PARTITION COEFFICIENT : No data. 10.STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY : This is a stable material HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION : Will not occur INCOMPALIBITIES : Dis coloration and /or precipitation occurs with iodides, Mercury salt, sulfonamides and tennis. DECOMPOSION PRODUCT : Greater than 300 centigrade DECOMP. OF PRODUCTS : will not occurs 11. TAXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION INHALATION : Unlikely to be irritant SKIN CONTACT : Unlikely to be irritant EYE CONTACT : likely to cause eye irritation INGESTION : Unlikely to be irritant LONG TERM EXPOSURE : No information available. 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION PERSISTENCE AND DEGRADATION COLOUR REMOVAL (ACTIVATED SLUDGE TEST) : No data CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (COD) : No data BIOLOGICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD 5 DAY) : No data TOXICITY L050(RAINBOW TROUT) (96 HOURS) : No data Effect on effluent Treatment : No data 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal should be in accordance with local, state or national legislation 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Transportation

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Supply / Use 16. OTHER INFORMATION This data given here is based on current knowledge and experience. The purpose of this safety data sheet is to describe the products in term of their safety requirements .The data does not signify and guarantee with regard to the product’s properties.

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 1.IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / PREPARATION AND COMPANY/UNDERTAKING PRODUCT NAME : SVC N 1000 DEMULSIFIER ADDRESS :. Shree vallabh chemical., at & post ahmedpura ,dehgam modasa road, dehgam, dist : gandhinagar PHONE NO : 02716 231684. FAX N0 : 02716 230222 Email i.d. : [email protected] 2.COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS A preparation containing mixture of surfactant Product code : CAS NO: NONE(MIX OF SURFACTANT) HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) None Contain no Hazardous ingredients (91/155/EEC)

3.HAZARDUS IDENTIFICATION This health hazard assessment is based on a consideration of the composition of this product. Unlikely to cause effect under normal conditions of handling and use. 4. FIRST AID MEASURE INHALATION : Remove patient from exposure, obtain medical attention if ill occur SKIN CONTACT : Wash out skin with water about 500 ml. no side effect EYES CONTACT : Irrigate promptly with copious amount of clean water. obtain medical attention. INGESTION : Wash out mouth will water and give 200 –300 ml of water to drink induce Vomiting, obtain medical attention if ill effects occur. 5.FIER – FIGHTING MEASURES Extinguishing : water spray , or dry powder ,or foam Fire fighting protective Equipment : A self contained breathing apparatus and suitable protective Clothing should be worn if involved in fire with other material. 6. ACCIDENT RELEASE MEASURES This Material is non toxic , non-hazardous, non-inflammable, non-corrosive and non-magnetizing And the same does not fall under IMCO classification. NO any protection during removal of spillages. And transfer to a container for disposal. 7.HANDLING AND STORAGE 7.1 HANDLING



8. EXPOSURE CONTROS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Respirators : not necessary. Eyes protection : the use of goggles is recommended. Gloves : not necessary Occupational Exposure Limits LTEL 8 HR TWA STEL TIME Std HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 mins No Occupational Exposure Limit Assigned 9.PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES FORM : solid COLOUR : yellow PH(Value) : 6.5 – 7.5 (10 g/l water) BOILING POINT(Deg c) : 150 MELTING POINT(Deg c) : -10 DEGREE FLASH POINT(Deg c) : <95 FLAMMABLE LIMIT : Not applicable AUTO IGNITION TEMPRETURE (Deg c) : not known EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES : See “ firefighting Measure” OXIDISING PROPERTIES : Not known VAPOUR PRESSURE (mm Hg) : not applicable DENSITY(g/ml) : 0.88 to 0.90 SOLUBILITY(other) : disperse with water PARTITION COEFFICIENT : No data. 10.STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY : This is a stable material HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION : Will not occur INCOMPALIBITIES : Dis coloration and /or precipitation occurs with iodides, Mercury salt, sulfonamides and tennis. DECOMPOSION PRODUCT : Greater than 300 centigrade DECOMP. OF PRODUCTS : will not occurs

11. TAXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION INHALATION : Unlikely to be irritant SKIN CONTACT : Unlikely to be irritant EYE CONTACT : likely to cause eye irritation INGESTION : Unlikely to be irritant LONG TERM EXPOSURE : No information available. 12.ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION PERSISTENCE AND DEGRADATION COLOUR REMOVAL(ACTIVATED SLUDGE TEST) : No data CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(COD) : No data BIOLOGICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(BOD 5 DAY) : No data TOXICITY L050(RAINBOW TROUT) (96 HOURS) : No data Effect on effluent Treatment : No data 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal should be in accordance with local ,state or national legislation 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Transportation 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Supply / Use 16. OTHER INFORMATION This data given here is based on current knowledge and experience. The purpose of this safety data sheet is to describe the products in term of their safety requirements .The data does not signify and guarantee with regard to the product’s properties.

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 1.IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / PREPARATION AND COMPANY/UNDERTAKING PRODUCT NAME : FATTY ALCOHOL ETHOXYLATE ADDRESS : SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL, DEHGAM, Gujarat. . PHONE NO : 02716 231684 . 2.COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS A preparation C12-14 Fatty alcohol and Ethylene oxide Product code : HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) None Contain no Hazardous ingredients (91/155/EEC) CAS No : 68439 – 50 -9 3.HAZARDUS IDENTIFICATION This health hazard assessment is based on a consideration of the composition of this product. : Unlikely to cause effect under normal conditions of handling and use. 4. FIRST AID MEASURE INHALATION : Remove patient from exposure, obtain medical attention if ill occur SKIN CONTACT : Wash out skin with water about 500 ml. non-irritant. EYES CONTACT : Irrigate promptly with copious amount of clean water. obtain medical attention. INGESTION : Wash out mouth will water and give 200 –300 ml of water to drink induce Vomiting, obtain medical attention if ill effects occur.




8. EXPOSURE CONTROS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Respirators : not necessary. Eyes protection : the use of goggles is recommended. Gloves : not necessary Occupational Exposure Limits LTEL 8 HR TWA STEL TIME Std HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 mins No Occupational Exposure Limit Assigned 9.PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES FORM : whit soft paste COLOUR : Water white PH(Value) : 7.0 (10 g/l water)

BOILING POINT(Deg c) : 300 degree MELTING POINT(Deg c) : 25 degree FLASH POINT(Deg c) : 175 degree FLAMMABLE LIMIT : Not applicable AUTO IGNITION TEMPRETURE (Deg c) : 500 degree centigrade EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES : See “ firefighting Measure” OXIDISING PROPERTIES : None known VAPOUR PRESSURE (mm Hg) : not applicable DENSITY(g/ml) : 1.08 SOLUBILITY(other) : water soluble PARTITION COEFFICIENT : No data. 10.STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY : This is a stable material HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION : Will not occur INCOMPALIBITIES : Dis coloration and /or precipitation occurs with iodides, Mercury salt, sulfonamides and tennis. DECOMPOSION PRODUCT : Greater than 300 centigrade DECOMP. OF PRODUCTS : will not occurs 11. TAXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION INHALATION : Unlikely to be irritant SKIN CONTACT : Unlikely to be irritant EYE CONTACT : likely to cause eye irritation INGESTION : Unlikely to be irritant LONG TERM EXPOSURE : No information available. 12.ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION PERSISTENCE AND DEGRADATION COLOUR REMOVAL(ACTIVATED SLUDGE TEST) : No data CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(COD) : No data BIOLOGICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(BOD 5 DAY) : No data TOXICITY L050/mg/kg/rat (96 HOURS) : 850 Effect on effluent Treatment : No data 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal should be in accordance with local , state or national legislation

14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Transportation 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Supply / Use 16. OTHER INFORMATION This data given here is based on current knowledge and experience. The purpose of this safety data sheet is to describe the products in term of their safety requirements .The data does not signify and guarantee with Regard to the product’s properties.

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 1.IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / PREPARATION AND COMPANY/UNDERTAKING PRODUCT NAME NONYL PHENOL ETHOXYLATE / OCTYL PHENOL ETHOXYLATE / DODESYL PHENOL ETHOXYLATE. ADDRESS : SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL. AT & POST AHMEDAPURA,. TA : DEHGAM, DIST : GANDHINAGAR. PIN: 382315. Gujarat. India. PHONE NO : (91) 2716 –231684 FAX N0 : (91) 2716 –230222 E-mail : [email protected] 2.COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS A preparation Nonyl phenol and Ethylene oxide Product code : HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) None 4.CAS NO: 9016-45-9 Contain no Hazardous ingredients (91/155/EEC)

3.HAZARDUS IDENTIFICATION This health hazard assessment is based on a consideration of the composition of this product. Unlikely to cause effect under normal conditions of handling and use. 4. FIRST AID MEASURE INHALATION : Remove patient from exposure, obtain medical attention if ill occur SKIN CONTACT : Wash out skin with water about 500 ml. no side effect EYES CONTACT : Irrigate promptly with copious amount of clean water. obtain medical attention. INGESTION : Wash out mouth will water and give 200 –300 ml of water to drink induce Vomiting, obtain medical attention if ill effects occur. 5.FIER – FIGHTING MEASURES Extinguishing : water spray , or dry powder ,or foam Fire fighting protective Equipment : A self contained breathing apparatus and suitable protective Clothing should be worn if involved in fire with other material. 6. ACCIDENT RELEASE MEASURES This Material is non toxic , non-hazardous, non-inflammable, non-corrosive and non-magnetising And the same does not fall under IMCO classification. NO any protection during removal of spillages. And transfer to a container for disposal. 7.HANDLING AND STORAGE 7.1 HANDLING

Normal precautions appropriate to the circumstances and quantity of material handled .eye protection are recommended by goggles.


8. EXPOSURE CONTROS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Respirators : not necessary. Eyes protection : the use of goggles is recommended. Gloves : not necessary Occupational Exposure Limits LTEL 8 HR TWA STEL TIME Std HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 mins No Occupational Exposure Limit Assigned 9.PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES FORM : White Waxy Solid/liquid also COLOUR : WATER WHITE PH(Value) : 6.5 – 7.5 (10 g/l water) BOILING POINT(Deg c) : 3900C MELTING POINT(Deg c) : 350C FLASH POINT(Deg c) : 1800C FLAMMABLE LIMIT : Not applicable AUTO IGNITION TEMPRETURE (Deg c) : 5000C EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES : See “firefighting Measure” OXIDISING PROPERTIES : None known VAPOUR PRESSURE (mm Hg) : not applicable DENSITY(g/ml) : 1.13 SOLUBILITY(other) : water soluble PARTITION COEFFICIENT : No data.

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY : This is a stable material HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION : Will not occur INCOMPALIBITIES : Dis coloration and /or precipitation occurs with iodides, Mercury salt, sulfonamides and tennis. DECOMPOSION PRODUCT : Greater than 300 centigrade DECOMP. OF PRODUCTS : will not occurs 11. TAXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION INHALATION : Unlikely to be irritant SKIN CONTACT : Unlikely to be irritant EYE CONTACT : likely to cause eye irritation INGESTION : Unlikely to be irritant LONG TERM EXPOSURE : No information available. 12.ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION PERSISTENCE AND DEGRADATION COLOUR REMOVAL(ACTIVATED SLUDGE TEST) : No data CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(COD) : No data BIOLOGICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(BOD 5 DAY) : No data TOXICITY L050(RAINBOW TROUT) (96 HOURS) : No data Effect on effluent Treatment : No data

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal should be in accordance with local ,state or national legislation 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Transportation 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Supply / Use 16. OTHER INFORMATION This data given here is based on current knowledge and experience. The purpose of this safety data sheet is to describe the products in term of their safety requirements .The data does not signify and guarantee with regard to the product’s properties.


1.IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / PREPARATION AND COMPANY/UNDERTAKING PRODUCT NAME : POLY ETHYLENE ETHOXYLATE ADDRESS : SHREE VALLABH CHEMICAL NR. YOGESWAR COLD STORAGE, DEHGAM-MODASHA ROAD, AT. AHMEDPURA, POST: NANDOL TALUKA: DEHGAM, DIST: GANDHINAGAR, GUJARAT INDIA TELEFAX N0 : (+91) 2716- 231684 MOBIL : (+91) 99251 39501 2.COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS A preparation Die ethylene glycol and Ethylene oxide Product code : HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) None Contain no Hazardous ingredients (91/155/EEC) CAS no : 25322 -68 -3 3.HAZARDUS IDENTIFICATION This health hazard assessment is based on a consideration of the composition of this product. : Unlikely to cause effect under normal conditions of handling and use. 4. FIRST AID MEASURE INHALATION : Remove patient from exposure, obtain medical attention if ill occur SKIN CONTACT : Wash out skin with water about 500 ml. non-irritant. EYES CONTACT : Irrigate promptly with copious amount of clean water. obtain medical attention.INGESTION : Wash out mouth will water and give 200 –300 ml of water to drink induce Vomiting, obtain medical attention if ill effects occur.


Normal precautions appropriate to the circumstances and quantity of material handled .eye protection are recommended by goggles.


8. EXPOSURE CONTROS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Respirators : not necessary. Eyes protection : the use of goggles is recommended. Gloves : not necessary Occupational Exposure Limits LTEL 8 HR TWA STEL TIME Std HAZARDOUS INGREDIENT(S) ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 mins No Occupational Exposure Limit Assigned 9.PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state and appearance: Liquid. Odor: Not available. Taste: Not available. Molecular Weight: 200 g/mole Color: Not available. pH (1% soln/water): 6 [Acidic.] Boiling Point: Not available. Melting Point: -65°C (-85°F) Critical Temperature: Not available. Specific Gravity: 1.1239 (Water = 1) Vapor Pressure: Not available. Vapor Density: Not available. Volatility: Not available. Odor Threshold: Not available. Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: Not available.

Ionicity (in Water): Not available. Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, methanol, diethyl ether. Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water, hot water, methanol. Soluble in diethyl ether. 10.STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY : This is a stable material HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION : Will not occur INCOMPALIBITIES : Dis coloration and /or precipitation occurs with iodides, Mercury salt, sulfonamides and tennis. DECOMPOSION PRODUCT : Greater than 300 centigrade DECOMP. OF PRODUCTS : will not occurs 11. TAXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION INHALATION : Unlikely to be irritant SKIN CONTACT : Unlikely to be irritant EYE CONTACT : likely to cause eye irritation INGESTION : Unlikely to be irritant LONG TERM EXPOSURE : No information available. 12.ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION PERSISTENCE AND DEGRADATION COLOUR REMOVAL(ACTIVATED SLUDGE TEST) : No data CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(COD) : No data BIOLOGICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(BOD 5 DAY) : No data TOXICITY L050/mg/kg/rat (96 HOURS) : No data Effect on effluent Treatment : No data 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal should be in accordance with local , state or national legislation 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Transportation 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Not classified as Hazardous for Supply / Use 16. OTHER INFORMATION This data given here is based on current knowledge and experience. The purpose of this safety data sheet is to describe the products in term of their safety requirements .The data does not signify and guarantee with

Regard to the product’s properties.

Material Safety Data Sheet Issue Date: Sep. 01, 2011 ETHYLENE OXIDE

Supercedes: Sep. 01, 2009

Page 1 of 12

Section-1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATION

AND OF THE COMPANY/UNDERTAKING

1.1 Identification of the substance/preparation:

Commercial name: ETHYLENE OXIDE Chemical name: ETHYLENE OXIDE C2H4O

Synonyms: Ethoxyethane, Oxirane, Amprolene, Anprolene, Epoxyethane.

1.2 Use of the substance /preparation: Organic synthesis

1.3 MANUFACTURER & SUPPLIER: Reliance Industries Limited

Emergency Coordination Centre contact details:

Hazira Mfg. Division

Village Mora,

Dist Surat, Gujarat, India

SSM Office +91 2612835050/+912612835056

Vadodara Mfg. Division

PO Petrochemicals,

Dist: Vadodara, Gujrat, India

SSM Office +91 265-6696525/+91 265-6693869

Nagothane Mfg. Division

PO: Petrochemicals

Nagothane 402125

Taluka: Pen,

Dist: Raigad, Maharastra, India

SSM Office +91 2194-668033/+91 2194-668034

Dahej Mfg. Division

Po Dahej 392130

Taluka: Vagra

Dist: Bharuch, Gujrat, India

SSM Office +91 2641 282021 /+91 2641 282022

SSM: Site Shift Manager

Section 2 – HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

2.1 Classification of the substance/preparation: Hazard class and

category code.

GHS Category:

Health Environmental Physical Carcinogenicity Category: 1B Mutagenicity category: 1B Acute Toxicity Inhalation category: 3 Eye Irritation Category: 2 Specific Target Organ Toxicity SE 3 Skin Irritation Category: 2

Aquatic Toxicity – Category- NA

Flammable – Category 1

Data reference: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis NA: Not available, SE: Single Exposure



Page 2 of 12

GHS Category table for reference:

Study/hazard statement

Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4 Category 5

Acute Oral LD50

< 5 mg/kg Fatal if swallowed

> 5 < 50 mg/kg Fatal if swallowed

> 50 < 300 mg/kg Toxic if swallowed

> 300 < 2000 mg/kg Harmful if swallowed

> 2000 < 5000mg/kg May be harmful if swallowed

Acute Dermal LD50

< 50 mg/kg Fatal in contact with skin

> 50 < 200 mg/kg Fatal in contact with skin

> 200 < 1000 mg/kg Toxic in contact with skin

> 1000 < 2000 mg/kg Harmful in contact with skin

> 2000 < 5000 mg/kg May be harmful in contact with skin

Acute Inhalation Dust LC50 Gases LC50 Vapours LC50

< 0.05 mg/L < 100 ppm/V <0.5 mg/L Fatal if inhaled

> 0.05 < 0.5 mg/L > 100 < 500 ppm/V >0.5 < 2.0 mg/L Fatal if inhaled

> 0.5 < 1.0 mg/L > 500 < 2500 ppm/V > 2.0 < 10 mg/L Toxic if inhaled

> 1.0 < 5 mg/L >2500 < 20000 ppm/V > 10 < 20 mg/L Harmful if inhaled

See footnote below this table

Flammable liquids

Flash point < 23 degrees C and initial boiling point < 35 degrees C. Extremely flammable liquid and vapour

Flash point < 23 degrees C and initial boiling point > 35 degrees C. Highly flammable liquid and vapour

Flash point > 23 degrees C< 60 degrees C. Flammable liquid and vapour

Flash point > 60 degrees C < 93 degrees C. Combustible liquid

Not Applicable

Note: Gases concentration are expressed in parts per million per volume (ppmV). NOTE 1: Category 5 is for mixtures which are of relatively low acute toxicity but which under certain circumstances may pose a hazard to vulnerable populations. These mixtures are anticipated to have an oral or dermal LD50 value in the range of 2000-5000 mg/kg bodyweight or equivalent dose for other routes of exposure. In light of animal welfare considerations, testing in animals in Category 5 ranges is discouraged and should only be considered when there is a strong likelihood that results of such testing would have a direct relevance for protecting human health. NOTE 2: These values are designed to be used in the calculation of the ATE for classification of a mixture based on its ingredients and do not represent test results. The values are conservatively set at the lower end of the range of Categories 1 and 2, and at a point approximately 1/10th from the lower end of the range for Categories 3 – 5.

GHS Category table for reference: Continued Study/hazard statement

Category 1 Category 2 Category 3

Eye Irritation

Effects on the cornea, iris or conjunctiva that are not expected to reverse or that have not fully reversed within 21 days. Causes severe eye damage.

2A: Effects on the cornea, iris or conjunctiva that fully reverse within 21 days. Causes severe eye irritation. 2B : Effects on the cornea, iris or conjunctiva that fully reverse within 7 days. Causes eye irritation.

Not applicable

Skin Irritation

Destruction of skin tissue, with sub categorization based on exposure of up to 3 minutes (A), 1 hour (B), or 4 hours (C). Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.

Mean value of >2.3 > 4.0 for erythema / eschar or edema in at least 2 of 3 tested animals from gradings at 24, 48, and 72 hours (or on 3 consecutive days after onset if reactions are delayed); inflammation that persists to end of the (normally 14-day) observation period. Causes skin irritation.

Mean value of >1.5 < 2.3 for erythema / eschar or edema in at least 2 of 3 tested animals from gradings at 24, 48, and 72 hours (or on 3 consecutive days after onset if reactions are delayed). Causes mild skin irritation.

Environment: Acute Toxicity Category

96 hr LC50 (fish) <1 mg/L 48 hr EC50 (crustacea) < 1 mg/L, 72/96 hr ErC50 (aquatic plants) < 1 mg/L Very toxic to aquatic life

96 hr LC50 (fish) >1< 10 mg/L 48 hr EC50 (crustacea) >1< 10 mg/L 72/96 hr ErC50 (aquatic plants) >1< 10 mg/L Toxic to aquatic life

96 hr LC50 (fish) >10< 100 mg/L 48 hr EC50 (crustacea) >10< 100 mg/L 72/96 hr ErC50 (aquatic plants) >10< 100 mg/L Harmful to aquatic life

Flammable Aerosol

Extremely flammable aerosol Flammable aerosol Not Applicable

Flammable solids

Using the burning rate test, substances or mixtures other than metal powders: (a) wetted zone does not stop fire and (b) burning time < 45 seconds or burning rate > 2.2 mm/second Using the burning rate test, metal powders that have burning time < 5 minutes Flammable solid

Using the burning rate test, substances or mixtures other than metal powders: (a) wetted zone does not stop fire for at least 4 minutes and (b) burning time < 45 seconds or burning rate > 2.2 mm/second Using the burning rate test, metal powders that have burning time > 5 < 10 minutes Flammable solid

Not Applicable

Flammable gases

Gases, which at 20 degrees C and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPA: (a) are ignitable when in a mixture of 13% or less by volume in air; or (b) have a flammable range with air of at least 12 percentage points regardless of the lower flammable limit. Extremely flammable gas

Gases, other than those of category 1, which, at 20 degrees C and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPA, have a flammable range while mixed in air. Flammable gas

Not Applicable



Page 3 of 12

GHS Label: GHS02: Flame, GHS04: Pressure Gas, GHS06: Acute Toxicity, GHS08: Carcinogen

Signal word: Danger

Details of statements:

Hazard Statements

H220 Extremely flammable gas. H350 May cause cancer H340 May cause genetic defects H331 Toxic if inhaled. H319 Causes serious eye irritation. H335 May cause respiratory irritation H315 Causes skin irritation.

Precautionary Statement Prevention

P103: Read label before use. P210: Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. No smoking. P102: Keep out of reach of children. P201 Obtain special instructions before use. P202 Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood P281 Use personal protective equipment as required. P261: Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapours/spray. P271 Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area. P264 Wash ... exposed parts of the body to be washed thoroughly after handling. P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection

Precautionary Statement Response

P377 Leaking gas fire: Do not extinguish, unless leak can be stopped safely. P381 Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so. P308 IF exposed or concerned: P313 Get medical advice/attention. P101: If medical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand. P304 IF INHALED: P340 Remove to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing P311 Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician P321: Specific treatment (see ... <reference to supplemental first aid instruction> on this label).* P305 IF IN EYES: P351 Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes P338 Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing P337 If eye irritation persists: P313 Get medical advice/attention P312 Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell. P302 IF ON SKIN: P352 Wash with plenty of soap and water. P332 If skin irritation occurs:



Page 4 of 12

P313 Get medical advice/attention P362 Take off contaminated clothing and wash before re-use.

Precautionary Statement

Storage

P403: Store in a well-ventilated place. P405 Store locked up. P233: Keep container tightly closed.

Precautionary Statement Disposal

Follow local regulation.

Hazard ratings:

NFPA HAZARD CODES RATINGS SYSTEM

HEALTH: 3 0 = No Hazard

FLAMMABILITY: 4 1 = Slight Hazard

REACTIVITY: 3 2 = Moderate Hazard

3 = Serious Hazard

4 = Severe Hazard

Data Reference: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgibin/sis/search.

2.2 Information pertaining to particular dangers for human:

Toxic substance with carcinogenic and mutagenic effects. Acute intoxication leads

to central nervous system attenuation and narcotic effects occur. After

swallowing possibility of aspiration (passage into the lung) and danger of

chemical pneumonia (pulmonary oedema). Product irritates eyes and skin. High

vapour concentrations irritate respiratory system and eyes and may lead to fast

coma and death. Liquid is absorbed through skin and may develop allergic

eruption. Chronic effects cause bone marrow damage, haemopoiesis disorder

and may develop leukaemia.

2.3 Information pertaining to particular dangers for the environment: Possible adverse effects on aquatic organisms.

2.4 Other adverse effects: Extremely flammable and easily ignitable substance. Danger of ignition at normal temperature. Readily evaporates and vapours form with air toxic and explosive mixtures heavier than air. Mixtures keep above ground and after ignition they spread fast into far distances. Ignition possible when exposed to hot surfaces, sparks, naked flames and by electrostatic discharges too. The substance is practically insoluble in water, floats on the water level and forms toxic and explosive mixtures above the water level. Risk of explosion if emptied into drains or released into wastewater. Attacks rubber and plastics. Target Organs: Brain and Spleen. Route of entry:

DATA REFERENCE: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgibin/sis/search. Health hazards:

Source NTP listed? IARC cancer review group? OSHA Regulated?

Carcinogenicity The

chemical is

known to be

human

carcinogen

The chemical is carcinogenic

to humans

The chemical

appears at 29 CFR

part 1910 subpart

Z

Skin Contact Skin Absorption Eye Contact Inhalation Ingestion

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi%1fbin/sis/search

http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi%1fbin/sis/search



Page 5 of 12

DATA REFERENCE: Toxic release inventory (TRI) basis of Occupational Safety and

Health Administration (OSHA) carcinogen, National Toxicological program (NTP),

International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-

bin/sis/search.

Section 3 – COMPOSITION & INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Ingredients / Hazardous CAS No. EINECS No. Percentage

Ethylene Oxide/Yes 75-21-8 200-849-9 100 %

Data reference: http://ecb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/esis/

Section 4 – FIRST AID MEASURES

4.1 General advice IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION IS REQUIRED AFTER INHALATION OR AFTER SWALLOWING. In case of health troubles or doubts, seek medical advice immediately and show this Material Safety Data Sheet. Ensure activity of vitally important functions until the arrival of the doctor (artificial respiration, inhalation of oxygen, heart massage). If patient is unconscious, or in case of danger of blackout, transport patient in a stabilised position. In case of first degree burns (painful redness), and second degree burns (painful blisters), cool the affected area with cold running water for a long time. In case of third degree burns (redness, cracking pale skin, usually without pain), do not cool affected skin, dress the area with sterile dry gauze only. 4.2 Inhalation Remove patient to fresh air, keep him warm and in order to rest quietly. Avoid walking. Seek medical advice. SYMPTOMS AND EFFECTS: irritation, headache, dizziness, weakness, stupefaction, irritant coughing, convulsions, unconsciousness, possible respiratory inhibition or arrest.

4.3 Skin contact Immediately take off all contaminated clothing and footwear. Flush effected area with copious quantities of water. Seek medical advice. SYMPTOMS AND EFFECTS: mild irritation, degreasing, absorption, eruption and blistering. 4.4 Eye contact Immediately flush eyes with clean lukewarm water and continue flushing for at least 15 minutes – keep the eyelids widely apart and flush thoroughly with mild water stream from the inner to the outer canthus. Seek medical advice. SYMPTOMS AND EFFECTS: severe irritation, cornea damage. 4.5 Swallowing Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person, just put patient into a stabilized position. Seek medical advice immediately. SYMPTOMS AND EFFECTS: nausea, vomiting, convulsions, irregular heartbeat.

Section 5 – FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

5.1 Suitable extinguishing media: Use water spray or fog nozzle to keep container cool. Move container away from fire if there is no risk.

http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/search


http://ecb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/esis/



Page 6 of 12

5.2 Extinguishing media to be avoided Not applicable

5.3 Caution about specific danger in case of fire and fire-fighting

procedures Danger of violent reaction or explosion. Vapours may travel considerable far distances and cause subsequent ignition. Vapours are heavier than air, may cumulate along the ground and in enclosed spaces – danger of explosion. Do not empty into drains. When burning, it emits carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and irritant fumes. Containers with the substance exposed to excessive heat may explode. May polymerize exothermically if heated or contaminated. If the polymerization takes place inside a container, the container may rupture violently. Vapors may burn inside a container. Under prolonged exposure to fire or heat the containers may rupture violently and rocket. 5.4 Special protective equipment for fire-fighters Wear full protective fire-resistant clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus. Vapors may react violently with caustic soda, hydrated lime (quicklime), magnesium chloride, ammonia, alcohols and amines. Most materials other than stainless steel or nickel will cause polymerization or decomposition. Decomposition may cause exothermic rearrangement.

Section 6 –ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

6.1 Person-related safety precautions Isolate hazard area. Evacuate all unauthorized personnel not participating in rescue operations from the area. Avoid entry into danger area. Remove all possible sources of ignition. Stop traffic and switch off the motors of the engines. Do not smoke and do not handle with naked flame. Use explosion-proof lamps and non-sparking tools. Avoid contact with the substance. Apply recommended full protective personal equipment. When escaping from the contaminated area, wear mask with cartridge against organic vapours. In case of general average, evacuate personnel from danger area. In places under the ground level and in enclosed spaces (including drains) risk of explosion and accumulation of toxic vapours. 6.2 Precautions for protection of the environment Prevent from further leaks of substance. Do not allow substance to enter soil, water and sewage systems. In case of substance discharge to water courses or water containers, inform water consumers immediately, stop service and exploitation of water. 6.3 Recommended methods for cleaning and disposal Pump off substance safely, soak up residues with compatible porous material and forward for disposal in closed containers. Dispose off under valid legal waste regulations.

Section 7 –HANDLING AND STORAGE

7.1 Information for safe handling Observe all fire-fighting measures (no smoking, do not handle with naked flame and remove all possible sources of ignition). Take precautionary measures against static discharges. Wear recommended personal protective equipment and observe instructions to prevent possible contact of substance with skin and eyes and



Page 7 of 12

inhalation. Avoid leak to environment. Vapors are heavier than air. 7.2 Information for storage Storerooms should meet the requirements for the fire safety of constructions and electrical facilities and should be in conformity with valid regulations. Store in cool, well-ventilated place with effective exhaust, away from heat and all sources of ignition. Store in tightly closed container. Do not store together with oxidizing agents. Take precautionary measures against static discharges. Avoid leak to environment. May polymerize exothermically if heated or contaminated. If the polymerization takes place inside a container, the container may rupture violently. Vapors may burn inside a container. 7.3 Information for specific use Not applicable.

Section 8 –EXPOSURE CONTROL & PERSONAL PROTECTION

8.1 Occupational Exposure Limits: Material Source Type ppm mg/m3 Notation

ETHYLENE OXIDE

ACGIH TWA 1 ACGIH STEL 5 ACGIH SKIN_DES TWA NA NIOSH IDLH NA OSHA TWA 1 OSHA STEL 5

NA: Data not available DATA REFERENCE: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/search. Provide adequate ventilation when using the material and follow the principles of good occupational hygiene to control personal exposure. Recommended determination method in the work place atmosphere: gas chromatography, detector tube.

8.2 Occupational exposure controls

Collective protection measures: General and local ventilation, effective exhaust. Individual protection measures: Personal protective equipment (PPE) for the protection of eyes, hands and skin corresponding with the performed labour has to be kept at disposition for the employees. In cases, where the workplace exposure control limits cannot be observed with the help of technical equipment or where it is not possible to ensure that the respiratory system exposure does not represent a health hazard for the personnel, adequate respiratory protection have to be kept at disposition. In the case of continuous use of this equipment during constant work, safety breaks have to be scheduled, if the PPE-character requires this. All PPE have to be kept in disposable state and the damaged or contaminated equipment has to be replaced immediately. RECOMMENDED PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE):

HANDS EYES BODY RESPIRATORY

Respiratory protection: If the exposure limit is exceeded and engineering controls are not feasible, wear a supplied air, full-face piece respirator, airline hood, or full face piece self-contained breathing apparatus. protective mask with canister A (brown coloured, protecting against organic vapours), self-contained breathing




Page 8 of 12

apparatus.

Eye protection: Use chemical safety goggles and/or a full face shield where splashing is possible. Maintain eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work area. Hand protection: Wear gloves of impervious material. Body protection: Wear impervious protective clothing, including boots, gloves, lab coat, apron or coveralls, as appropriate, to prevent skin contact. Protective coverall antistatic design recommended, impervious when handling big amounts (nitrile rubber), sealed leather footwear (free from synthetic adhesives) Hygiene Measures: Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly after handling. Appropriate techniques should be used to remove potentially contaminated clothing. Wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are close to the workstation location.

8.3 Environmental exposure controls Proceed in accordance with valid air and water legislative regulations. Engineering measures: Use only with adequate ventilation. If user operations generate dust, fumes, vapor or mist, use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep worker exposure to airborne contaminants below any recommended limits. The engineering controls also need to keep gas, vapor or dust concentrations below any lower explosive limits. Use explosion-proof ventilation equipment.

Section 9 –PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance Liquid, colourless or light yellow Odour Characteristic Solubility in water Completely soluble in water above 11.4

°C Relative Density (H2O=1) @ 0°C 0.882 Boiling Point °C 10.7 °C Melting Point °C -111 °C Relative Vapour Density (Air=1) 1.5 Flash point °C 0°C Open cup Auto ignition °C 440 °C Vapour pressure (mmHg) @ 25 °C 1.4 Molecular weight 44.06 Explosive limits in air % by volume LEL 3% UEL 100% PH NA Viscosity mPa.s @10 °C 0.254 Pour point NA Evaporation rate (ether=1) NA Octanol/water partition coefficient log Kow -0.30 % volatile NA NA: NOT AVAILABLE DATA REFERENCE http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/search: "http://ptcl.chem.ox.ac.uk/"




Page 9 of 12

Section 10 –CHEMICAL STABILITY AND REACTIVITY INFORMATION

10.1 Conditions to avoid

Concentrations within the explosion limits, sources of ignition, high temperature, sun radiation. 10.2 Material to avoid AIR AND WATER REACTIONS: Highly flammable. Flammable over a wide vapor-air concentration range. Must be diluted on the order of 24 to 1 with water to lose flammability. Soluble in water. Highly flammable, severe explosion hazard when exposed to flame. The autoignition temperature may be as low as 140° C in presence of rust. Rapid compression of the vapor with air causes explosion. Ethylene oxide vapor may be initiated into explosive decomposition in absence of air [Hess, L. G., et al., Ind. Eng. Chem., 1950, 42, p. 1251]. Metal fittings containing magnesium, copper or silver should be avoided, since traces of acetylene in ethylene oxide may produce metal acetylides capable of detonating the vapor [MCA SD-38, 1971]. Violent polymerization occurs on contact with strong bases (alkali hydroxides, ammonia) or acids, amines, metallic potassium, oxides (aluminum oxide, iron oxide, rust), covalent halides (aluminum chloride, ferric chloride, tin(IV) chloride) [Gupta, A. K., J. Soc. Chem. Ind., 1949, 68, p. 179]. Violent reaction with m-nitroaniline, magnesium perchlorate, mercaptans, thiols, triethylamine [Bretherick, 5th ed., 1995, p. 316]. Ethylene oxide and SO2 can react violently in pyridine solution with pressurization if ethylene oxide is in excess (Nolan, 1983, Case History 51). REACTIVE GROUPS: Epoxides 10.3 Hazardous decomposition products: Pure EO decomposes explosively if detonated, ignited or heated to about 560 °C, even in absence of air. Polymerization: Very susceptible to polymerization initiated at ambient temperature by acids, bases or catalysts such as anhydrous Chlorides or Iron, Aluminium, Tin, and metal oxides. Iron rust must be removed from any equipment containing Ethylene oxide. The polymerization is exothermic. Thermal initiatation startsat around 100 Cand once started will be promoted by Iron. If the remperature is not controlled the polymerization will self accelerate causing vapourization of unreacted ethylene oxide and possibly explosive decomposition of the vapour. Slow polymerization can also occure , producing solid polymer, which is thermally stable.

Section 11 –TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

11.1 Acute effects

Toxic substance with carcinogenic and mutagenic effects. Acute intoxication leads to central nervous system attenuation and narcotic effects occur. After swallowing possibility of aspiration (passage into the lung) and danger of chemical pneumonia (pulmonary oedema). Product irritates eyes and skin. High vapour concentrations irritate respiratory system and eyes and may lead to fast coma and death. Liquid is absorbed through skin and may develop allergic eruption. Acute toxicity data:

Parameter Route Species Values Exposure period LD50 Oral Rat 330 mg/Kg Not applicable

LC50 Inhalation Rat 1460 ppm 4 hours



Page 10 of 12

Data Reference: http://ptcl.chem.ox.ac.uk/, http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/search. 11.2 Repeated dose toxicity Chronic effects cause bone marrow damage, haemopoiesis disorder and may develop leukaemia. 11.3 Sensitisation May cause skin allergy. 11.4 CMR effects (carcinogenity, mutagenicity, toxicity for reproduction) Proved carcinogenic effects for humans. Substance has mutagenic effects. 11.5 Toxicokinetics, metabolism, distribution: NA.

Section 12 –ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

12.1 Ecotoxicity data:

Parameter Route Species Values Exposure period

LC50 Inhalation Gold fish 90 mg/L 24 hours

"http://ptcl.chem.ox.ac.uk/" http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/search

12.2 Mobility: NA

12.3 Persistence and degradability: Ethylene oxide hydrolyzes to ethylene

glycol. Biodegradation is expected in a wastewater treatment plant. 12.4 Bioaccumulative potential: NA 12.5 Results of PBT assessment Persistence and Degradation: Photo-degrade in air. 12.6 Other adverse effects: Environmental Fate: A high adsorptive in soil is expected.

Section 13– DISPOSAL CONSIDERATION

Local Legislation: Disposal should be in accordance with applicable regional, national, and local laws and regulations. This product should not be dumped, spilled, rinsed or washed into sewers or public waterways.

13.1 Recommended disposal methods for the substance / preparation Product reuse or disposal in accordance with valid waste legislative regulations. 13.2 Recommended disposal methods for contaminated packaging Product is transported in tank-vehicles. 13.3 Waste management measures that control exposure of humans and environment Proceed in accordance with valid health, air and water legislative regulations. 13.4 Waste regulation: Follow local regulation.

Section 14– TRANSPORT INFORMATION

International Transport Regulation: ADR/RID (Road/Rail), IMDG (Sea) and ICAO/IATA (Air) 14.1 Proper Shipping Name: Ethylene Oxide

Hazard Class: 2.3, Flammable Liquid

http://ptcl.chem.ox.ac.uk/




Page 11 of 12

UN Number: 1040

Packing Group: II

Emergency Action Code: 2PE 14.2 Special transport precautionary measures: Not applicable.

Section 15– REGULATORY INFORMATION

MSDS format on a 16 Section based on guidance provided in: Indian Regulation: Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rule, 1989. The Factories Act 1948 International Regulations: European SDS Directive ANSI MSDS Standard ISO 11014-1 1994 WHMIS Requirements United States Hazard Communication Standard Canada Hazardous Products Act and Controlled Products Regulations Europe Dangerous Substance and Preparations Directives Australia National Model Regulations for the Control of Workplace Hazardous Substances The Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals endorsed by The UN Economic and Social Council

*RISK PHRASES: R 12 Extremely Flammable, R 23 Toxic by inhalation, R 45 May cause cancer, R 46 may cause heritable genetic damage, R 36/37/38 Irritating to eyes ,respiratory system & skin

*SAFETY PHRASES: S45 In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately, S53 Avoid exposure – obtain special instruction before use. May cause cancer, flammable, Toxic: danger of serious damage to health by prolonged exposure *These standard risk and safety phrases for use when interpreting Material Safety data Sheets are derived from the European Union Regulation, CHIP Regulations - Chemicals (Hazard Information and Packaging for Supply). They are required to be used in Materials Safety Data Sheets to identify potential hazards and offer safe handling advice.

Section 16 – OTHER INFORMATION

Training instructions Personnel handling the product has to be acquainted demonstrably with its hazardous properties, with health and environmental protection principles related to the product and first aid principles. Tremcard details/Reference: Refer Section 14



Page 12 of 12

Local bodies involved (Applicable only with in India): Local District Authority and Local Crisis Group Sources of data used to compile the Material Safety Data Sheet Data compilation reference: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health guide to chemical hazards and International Chemical Safety Cards (WHO/IPCS/ILO) and http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/search, http://webnet3.oecd.org/eChemPortal/Results2.aspx?SubstanceId=169630, . http://ecb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/esis/index.php?PGM=ein, http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/npg/npgd0049.html MSDS Revision Status:

Date of Revision Revised Sections Supercedes Sep. 01, 2009 Format revised Feb. 01, 2008 Sep. 01, 2011 Section 4 (4.3) Sep. 01, 2009

This MSDS is issued by the Centre for HSE Excellence, Reliance Industries Limited Contact Details: For any enquiry/comment regarding this Material Safety Data Sheet, kindly contact the Centre for HSE Excellence at [email protected]. Disclaimer: Reliance Industries Ltd, believes that the information and recommendations contained herein (including data and statements) are accurate as of the date hereof. NO WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IS MADE CONCERNING THE INFORMATION PROVIDED HEREIN. The information provided herein relates only to the specific product designated and may not be applicable where such product is used in combination with any other materials or in any process. Company will not take any warrantee if this product is used in a manner inconsistent with its labeling. Further, since the conditions and methods of use are beyond the control of RIL, expressly disclaims any and all liability as to any results obtained or arising from any use of the product or reliance on such information.

End of MSDS


http://webnet3.oecd.org/eChemPortal/Results2.aspx?SubstanceId=169630

http://ecb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/esis/index.php?PGM=ein

http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/npg/npgd0049.html

Material Safety Data Sheet Castor Oil

MSDS# 04358Section 1 - Chemical Product and Company Identification

MSDS Name: Castor Oil Catalog Numbers: O46-4 Synonyms: Ricinus Oil; Castor Oil Aromatic

Company Identification: Fisher ScientificOne Reagent LaneFair Lawn, NJ 07410

For information in the US, call: 201-796-7100Emergency Number US: 201-796-7100CHEMTREC Phone Number, US: 800-424-9300

Section 2 - Composition, Information on Ingredients ----------------------------------------CAS#: 8001-79-4 Chemical Name: Castor Oil %: 100EINECS#: 232-293-8 ----------------------------------------

Hazard Symbols: None listed Risk Phrases: None listed

Section 3 - Hazards Identification EMERGENCY OVERVIEW

Caution! May cause eye and skin irritation. May cause respiratory and digestive tract irritation. Target Organs: None. Potential Health EffectsEye: May cause eye irritation. Skin: May cause skin irritation. Ingestion: Ingestion of large amounts may cause gastrointestinal irritation. Inhalation: May cause respiratory tract irritation. Chronic: No information found.

Section 4 - First Aid Measures

Eyes: Flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. If irritation develops, get medical aid.

Skin: Flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical aid if irritation develops or persists. Wash clothing before reuse.

Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Get medical aid. Do NOT induce vomiting. If conscious and alert, rinse mouth and drink 2-4 cupfuls of milk or water.

Inhalation: Remove from exposure and move to fresh air immediately. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical aid if cough or other symptoms appear.

Notes to Physician:

Section 5 - Fire Fighting Measures

General Information:

As in any fire, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus in pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent), and full protective gear. During a fire, irritating and highly toxic gases may be generated by thermal decomposition or combustion.

Extinguishing Media:

Use agent most appropriate to extinguish fire. Use water spray, dry chemical, carbon dioxide, or appropriate foam.

Autoignition Temperature: 449 deg C ( 840.20 deg F)

Flash Point: 229 deg C ( 444.20 deg F) Explosion Limits:

Lower: Not available

Explosion Limits: Upper: Not available

NFPA Rating: health: 1; flammability: 1; instability: 0; Section 6 - Accidental Release Measures

General Information: Use proper personal protective equipment as indicated in Section 8.

Spills/Leaks:Absorb spill with inert material (e.g. vermiculite, sand or earth), then place in suitable container. Avoid runoff into storm sewers and ditches which lead to waterways. Clean up spills immediately, observing precautions in the Protective Equipment section. Provide ventilation.

Section 7 - Handling and Storage

Handling: Wash thoroughly after handling. Use with adequate ventilation. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and clothing. Keep container tightly closed. Avoid ingestion and inhalation.

Storage: Store in a tightly closed container. Keep from contact with oxidizing materials. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances.

Section 8 - Exposure Controls, Personal Protection +-------------------- +------------------- +------------------- +----------------- + | Chemical Name | ACGIH | NIOSH |OSHA - Final PELs| |-------------------- |------------------- |------------------- |----------------- | | Castor Oil |none listed |none listed |none listed |+-------------------- +------------------- +------------------- +----------------- +

OSHA Vacated PELs: Castor Oil: None listed Engineering Controls:

Use adequate ventilation to keep airborne concentrations low. Exposure LimitsPersonal Protective Equipment

Eyes: Wear appropriate protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles as described by OSHA's eye and face protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133 or European Standard EN166.

Skin: Wear appropriate protective gloves to prevent skin exposure. Clothing: Wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin exposure.

Respirators:Follow the OSHA respirator regulations found in 29 CFR 1910.134 or European Standard EN 149. Use a NIOSH/MSHA or European Standard EN 149 approved respirator if exposure limits are exceeded or if irritation or other symptoms are experienced.

Section 9 - Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical State: LiquidColor: pale-yellow Odor: characteristic odor

pH: Not available Vapor Pressure: Negligible. Vapor Density: Not available

Evaporation Rate: >1 (ether=1) Viscosity: Not available

Boiling Point: 313 deg C ( 595.40°F)Freezing/Melting Point: -10 deg C ( 14.00°F)

Decomposition Temperature: Not available

Not available

Solubility in water: Insoluble in water

Specific Gravity/Density: 0.959 Molecular Formula: Mixture. Molecular Weight: 0 Section 10 - Stability and Reactivity

Chemical Stability: Stable. Conditions to Avoid: Incompatible materials, excess heat. Incompatibilities with Other Materials Not available Hazardous Decomposition Products Carbon monoxide, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide. Hazardous Polymerization Has not been reported.

Section 11 - Toxicological Information RTECS#: CAS# 8001-79-4: FI4100000

LD50/LC50:

RTECS: CAS# 8001-79-4: Draize test, rabbit, eye: 500 mg Mild; Draize test, rabbit, skin: 100 mg/24H Severe;.

Carcinogenicity: Castor Oil - Not listed as a carcinogen by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, or CA Prop 65. Other: See actual entry in RTECS for complete information.

Section 12 - Ecological Information

Section 13 - Disposal Considerations Dispose of in a manner consistent with federal, state, and local regulations.

Section 14 - Transport Information US DOTShipping Name: Not regulated as a hazardous material Hazard Class: UN Number: Packing Group: Canada TDGShipping Name: Not available Hazard Class: UN Number: Packing Group:

Section 15 - Regulatory Information European/International Regulations

European Labeling in Accordance with EC DirectivesHazard Symbols:Not available Risk Phrases:

Safety Phrases:S 28A After contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of water. S 37 Wear suitable gloves. S 45 In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the label where possible).

WGK (Water Danger/Protection)CAS# 8001-79-4: 1

CanadaCAS# 8001-79-4 is listed on Canada's DSL ListCanadian WHMIS Classifications: Not controlled.

This product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products Regulations and the MSDS contains all of the information required by those regulations. CAS# 8001-79-4 is listed on Canada's Ingredient Disclosure List

US FederalTSCA

CAS# 8001-79-4 is listed on the TSCA Inventory.

Section 16 - Other Information MSDS Creation Date: 9/24/1998

Revision #6 Date 7/20/2009

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, we make no warranty of merchantibility or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information for their particular purposes. In no event shall the company be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or for lost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential, or exemplary damages howsoever arising, even if the company has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material Safety Data Sheet

1 / 9

China Man-Made Fiber Corporation Product Name: Nonylphenol

I. Identification of the Substance / Preparation and Company

Product Information: Nonylphenol

Other Information: -

Suggested Use and Prohibitions: Non-ionic surfactant , Lubricating oil additive , Bacatericide ,

Polymer anti-oxidant. Water environment harm material

Information on Producer/Supplier Name, Addresses, Phone:

China Man-made Fiber Corporation Kaohsiung Plant

8, Ching Chien Road, Dashe Township, Kaohsiung County, Taiwan, R.O.C

Tel : (886)-7-3512161 ~ 9

Emergency Phone: (886)-7-3512161 ~ 9 Fax: (886)-7-3513035

II. Hazard Identification

Hazard Category:

Class 4 acute toxic substance (ingestion), class 1 skin corrosive/irritating substance, class 1

serious eye injury/irritation substance, class 2 reproduction toxic substance, class 1 water

environment harm substance(Slow toxicity)

Labeled Contents:

Symbols:

Warning sign: Dangerous

Hazard Warning Information:

1. The pyrolysis produces the irritant smog, mainly exposes the way for the skin, the

eye contact and the inspiration vapor

2. Ingestion to the human body causes the harm

3. In the high potency produces under the vapor will cause the eye or the respiratory

tract has the pricking

4. The short time exposure will cause the skin stabbing pain and once burnt; The long

time exposure will cause two degrees to burn

5. Possible to affect the embryo and to reduce the birth ability

Hazard Prevention Measures:

1. The operational site refuses to smoke or the diet

2. According to request use individual protection apparatus

3. After the work, must wash the hands thoroughly

4. The work area should be clean

5. Avoids inhaling the vapor or the smog

Other Hazards:


2 / 9


1. The adding water biology has the toxicity, causes the aquatic environment ecology

long-term characteristic harm

2. May initiate the breast cancer, the testicle cancer, the endometrium unusual

proliferation, to suppress the immunity, the nerve behavior change and so on

III. Composition / Information on Ingredients (Single)

English Name: Nonylphenol

Synonyms: Hydroxy No. 253、NONYL PHENOL、NP、PHENOL, NONYL-、PREVOSTSEL

VON-100、p-Nonylphenol, branched、Phenol, 4-nonyl-, branched、4-t-Nonylphenol

Chemical Abstracts Number (CAS NO.): 25154-52-3、84852-15-3

Percentage for Chemical Ingredient (%):100

IV. First Aid Measures

Emergency and First Aid Procedures:

Inhalation:

1. If the patient realizes soberly, gives the milk or the water, and as fast as possible delivers

the medicine

2. Carries on with the massive clear water rinses mouth, do not carry on urges to spit

Ingestion:

1. Moves the patient to the air circulation place

2. If has the scant of breath, then provides the oxygen

3. Pays attention to the patient wounded to rest with maintains warmth

4. Delivers the medicine immediately

Eye Contact:

1. Opens the eyelid immediately, flushes 15 minutes continually by the clear water

2. As fast as possible delivers medical handling

3. If eyes wear contact glasses should be take down immediately

Skin Contact:

1. Immediately by massive clear water flushing body and clothing

2. Takes off the pollution clothes and the shoe, by soap and clear water clean body

exposition spot

3. As fast as possible delivers the medicine, asks the medical care personnel to continue to

sickness to carry on looks after

Major Disease and Harm Effects:


3 / 9


Burns, the cough, the scant of breath, the sore throat, consciousness unclear and the skin

inflammation. The high potency produces under the vapor will cause the eye or the

respiratory tract has the slight pricking, the short time exposure will cause the skin stabbing

pain and once burnt; The long time exposure will cause second burn

First-Aid Personal Protection:

1. The first-aid personnels must understand involves the material, protects itself and takes

the measure

2. When necessity matches the belt positive pressure from to take along the type respirator

and to put on chemistry protective suit

3. Cannot use the mouth suitable artificial respiration law, suggested grants when the

artificial respiration the use has cone-way valve's pocket face guard or other suitable

auxiliary breath medical supplies

Prompt to Doctor:

1. The nonyl phenol by way of the lungs or the skin absorption, the harm influence initial

period previous 18 hours, will cause the esophagus, the upper respiratory tract to the

human body to burn, and will present the hypotension, the palpitation accelerates and

twitches the phenomenon, when necessity use vasopressor and antiarrhythmic to remedy.

2. Observes the patient and wounded breathes the situation, when the necessity uses

treatments respirator, intubation and intravenous injection and so on.

3. Ingestion may using the gastric lavage, the activated carbon and the vegetables rapeseed

oil and so on slows down the human body absorption

V. Fire Fighting Measure

Urgent Strain Principle of Management

Principle of management 153

Suitable Extinguishing Media:

1. Cannot the water used spray the material itself directly, may use the ethyl alcohol froth,

chemistry dried powder, the carbon dioxide and the Pipefish fire-extinguishing control fire

intensity.

2. Spray the water cooling exposes by the mist in the scene the storage tank or the vessel

flank.

Flame ：

Use chemistry dried powder, the carbon dioxide or water spray control fire intensity


4 / 9


Fire：

Use chemistry dried powder, the carbon dioxide, Dry sand, anti-ethyl alcohol froth or water

spray control fire intensity

Surrounds the collection fire prevention water used, treats the following handling; Cannot

scatter the divulging material

Special Exposure Hazards:

When pyrolysis, will discharge the pungent smog and the irritant poison gas.

Special Extinguishing Procedure:

1. Retreat and extinguish the fire from a safe distance or protected area.

2. Place at upwind position to avoid hazardous vapor and irritant resolvent.

3. Avoids of reservoir vessel the close possible heating.

4. Under the safe condition permission, the reservoir vessel will be far away from the fire

hazard.

Special Protection Equipment:

Suggested that fire fighters must wear class B chemical-resistant protective outfits and air

respirators (When necessity in addition anti-dodges the fire aluminum nature to throw over

the duplicate coat).

VI. Accidental Release Measures

Personal Protection:

1. Restrict personnel from entering the leaking area until completely cleaned.

2. Make sure that only trained personnel are allowed to clean up.

3. Wear appropriate personal protection equipment.

Environmental Protection:

1. Remove all ignition sources.

2. Ventilate and change the air in this area.

3. Reports the government safety and health and the environmental protection unit

concerned.

4. Prevents to enter in the drain.

Methods for Cleaning Up:

1. Do not touch the leaking substance.

2. Prevent the spilled substances from entering the drainage or closed spaces.

3. May using lime (CaO), the limestone (CaCO3) or the sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3)

carries on the sum

4. Water spray and the mist reduction vapor, avoids the waste water contact leaking

substance.


5 / 9


VII. Handling and Storage

Handling:

1. Uses the stainless steel, the metal and the revertex system vessel elected.

2. Avoids with the oxidant contact.

3.The vessel maintains airtight.

Storage:

1. Suggestion storage in initial vessel

2. Stores up decides elected dry, cool and ventilates the good place

3. Is far away from the oxidized substance

4. The reservoir vessel avoids receiving the physical property destruction

5. Is far away from the heat source and the sunlight perpendicular incidence

6. Inspects regularly whether to have divulging or the overflow

7. Storage in corrosion resistance and in anti-spoiled lining's vessel

VIII. Exposure Control / Personal Protection

Engineering Control:

1. The working environment should have the partial exhaust and the vent

2. If in the working environment presents the smog, must use the breath preventer

3. The warehouse or the airtight space must provide enough ventilation

Control Factor

TWA STEL CEILING BEIS

－－－－

Personal Protection Equipment:

Respiratory Protection:

The air feed type breathes against equipment maintenance or the air respirator

(self-contained breathing apparatus)

Hand Protection:

Wearing Chlorbutene rubber，Nitrate material quality Leak-proof gloves and so on

Eye Protection:

1. Safety glasses

2. Chemical safety goggles.

Skin & Body Protection:

Above-mentioned whole-body protective outfit 、work boots and urgent flusher

Hygiene Procedures:

1. After work, remove the contaminated clothes as quickly as possible. Throw away or wash


6 / 9


clothes thoroughly before wearing again. Notify the laundry personnel of the danger of the

contaminated clothes.

2. Smoking and eating are strictly prohibited in work areas.

3. Wash hands thoroughly after handling this substance.

4. Keep the work area clean.

IX. Physical and Chemical Properties / Characteristics

Appearance: colorless to yellow (straw color)

corrosive liquid

Odor: light phenol odor

Odor threshold: － Melting point: －

pH value: － Boiling Point / Boiling Range: - ℃

Flammability (solid, gas): flammable gas Flash Point: 141 ℃

Test Method: Close Cup Decomposition Temperature: －

Spontaneous Temperature: － Exposure Limits: －% ~ －%

Vapor Pressure: 2.36×10-5

mmHg (25 ℃) Vapor Density: 7.59

Specific Gravity: 0.95 (20 ℃) Solubility: 6.35 mg/L (25 ℃)

Log kow: 5.71 (20 ℃) Percent volatile: -

X. Stability and Reactivity

Stability: Stable under normal conditions.

Special Conditions of Hazardous Reaction: －

Conditions to Avoid: －

Incompatibility: Avoids with the oxidant contact

Hazardous Decomposition Products: Pungent smog and irritant poison gas

XI. Toxicological Information

Exposure route: ingestion, inhalation, eye contact and skin contact

Symptoms:

Burns, the cough, the scant of breath, the sore throat, consciousness unclear and the skin

inflammation. If may cause by the human body absorption the night sweating, thirsty,

disgusting, the vomit, the diarrhea, the spirit absent minded, the blood pressure to drop, takes

a breath, the abdominal pain, anemia, to twitch excessively, the stupor, the lungs to be

tumescent and the inflammation and may cause the respiratory failure and the kidney harm

Acute Toxicity:

Inhalation:

1. Creates the upper respiratory tract slight uncomfortableness

2. If by way of the lungs absorption, will make a sneak attack the cardiovascular and

the nervous system

Ingestion:


7 / 9


1. Harms the stomach saying that the massive food enter cause the serious mucous

membrane harm and possibly cause the harm to the personnel

2. May cause the digesting system harm

Eye contact:

1. Creates slightly to the serious eye stimulation, the pinkeye, the ache and the vision

blurring

2. Possibly causes the eye overall or the partial permanent harm

3. Causes the serious stimulation to the eye to cause the inflammation, redundant or

under long time exposition stimulation, will cause the conjunctivitis

Skin contact:

Creates the uncomfortableness to the skin and possibly causes to burn

LD50 (test animal, absorption route): 1600 mg/L (Mouse, ingestion)

2140 mg/L (Rabbit, ingestion)

LC50 (test animal, absorption route): 0.164(0.145~0.186) mg/L/48H (dace class)

0.137(0.34~.0140) mg/L/72H (dace class)

0.135(0.098~0.187) mg/L/96H (dace class)

3.0 mg/L/96H (Shellfish)

0.56~0.92 mg/L/96H (Red trout class)

Chronic:

1. The long-term exposition will cause the skin to burn

2. The appetite and the body weight reduce

3. Weak

4. Muscles ache

5. Liver harm

6. The skin breaks out

7. Diarrhea

8. Complication

9. Headache

10. Dizzy

11. Skin and eye color deterioration

12. Liver and kidney harm

XII. Ecological Information

Eco-toxicity:

LC50 (Fish): 0.164(0.145~0.186) mg/L/48H (dace class)

0.137(0.34~.0140) mg/L/72H (dace class)

0.135(0.098~0.187) mg/L/96H (dace class)

0.56~0.92 mg/L/96H (Red trout class)

EC50 (aquatic invertebrates): -


8 / 9


Bio-concentration Factor (BCF): 2~350

Durability and Degradability:

1. The nonyl phenol manufacturing and uses takes the non-ionic surface active agent, the oil

dope, the disinfectant, oxidation inhibitor of the polymer, may abandon the pipeline

emissions by way of each kind to the environment

2. In atmosphere gaseity nonyl phenol permeable photochemical reaction then subduction,

but granular may wet and the dry subsidence removes from the atmosphere. If discharges

to the soil in is not easy to move, if discharges to the water body, and the settling has the

very strong adsorptive attraction to the suspended solid

3. The nonyl phenol does not have any settling including 1.0 ppm the river or the pond water

sample, under the temperature 16℃ condition in the loop system, the half-life is 16 days;

In the open system its half-life is 2.5 days

Half-life (air): 7.5 hrs

Half-life (water surface): 2.5 days

Half-life (underground water): －

Half-life (soil): －

Biological Accumulation:

The adding water biology has the toxicity, causes the aquatic environment ecology long-term

characteristic harm

Fluidity in soil: When released into the soil, it is not easy to move

Other adverse effects:

1. Possibly causes the harm to the embryo or the embryo

2. The masculine zoosperm number and reproduction ability reduce

3. The adding water biology has the toxicity, will possibly cause the long-term harm function

to the aquatic environment ecology

XIII. Disposal Information

Disposal Information:

Feeds in the crematory, the increase flammability resolver carries on cremated processing

XIV. Transport Information

The United Nations Number (UN No.): 3145

UN Transport Name: Liquid state alkyl phenol

Transport Hazard Classification:

1. UNDG Class：8 (American Ministry of Communications)

2. ICAO/IATA Class：8 (International shipping organization)

3. IMDG Class：8 (International marine transportation organization)

Packaging Category:

1. UNDG Class：III (American Ministry of Communications)


9 / 9


2. ICAO/IATA Class：III (International shipping organization)

3. IMDG Class：III (International marine transportation organization)

Marine Pollutant (Yes/No): －

Special Transport Way and Note: ICAO/IATA Class：A3 (International shipping organization)

XV. Regulation Information

Apply Regulation:

1. Enforcement Rules of the Labor Safety and Health Act.

2. Regulations of Hazard Communication on Dangerous and Harmful Material.

3. Standards for the Storage, Clearance, and Disposal of Industrial Waste.

4. Toxic Chemical Substances Control Act.

5. Traffic Safety Regulations.

6. Public Hazardous Materials and Flammable Pressurized Gases Establishment Standards

and Safety Control Regulations.

XVI. Other Information

Reference 1. Council of Labor Affairs, Executive Yuan, Taiwan, GHS in Taiwan website.

http://ghs.cla.gov.tw/tw/ghs_main.asp

Responsible

Department

Name: China Man-made Fiber Corporation Kaohsiung Plant

Address: 8, Ching Chien Road, Dashe Township, Kaohsiung County, Taiwan,

R.O.C

Tel: (886)-7-3512161~ 9

Prepared by Title: Director Name(Signature): Lin Shih Chiang

Date 2010/03/11

Note The "-" symbol in the text above indicates that there is no current available data

while the "/" symbol indicates that this field is not applicable to this substance.

Aldrich - 384445 Page 1 of 7

SIGMA-ALDRICH sigma-aldrich.com SAFETY DATA SHEET

according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 Version 5.2 Revision Date 02.01.2015

Print Date 10.01.2015 GENERIC EU MSDS - NO COUNTRY SPECIFIC DATA - NO OEL DATA

SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking

1.1 Product identifiers Product name : 4-Octylphenol

Product Number : 384445 Brand : Aldrich REACH No. : A registration number is not available for this substance as the substance

or its uses are exempted from registration, the annual tonnage does not require a registration or the registration is envisaged for a later registration deadline.

CAS-No. : 1806-26-4

1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against

Identified uses : Laboratory chemicals, Manufacture of substances

1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Company : Sigma-Aldrich Chemicals Pvt Limited Plot No 12 Bommasandra - Jigani Link Road 560100 BANGALORE INDIA

Telephone : +91 80-6621 9400 Fax : +91 80-6621 9450

1.4 Emergency telephone number

Emergency Phone # : +91-9880711432

SECTION 2: Hazards identification

2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture

Classification according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 Skin irritation (Category 2), H315 Eye irritation (Category 2), H319

For the full text of the H-Statements mentioned in this Section, see Section 16.

Classification according to EU Directives 67/548/EEC or 1999/45/EC Xi Irritant R36/38

For the full text of the R-phrases mentioned in this Section, see Section 16.

2.2 Label elements

Labelling according Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 Pictogram

Signal word Warning Hazard statement(s) H315 Causes skin irritation. H319 Causes serious eye irritation.


Precautionary statement(s) P305 + P351 + P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove

contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Supplemental Hazard Statements

none

2.3 Other hazards This substance/mixture contains no components considered to be either persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic (PBT), or very persistent and very bioaccumulative (vPvB) at levels of 0.1% or higher.

SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.1 Substances Formula : C14H22O

Molecular weight : 206,32 g/mol CAS-No. : 1806-26-4 EC-No. : 217-302-5 Hazardous ingredients according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008

Component Classification Concentration

p-Octylphenol

CAS-No. EC-No.

1806-26-4 217-302-5

Skin Irrit. 2; Eye Irrit. 2; H315, H319

<= 100 %

Hazardous ingredients according to Directive 1999/45/EC


p-Octylphenol

CAS-No. EC-No.

1806-26-4 217-302-5

Xi, R36/38 <= 100 %

For the full text of the H-Statements and R-Phrases mentioned in this Section, see Section 16

SECTION 4: First aid measures

4.1 Description of first aid measures

General advice Consult a physician. Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.

If inhaled If breathed in, move person into fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. Consult a physician.

In case of skin contact Wash off with soap and plenty of water. Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.

If swallowed Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. Consult a physician.

4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed The most important known symptoms and effects are described in the labelling (see section 2.2) and/or in section 11

4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No data available


SECTION 5: Firefighting measures

5.1 Extinguishing media

Suitable extinguishing media Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.

5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Carbon oxides

5.3 Advice for firefighters Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.

5.4 Further information No data available

SECTION 6: Accidental release measures

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures Use personal protective equipment. Avoid dust formation. Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas. Ensure adequate ventilation. Avoid breathing dust. For personal protection see section 8.

6.2 Environmental precautions Do not let product enter drains.

6.3 Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up Pick up and arrange disposal without creating dust. Sweep up and shovel. Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

6.4 Reference to other sections For disposal see section 13.

SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1 Precautions for safe handling Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid formation of dust and aerosols. Provide appropriate exhaust ventilation at places where dust is formed. For precautions see section 2.2.

7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Store in cool place. Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.

7.3 Specific end use(s) Apart from the uses mentioned in section 1.2 no other specific uses are stipulated

SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection

8.1 Control parameters

Components with workplace control parameters

8.2 Exposure controls

Appropriate engineering controls Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice. Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment

Eye/face protection Safety glasses with side-shields conforming to EN166 Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection Handle with gloves. Gloves must be inspected prior to use. Use proper glove removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product. Dispose of


contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices. Wash and dry hands. The selected protective gloves have to satisfy the specifications of EU Directive 89/686/EEC and the standard EN 374 derived from it. Full contact Material: Nitrile rubber Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm Break through time: 480 min Material tested:Dermatril® (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M) Splash contact Material: Nitrile rubber Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm Break through time: 480 min Material tested:Dermatril® (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M) data source: KCL GmbH, D-36124 Eichenzell, phone +49 (0)6659 87300, e-mail [email protected], test method: EN374 If used in solution, or mixed with other substances, and under conditions which differ from EN 374, contact the supplier of the CE approved gloves. This recommendation is advisory only and must be evaluated by an industrial hygienist and safety officer familiar with the specific situation of anticipated use by our customers. It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario. Body Protection impervious clothing, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.

Respiratory protection For nuisance exposures use type P95 (US) or type P1 (EU EN 143) particle respirator.For higher level protection use type OV/AG/P99 (US) or type ABEK-P2 (EU EN 143) respirator cartridges. Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).

Control of environmental exposure Do not let product enter drains.

SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties

9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties

a) Appearance Form: solid

b) Odour No data available

c) Odour Threshold No data available

d) pH No data available

e) Melting point/freezing point

Melting point/range: 44 - 45 °C - lit.

f) Initial boiling point and boiling range

150 °C at 5 hPa - lit.

g) Flash point 113 °C - closed cup

h) Evaporation rate No data available

i) Flammability (solid, gas) No data available

j) Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits

No data available

k) Vapour pressure No data available

l) Vapour density No data available


m) Relative density 0,961 g/mL at 25 °C

n) Water solubility No data available

o) Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water

No data available

p) Auto-ignition temperature

No data available

q) Decomposition temperature

No data available

r) Viscosity No data available

s) Explosive properties No data available

t) Oxidizing properties No data available

9.2 Other safety information No data available

SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity

10.1 Reactivity No data available

10.2 Chemical stability Stable under recommended storage conditions.

10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions No data available

10.4 Conditions to avoid No data available

10.5 Incompatible materials Strong oxidizing agents

10.6 Hazardous decomposition products Other decomposition products - No data available In the event of fire: see section 5

SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1 Information on toxicological effects

Acute toxicity No data available

Skin corrosion/irritation No data available

Serious eye damage/eye irritation No data available

Respiratory or skin sensitisation No data available

Germ cell mutagenicity No data available Carcinogenicity

IARC: No component of this product present at levels greater than or equal to 0.1% is identified as probable, possible or confirmed human carcinogen by IARC.

Reproductive toxicity No data available


Specific target organ toxicity - single exposure No data available

Specific target organ toxicity - repeated exposure No data available

Aspiration hazard No data available

Additional Information RTECS: Not available To the best of our knowledge, the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties have not been thoroughly investigated.

SECTION 12: Ecological information

12.1 Toxicity No data available

12.2 Persistence and degradability No data available

12.3 Bioaccumulative potential No data available

12.4 Mobility in soil No data available

12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment This substance/mixture contains no components considered to be either persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic (PBT), or very persistent and very bioaccumulative (vPvB) at levels of 0.1% or higher.

12.6 Other adverse effects No data available

SECTION 13: Disposal considerations

13.1 Waste treatment methods

Product Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company. Dissolve or mix the material with a combustible solvent and burn in a chemical incinerator equipped with an afterburner and scrubber.

Contaminated packaging Dispose of as unused product.

SECTION 14: Transport information

14.1 UN number ADR/RID: - IMDG: - IATA: -

14.2 UN proper shipping name ADR/RID: Not dangerous goods IMDG: Not dangerous goods IATA: Not dangerous goods

14.3 Transport hazard class(es) ADR/RID: - IMDG: - IATA: -

14.4 Packaging group ADR/RID: - IMDG: - IATA: -

14.5 Environmental hazards ADR/RID: no IMDG Marine pollutant: no IATA: no

14.6 Special precautions for user No data available


SECTION 15: Regulatory information

This safety datasheet complies with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006.

15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture No data available

15.2 Chemical Safety Assessment For this product a chemical safety assessment was not carried out

SECTION 16: Other information

Full text of H-Statements referred to under sections 2 and 3.

Eye Irrit. Eye irritation H315 Causes skin irritation. H319 Causes serious eye irritation. Skin Irrit. Skin irritation

Full text of R-phrases referred to under sections 2 and 3

Xi Irritant R36/38 Irritating to eyes and skin.

Further information Copyright 2014 Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC. License granted to make unlimited paper copies for internal use only. The above information is believed to be correct but does not purport to be all inclusive and shall be used only as a guide. The information in this document is based on the present state of our knowledge and is applicable to the product with regard to appropriate safety precautions. It does not represent any guarantee of the properties of the product. Sigma-Aldrich Corporation and its Affiliates shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from handling or from contact with the above product. See www.sigma-aldrich.com and/or the reverse side of invoice or packing slip for additional terms and conditions of sale.

1/ 5


DODECYLPHENOL Ver. No. 3

Ver. Date 15.07.2005. 1. Identification of the substance and of the company 1.1 Identification of the substance

Trade name

Chemical name

Synonyms

Chemical family

Dodecylphenol

4-Dodecylphenol, branched, mixture of isomers

Para-Dodecylphenol; Tetrapropenylphenol

Alkylphenols

1.2 Use of the substance Raw material for chemical processing, esp. for manufacturing of fuel additives,

surfactants and phenolic resins

1.3 Company identification

Manufacturer

Address

Contact numbers

E-mail

Emergency telephone

PCC Synteza S.A.

ul. Szkolna 15, 47-225 Kędzierzyn – Koźle, POLAND

Tel. No. (+48) 77 4051110; Fax No. (+48) 77 4051133

[email protected]

(+48) 77 4886334

2. Composition / information on ingrediens

Chemical name

Dodecylphenol

CAS No.

27193-86-8

EINECS No.

248-312-8

Content (wt. %)

100

Classification Xi ;

C;

N;

R36/37/38

R34

R50; R53

(Explanation of the phrases – sec. 16)

3. Hazards Identification Health hazards

C; R34

Xi; R36/37/38

Corrosive; Causes burns.

Irritant; Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin.

Environmental hazards

N; R 50 R53

Dangerous for the environment; Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term

adverse effects in the aquatic environment

Fire hazards Flammable liquid; high flash point. Toxic vapors may form in fire.

4. First Aid Measures Route of exposure

- Inhalation

- Skin contact

- Eye contact

- Ingestion

Remove victim from exposure area to fresh air. Seek immediate medical assistance. If

not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen.

Remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin with plenty water and soap. Seek medical

assistance. If victim is injured, clean and dress the wound.

Immediately rinse with clean water for at least 15 min, lifting upper and lower lids. Get

medical attention immediately.

Get medical aid immediately. Do not induce vomiting. If victim is conscious, rinse mouth

and give 2 – 4 cupfuls of milk or water. If victim is unconscious or in convulsions, it is

strictly forbidden to administrate any liquid.

TransTank

DODECYLPHENOL

Ver. No. 3

Ver. Date 15.07.2005.

2/5

5. Fire Fighting Measures Extinguishing media

Not to be used

Special fire hazard

Protective equipment

Carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder, foam, water spray.

Water in a jet

During a fire, hazardous vapor of dodecylphenol and toxic products of incomplete

combustion / thermal decomposition may be generated.

Collect used extinguishing media (esp. water) to avoid the contamination of

sewers/public water.

Full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus.

Accidental Release Measures 6. Personal protection:

Environmental precautions:

Clean – up methods:

Chemical safety goggles; chemical resistant clothing and gloves; mask respirator with

organic vapor cartridge against mist, spray or vapors of dodecylphenol.

Stop release. Prevent contamination of soil, or flow to sewers / public waters. Clean up

spills immediately. Provide appropriate ventilation. Remove all sources of ignition.

Recover large spills. Absorb spill with inert material (absorbing agent, dry sand or

earth). Collect contaminated material into a labeled, closed container for disposal.

7. Handling and Storage Handling

Storage

Use appropriate protection equipment. Avoid contact of product with skin, eye and

clothing. Avoid ingestion and inhalation. Remove contaminated cloth and wash it before

reuse. Provide appropriate ventilation. Wash hands after handling, esp. before eating,

drinking or smoking.

Store in a closed, stainless steel tank, equipped with low-pressure steam coil, under

nitrogen. Store at ambient temperature. Heat it before handling to 500C to reduce

viscosity of dodecylphenol. Store containers (drums etc.) in a cool, dry, well-ventilated

area away from incompatible materials. Used containers should be carefully emptied.

Exposure Controls / Personal Protection Occupational exposure limits No data available.

Personal protection

8.

- Respiratory protection Not necessary in normal conditions, if ventilation is sufficient. Respirator with

organic vapor cartridge in emergency.

- Eye protection

- Skin protection

Use protective goggles or face shield.

Standard issue work clothing, PVC or nitrile rubber gloves.

Industrial hygiene

Hygiene practices

Use proper ventilation to keep vapor concentrations low.

Emergency eye wash fountains and safety showers should be available in the

immediate vicinity of any potential exposure.

Promptly remove contaminated clothing. Wash hands and face after handling the

product. Avoid ingestion, inhalation and splashing / spraying of eye and skin.

9. Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical state (250C)

Colour

Smell

Density (200C)

Viscosity

Freezing point

Boiling point

Flash point

Autoignition temperature

Solubility in water

Other solvents

Partition coefficient octanol / water

Vapor relative density

Vapor pressure at 250C

Viscous liquid

Colorless or pale yellow to brownish

Mild, phenolic

0,94 g/cm3

7120 mPa.s (200C); 195 mPa.s (500C)

ca. 00C

303 - 3300C

ca. 1500C

ca. 4000C

1mg/dm3

miscible with hydrocarbons, alcohols, acetone, soluble in water solutions of NaOH

log Pow = 6,58

9,04

0,01 Pa

TransTank

DODECYLPHENOL

Ver. No. 3

Ver. Date 15.07.2005.

3/5

10. Stability and Reactivity Stability

Reactivity

Decomposition products

Materials to avoid

Stable under normal conditions (at room temperature). Partially decompose above

2500C.

May react violently with strong oxidizing agents; react with strong alkali to give

water soluble products;

Hazardous products of incomplete combustion / thermal decomposition: carbon

monooxide, phenol and other toxic and corrosive gases / vapors.

Strong oxidizing agents; strong alkali

11 Toxicological Information Acute toxicity

Acute toxicity: - oral

- skin

Irritation: - skin

- eye

Inhalation

Skin contact

Eye contact

Ingestion

Chronic toxicity

No Observed Adverse Effect Level

Sensitization

Mutagenicity

Carcinogenicity

Toxicity to reproduction

LD50 p.o. rat 2140 mg/kg b.w.

LD50 rabbit 5000 mg/kg

severe rabbit 8,0/24h

severe rabbit 33,3/110

Irritant for respiratory tract. May cause breathing difficulties and delayed pulmonary

edema.

May cause irritation, redness and swelling. Prolongated contact may cause burning

of skin.

May cause severe damage of eye.

Can result in irritation or burning of mucous membranes, may cause stomach-ache,

diarrhea, nausea, changes in liver, spleen, kidneys and lungs

In the 28-day dietary study in rats wereobserved: reduction in body weight, changes

in blood, liver, spleen, kidneys and reproductive organs.

NOAEL 25mg / kg b.w./ day

None

No data.

No data.

No human data are available.

Possible adverse effects as in para-Nonylphenol (CAS No. 25154-52-3)

12. Ecological Information Mobility

Water solubility

Bioaccumulation

Partition coefficient

Bioconcentration factor

Degradability - abiotic

- biotic

Vapor pressure

Ecotoxicity:

Acute toxicity:

- Fish

- Invertebrates

- Algae

Other comments:

Dodecylphenol is a non-volatile, viscous liquid, insoluble in water.

1mg/dm3

Log Pow 6,58

BCF = 6000 (measured); 9440 (calculated)

COD = 3,05

Dodecylphenol is not readily biodegradable

0,01 Pa (250C) – Dodecylphenol is not classified as Volatile Organic Compound

Leuciscus idus LC0 > 0,5 mg/l / 96h

Salmo salar LC50 0,14 mg/l/96h

Crangon septemspinosa LC50 0,15 mg/l /48h

Daphnia magna EC50 0,093 mg/l /48h

Scendesmus subspicatus EC10 0,53 mg/l /72h

Dodecylphenol is very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse

effects in the aquatic environment.

TransTank

DODECYLPHENOL

Ver. No. 3

Ver. Date 15.07.2005.

4/5

13. Disposal Considerations Product disposal

Container disposal

Contaminated product, or solid materials (soil, absorbing agents) containing

dodecylphenol, are classified as dangerous waste, and should be burned in the

plant designed for burning of wastes.

Containers should be completely emptied, thoroughly cleaned and may be re-used.

Dirty or damaged containers difficult to clean, containing dodecylphenol, should be

disposed as dangerous waste.

14. Transportation Information UN No.:

RID/ADR class

Risk No.:

Risk label

Packing group

Material labeling

3145

8

80

No. 8

II

ALKYLPHENOLS, LIQUID, N.O.S. (DODECYLPHENOL)

15. Regulatory Information Dodecylphenol is classified, according to EU 67/548 EEC Directive, as dangerous

substance.

Labelling

Symbols and indications of danger

Corrosive Dangerous for the environment

- Risk phrases C; R34

Xi; R36/37/38

N; R50/53

Causes burns

Irritant; Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin

Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic

environment

- Safety advices (S1/2)

S26

S36/37/39

S45

S46

S60

S61

Keep locked up and out of the reach of children.

In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek

medical advice.

Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye/face protection.

In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the

label where possible).

If swallowed, seek medical advice immediately and show this container or label.

This material and its container must be disposed of as hazardous waste.

Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/safety data sheets.

UE Regulations:

1. Commission Directive 2001/58/EC of 27 July 2001

amending for the second time Directive 91/155/EEC defining and laying down the detailed arrangements

for the system of specific information relating to dangerous preparations (Official Journal L212, 7.8.2001, p. 24)

2. Commission Directive 2001/59/EC of 6 August 2001

adapting to technical progress for the 28th time Council Directive 67/548/EEC on the approximation of the laws,

regulations and administrative provisions relating to the classification, packaging and labelling of dangerous

substances (Official Journal L225, 21.08.2001, p. 1)

3. Annexes A and B to Council Directive 96/49/EC as announced in Commission Directive 2001/6/EC adapting for the

third time to technical progress Council Directive 96/49/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States

with regard to the transport of dangerous goods by rail (Official Journal L 121 , 26/04/2004 p. 1)

4. Annexes A and B to Council Directive 94/55/EC as announced in Commission Directive 2001/7/EC adapting for the

third time to technical progress Council Directive 94/55/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States

with regard to the transport of dangerous goods by road (Official Journal L 018 , 26/01/2004 p. 1)

TransTank

DODECYLPHENOL

Ver. No. 3

Ver. Date 15.07.2005.

5/5

16. Other information Explanation of indications of danger and risk phrases

Xi

C

N

R34

R36/37/38

R50

R53

Irritant

Corrosive

Dangerous for the environment

Causes burns

Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin

Very toxic to aquatic organisms

May cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment

Last version: No. 2, 21.04.2005.

The new data for PCC Synteza S.A. are introduced.

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety

and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of this

product.

Each user should consider the information in the context of how the product will be handled and used in the workplace.

TransTank

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET POLYOL

1. IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIALAND COMPANY

Product name : POLYOL : Product type : Polyether polyol. Supplier : Saien Technology Co.,ltd Contact numbers : Telephone: 86-755-84609096, Fax: 86-755-83729686 :

2. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Substance formal name : Polyoxypropylene polyol Substance chemical family : Polyol (poly-functional alcohol). : CAS-No. : 9082-00-2

3. POSSIBLE HAZARDS

Human health hazards : None Safety hazards : None. Environmental hazards : None Other information : Not classified as dangerous for supply or conveyance.

4. FIRST AID MEASURES

General notes : Not expected to give rise to any acute hazard under normal conditions of use.

First Aid – Inhalation : No specific measures First Aid - Skin : Wash skin with warm water using soap. First Aid - Eye : Flush eye with water or recommended eye solution for 10

minutes. If persistent irritation occurs, obtain medical attention immediately.

First Aid - Ingestion : Wash out mouth with water and obtain medical attention. Advice to physicians : Treat symptomatically and supportive therapy as indicated.

5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES

Specific hazards : Not classified as flammable but may burn under combustible conditions. Carbon monoxide may be evolved if incomplete combustion occurs.

Extinguishing media : Alcohol-resistant foam, water spray or fog or any conventional fire fighting media

Unsuitable extinguishing media

: Water in a jet.

Protective equipment : Full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Protective measures : No specific measures. (See section 8) .

1/4


Environmental precautions : Prevent contamination of soil and water. Clean-up methods : Large spillage:

Prevent from spreading by making a barrier with sawdust or other absorbent / containment material. When large spills occur ditches should be closed to contain the material. Transfer to a labeled, sealed container for product recovery or safe disposal. .

.

Other information : See section 13 for information on disposal. 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Handling : When using do not swallow. (See section 4). . . To avoid uncontrolled polymerization, avoid unintentional mixing with isocyanates.

Storage : Keep container tightly closed and dry. Drums should be stacked to a maximum height of 3 meter. Maximum storage time: 12 months.

Unsuitable materials : For lines and fittings, avoid copper, copper alloys. 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

Workplace related limits : None (use local exhaust ventilation) Personal protection : Respiratory protection : No respiratory protection is usually required under normal

conditions of use. Hand protection : Where hand contact with the product may occur the use of

gloves made from the following materials is recommended: PVC, neoprene, or nit rile rubber gloves . Contact glove suppliers. Contaminated gloves should be replaced.

Eye protection : Mono goggles Body protection : Standard issue work clothes

Safety shoes or boots - chemical resistant Monitoring methods : Monitoring of the concentration of substances in the breathing

zone of workers or in the general workplace may be required to confirm compliance with an OEL and adequacy of exposure controls. For some substances biological monitoring may also be appropriate.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Physical state : Liquid Color : Clear to light yellow Odor : Odorless Flash point : > 180 °C Specific gravity : Typical 1.028 Solubility in water : Soluble in part Solubility in solvents : Soluble in most organic solvents

2/4


Decomposition Temperature

: > 220 °C

Typical viscosity : 900 approx ( @ 25 °C) cps 10. STABILITY/REACTIVITY

Stability : Stable. Hygroscopic. Polymerizes exothermically with isocyanates at ambient temperatures.

Materials to avoid : Strong oxidizing agents. Hazardous decomposition products

: Highly unlikely under normal industrial use

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Basis for assessment : Information given is based on product data, knowledge of the components and the toxicology of similar products.

Acute toxicity - oral : Expected to be of low toxicity, LD50 > 2000 mg/kg. Acute toxicity - dermal : Expected to be of low toxicity, LD50 > 2000 mg/kg. Acute toxicity - inhalation : Not expected to be inhalation hazard Eye irritation : Not expected to be irritating. Skin irritation : Not expected to be irritating. Increased sensitivity : No effects known.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Basis for assessment : Ecological data have not been determined specifically for this product. The information given below is based on knowledge of the components and the eco toxicology of similar products.

Mobility : Sinks in fresh water, but will float on seawater. Large volumes may penetrate soil and could contaminate

groundwater. Persistence/degradability : Expected to be not inherently biodegradable. Oxidizes rapidly by photochemical reactions in air. Integrated environmental half-life expected to be >= 100 days. Bioaccumulation : No significant bioaccumulations Acute toxicity - fish : Expected to be practically non toxic, LC/EC/IC 50 > 1000 mg/l. Acute toxicity - algae : Expected to be practically non toxic, LC/EC/IC 50 > 1000 mg/l. Acute toxicity - bacteria : Expected to be practically non toxic, 100 < LC/EC/IC 50 <= 1000

mg/l. Acute toxicity -invertebrates : Expected to be practically non toxic, LC/EC/IC 50 > 1000 mg/l. Other information : Sewage treatment

Expected to be practically non toxic, 100 < LC/EC/IC 50 <= 1000 mg/l.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Product disposal : Recover or recycle if possible. Otherwise: Incineration. Local legislation : The recommendations given are considered appropriate for safe

disposal. However, local regulations may be more stringent and these must be complied with by the user

14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

Other information : Not dangerous for conveyance under UN codes. 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

3/4


EC classification : Not classified as dangerous under EC criteria. GB classification : Not classified as dangerous under GB criteria

16. OTHER INFORMATION

Uses and restrictions : Use as a component in the manufacture of polyurethane foams Advice in this document relates only to product as originally supplied. Other urethane chemicals will have different properties and hazards. Advice should be sought on their safe handling and use.

Other information : Issue date: Decemeber 20,2006. The information in this document must be made available to all

personnel who may handle the product. The content and format of this safety data sheet is in accordance

with Commission Directive 2001/58/EC of 27 July 2001.

NOTICE This information herein is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product.

4/4

Hydrogenated Castor Oil Safety Data Sheet according to Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 58 / Monday, March 26, 2012 / Rules and Regulations

Revision Date: 12/17/2013 Supersedes: 10/21/2013 Version: 1.0

12/17/2013 EN (English US) 1/5

SECTION 1: IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/MIXTURE AND OF THE COMPANY

1.1. Product Identifier

Product Form: Substance

Product Name: Hydrogenated Castor Oil

Synonyms: Hydrogenated Castor Oil, HCO

CAS No.: 8001-78-3

1.2. Intended Use of the Product Use of the substance/mixture: Thickener in lithium grease, emulsion in personal care applications

1.3. Name, Address, and Telephone of the Responsible Party

Company

Acme-Hardesty Co.

450 Sentry Parkway

Blue Bell, PA 19422

T 866-226-3834 T 215-591-3610

www.acme-hardesty.com

1.4. Emergency Telephone Number

Emergency Number : 800-424-9300

For Chemical Emergency, Spill, Leak, Fire, Exposure, or Accident, call CHEMTREC – Day or Night

SECTION 2: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

2.1. Classification of the Substance or Mixture

Classification (GHS-US)

Not classified

2.2. Label Elements

GHS-US Labeling

Not applicable

2.3. Other Hazards

No additional information available

2.4. Unknown Acute Toxicity (GHS-US):

No data available

SECTION 3: COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

3.1. Substances

Name Product Identifier % Classification (GHS-US)

Hydrogenated castor oil (CAS No) 8001-78-3 100 Not classified

3.2. Mixtures Not applicable

Full text of H-phrases: see section 16

SECTION 4: FIRST AID MEASURES

4.1. Description of First Aid Measures First-aid Measures General: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If you feel unwell, seek medical advice

(show the label where possible).

First-aid Measures After Inhalation: When symptoms occur: go into open air and ventilate suspected area.

First-aid Measures After Skin Contact: Remove contaminated clothing. Drench affected area with water for at least 15

minutes.

First-aid Measures After Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and

easy to do. Continue rinsing.

First-aid Measures After Ingestion: Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting.


12/17/2013 EN (English US) 2/5

4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/Injuries: Prolonged contact with large amounts of dust may cause mechanical irritation.

Symptoms/Injuries After Inhalation: Dust of the product, if present, may cause respiratory irritation after an excessive

inhalation exposure.

Symptoms/Injuries After Skin Contact: Not irritating to skin.

Symptoms/Injuries After Eye Contact: Dust from this product may cause minor eye irritation.

Symptoms/Injuries After Ingestion: May cause nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea.

4.3. Indication of Any Immediate Medical Attention and Special Treatment Needed If medical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand.

SECTION 5: FIREFIGHTING MEASURES

5.1. Extinguishing Media Suitable Extinguishing Media: Use extinguishing media appropriate for surrounding fire. Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam,

water spray, sand.

Unsuitable Extinguishing Media: Do not use a heavy water stream. Use of heavy stream of water may spread fire.

5.2. Special Hazards Arising From the Substance or Mixture Fire Hazard: May be combustible at high temperature.

Explosion Hazard: Risk of explosion by shock, friction, fire or other sources of ignition. Risk of explosion if heated under

confinement.

Reactivity: Stable at ambient temperature and under normal conditions of use.

5.3. Advice for Firefighters Firefighting Instructions: Exercise caution when fighting any chemical fire.

Protection During Firefighting: Do not enter fire area without proper protective equipment, including respiratory protection.

SECTION 6: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

6.1. Personal Precautions, Protective Equipment and Emergency Procedures

General Measures: Do not allow product to spread into the environment. Avoid generating dust. Can be slippery on hard,

smooth walking area.

6.1.1. For Non-emergency Personnel Protective Equipment: Use appropriate personal protection equipment (PPE).

Emergency Procedures: Evacuate unnecessary personnel.

6.1.2. For Emergency Responders Protective Equipment: Equip cleanup crew with proper protection.

Emergency Procedures: Ventilate area.

6.2. Environmental Precautions Prevent entry to sewers and public waters. Avoid release to the environment.

6.3. Methods and Material for Containment and Cleaning Up

For Containment: Avoid generation of dust during clean-up of spills. Use a soft bristle brush or conductive rubber or

conductive plastic shovel. Use caution, material is sensitive to initiation from sources such as heat, flame, shock, friction, or

sparks. Use only non-sparking tools.

Methods for Cleaning Up: Clear up spills immediately and dispose of waste safely.

6.4. Reference to Other Sections See heading 8, Exposure Controls and Personal Protection.

SECTION 7: HANDLING AND STORAGE

7.1. Precautions for Safe Handling Additional Hazards When Processed: Use care during processing to minimize generation of dust.

Hygiene Measures: Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety procedures. Wash hands and other exposed

areas with mild soap and water before eating, drinking, or smoking and again when leaving work.

7.2. Conditions for Safe Storage, Including Any Incompatibilities Storage Conditions: Store in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place. Keep container closed when not in use.

Storage Temperature: In bulk, store at about 5-10°C above melting point or at ambient temperature.

Storage Area: Temperature higher than necessary degrades quality at rates dependent on time and temperature of exposure.

Special Rules on Packaging: Stainless steel preferred for storage.

Incompatible Products: Strong acids. Strong bases. Strong oxidizers.


12/17/2013 EN (English US) 3/5

Storage Temperature: In bulk, store at about 5-10°C above melting point or at ambient temperature.

Storage Area: Temperature higher than necessary degrades quality at rates dependent on time and temperature of exposure.

Special Rules on Packaging: Stainless steel preferred for storage.

7.3. Specific End Use(s) Thickener in lithium grease, emulsion in personal care applications

SECTION 8: EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

8.1. Control Parameters

No Occupational Exposure Limits (OELs) have been established for this product or its chemical components.

8.2. Exposure Controls Appropriate Engineering Controls : Avoid dust production. Ground/bond container and receiving equipment.

Personal Protective Equipment : Gloves. Protective goggles. Dust formation: dust mask.

Hand Protection : Rubber gloves.

Eye Protection : Chemical goggles or safety glasses.

Respiratory Protection : When manufacturing or handling product in large quantities and dusts or

particulates may be generated, maintain airborne concentrations below

recommended limits. Workplace risk assessments should be completed before

specifying and implementing respirator usage. NIOSH/MSHA approved respirators

for protection should be used if respirators are found to be necessary.

Other Information : When using, do not eat, drink or smoke.

SECTION 9: PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

9.1. Information on Basic Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical State : Solid

Appearance : Flakes. White powder.

Odor : Hardened vegetable oil.

Odor Threshold : No data available

pH : No data available

Relative Evaporation Rate (butylacetate=1) : No data available

Melting Point : 82 - 87 °C (179.6-188.6°F)

Freezing Point : No data available

Boiling Point : > 300 °C (572°F)

Flash Point : > 310 °C (590°F)

Auto-ignition Temperature : No data available

Decomposition Temperature : No data available

Flammability (solid, gas) : No data available

Vapor Pressure : 3.81E-34 Pa at 20 °C.

Relative Vapor Density at 20 °C : No data available

Relative Density : ~ 99 @ 25 °C

Specific Gravity : 0.93 g/cm³ @25°C

Solubility : Water: < 0.05 mg/l @20°C

Ether: Soluble

Organic solvent:Soluble

Log Pow : No data available

Log Kow : No data available

Viscosity, Kinematic : No data available

Viscosity, Dynamic : No data available

Explosive Properties : No data available

Oxidizing Properties : No data available


12/17/2013 EN (English US) 4/5

Explosive Limits : Not applicable

9.2. Other Information No additional information available

SECTION 10: STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

10.1 Reactivity: Stable at ambient temperature and under normal conditions of use

10.2 Chemical Stability: Risk of explosion by shock, friction, fire or other sources of ignition. Risk of explosion if heated

under confinement.

10.3 Possibility of Hazardous Reactions: Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

10.4 Conditions to Avoid: Avoid creating or spreading dust. Avoid ignition sources.

10.5 Incompatible Materials: Strong acids. Strong bases. Strong oxidizers.

10.6 Hazardous Decomposition Products: Carbon oxides (CO, CO2).

SECTION 11: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

11.1. Information On Toxicological Effects

Acute Toxicity : Not classified

Hydrogenated castor oil (8001-78-3)

LD50 Oral Rat > 10 g/kg

Skin Corrosion/Irritation: Not classified

Serious Eye Damage/Irritation: Not classified

Respiratory or Skin Sensitization: Not classified

Germ Cell Mutagenicity: Not classified

Carcinogenicity: Not classified

Reproductive Toxicity: Not classified

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (Single Exposure): Not classified

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (Repeated Exposure): Not classified

Aspiration Hazard: Not classified

Symptoms/Injuries After Inhalation: Dust of the product, if present, may cause respiratory irritation after an excessive

inhalation exposure.

Symptoms/Injuries After Skin Contact: Not irritating to skin.

Symptoms/Injuries After Eye Contact: Dust from this product may cause minor eye irritation.

Symptoms/Injuries After Ingestion: May cause nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea.

SECTION 12: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

12.1. Toxicity


LC50 Fish 1 > 10000 mg/l (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Brachydanio rerio)

12.2. Persistence and Degradability

Hydrogenated Castor Oil

Persistence and Degradability Readily biodegradable in water.

12.3. Bioaccumulative Potential


Bioaccumulative Potential Not established.

12.4. Mobility in Soil No additional information available

12.5. Other Adverse Effects

No additional information available

SECTION 13: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste Disposal Recommendations: Dispose of waste material in accordance with all local, regional, national, and

international regulations.


12/17/2013 EN (English US) 5/5

SECTION 14: TRANSPORT INFORMATION

In Accordance With ICAO/IATA/DOT/TDG

14.1. UN Number Not applicable

14.2. UN Proper Shipping Name Not regulated for transport.

14.3. Additional Information

Other information : No supplementary information available.

Transport by Sea Not regulated for transport.

Air Transport Not regulated for transport.

SECTION 15: REGULATORY INFORMATION

15.1 US Federal Regulations


Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory

15.2 US State Regulations


State or local regulations The product and/or its components does not appear on any state

Right to Know lists.

SECTION 16: OTHER INFORMATION

Other Information : This document has been prepared in accordance with the SDS requirements of the OSHA Hazard

Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200.

The data herein are based on our current knowledge and believed to be reliable. Acme-Hardesty Co., provides this information

without any representation or warranty, expressed or implied, regarding its accuracy or correctness.

Users must make their own determination that handling, storage, use and disposal of the product in the anticipated manner is

safe and appropriate. Because these actions of the user are out of our control, and may be beyond our knowledge, we do not

assume responsibility and expressly disclaim liability for loss, damage, expense or any other claim arising out of or in any way

connected with the handling, storage, use or disposal of the product or container.

SDS US (GHS HazCom) - US Only

VVF (India) Limited

VVF (India) Limited Address: 109, Sion (East), Mumbai 400 022, India Telephone: 91-22-40282000; Fax: 91-22-24073771

Website: www.vvfltd.com; E-mail: [email protected]


Product Name : Vegarol® 1214 Version : 1.04 Date: Sept 25, 2012 1. CHEMICAL PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION 1.1 Product Name Vegarol® 1214 1.2 Common Chemical Name Lauryl Myristyl alcohol, Fatty alcohol C1214,

Blend of N-dodecanol, tetra decanol; Alcohol 10-16 1.3 Product Code (Supplier) Vegarol® 1214

2. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS 2.1 Chemical Name Blend of 1 dodecanol (Lauryl alcohol) and 1-tetrea decanol

(Myristyl alcohol) 2.2 % Compound 100 2.3 CAS Number 67762-41-8 2.4 EINECS Number 267-01-96

3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 3.1 Environmental Hazards None Identified 3.2 Human Health Hazards, Effects and Symptoms: 3.2.1 Ingestion May cause slight irritation to gastrointestinal tract 3.2.2 Inhalation No harmful effect expected at ambient temperature. Mist or

vapours of the product could cause irritation to the pulmonary tract

3.2.3 Skin Contact May cause slight irritation 3.2.4 Eye Contact May cause mild, transient irritation

4. FIRST AID MEASURES 4.1 Ingestion Consult a doctor immediately. Drink plenty of water. Do not induce

vomiting. However, if the person is unconscious, do not provide any type of ingestion

4.2 Inhalation Remove to fresh air immediately. In case of breathing difficulty try artificial respiration. Get medical attention as soon as possible

4.3 Skin Contact Wash material off the skin with plenty of soap and water. If redness or itching persist seek medical attention

4.4 Eye Contact Wash eyes with water for at least 15 minutes. If redness or itching persists, seek medical attention

5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES 5.1 Extinguishing Media a. Suitable Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, water fog or foam

b. Not Suitable Water c. Special Fire Fighting Procedures Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and

VVF (India) Limited MSDS Vegarol 1214, Rev. 1.04, Sept 25, 2012

5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

protective clothing to avoid direct contact with eyes and skin. In case of high temperature or fire, use a water jet to cool the tank containing the product

5.2 Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards None 5.3 Hazardous Thermal Decomposition On decomposition, the product releases Carbon

dioxide, Carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, soot, aldehydes and ketones

5.4 Protection for Fire-Fighters Self-contained breathing apparatus, protective clothing and face mask

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES 6.1 Personal Precautions No particular precautions. Observe all Standard Industry

Measures 6.2 Environmental Precautions In case of spillage, cover the spilt amount with sand or

soil to absorb the product. Then, collect the sand or soil with the product absorbed into a suitable container and dispose. Prevent entry of product into drains and ground water

6.3 Clean Up Method Cover the product with dry earth or sand so that it may be absorbed. Then, transfer into a container for disposal. wash affected area with water

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE 7.1 Handling Follow good hygiene and safety procedures. Avoid

any direct contact with the product. Wash hands with soap and water after handling the product. Keep away from heat, strong acids and oxidising agents

7.2 Storage Store in sealed containers in a cool and dry place 7.3 Suitable Packing Materials HDPE carbuoys, stainless steel tanks, Zinc coated

tanks or lacquer lined MS drums 7.4 Not Suitable Packing Material Unlined MS drums 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION 8.1 Respiratory System Protection None required when adequate ventilation is available

at ambient temperature. In presence of mist or vapours, use self-contained NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator

8.2 Skin and Body Protection Uniform, apron and rubber boots 8.3 Hand Protection Rubber gloves 8.4 Eye Protection Safety goggles and face mask 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES 9.1 Physical State Liquid above 220C 9.2 Colour Colourless 9.3 Odour Characteristic fatty alcohol odour 9.4 Boiling Point > 1770C at 760 mm of Hg 9.5 Melting Range 17 to 240C


9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES 9.6 Solubility in Water Insoluble in water 9.7 Density, Gm/ml 0.8203 at 400C 9.8 Solubility in Oil and Solvents Not available 9.9 Vapour Density ( Air = 1) Not available 9.10 Vapour Pressure, mm of Hg < 10 mm at 220C 9.11 Flash Point 1430C PMCC 9.12 Auto Ignition Temperature Not available 9.13 Lower Explosion Limit Not available 9.14 Upper Explosion Limit Not available 9.15. Average Molecular Weight 190 – 197 9.16. Viscosity 10 mPa.S at 380C 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY 10.1 Chemical Stability Stable under normal operational conditions 10.2 Conditions to Avoid Sources of heat, ignition and flames 10.3 Materials to Avoid Strong acids and oxidising agents 10.4 Hazardous Polymerisation Products None 10.5 Hazardous Decomposition Products Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION 11.1 Acute Toxicity 11.1.1 Oral (LD50) (Rat) > 10 g/Kg 11.1.2 Dermal (LD50) (Rabbit) Not available 11.1.3 Inhalation (LC50) Not available 11.2 Skin Irritation No irritation in human beings observed in repeated

insult tests conducted using undiluted product. 11.3 Eye Irritation Causes mild transient irritation. Mild irritation

observed in rabbits at 500 mg dosage level of undiluted product

11.4 Sensitisation Not available 11.5 Chronic Toxicity Not available 11.6 Carcinogenicity Not available 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 12.1 Comment This product is very easily biodegradable (90%) and

does not cause difficulties in waste water treatment plants. Since it is insoluble in water and lighter than water, large amounts of contamination can be separated using standard oils and fats separators

12.2 Eco-Toxicity Data not available 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS 13.1 Methods of Disposal Disposal methods to be in accordance with local, federal and

state environmental regulations 14.TRANSPORT INFORMATION 14.1 UN Number 3082 14.2 Land Road / Railway


14.TRANSPORT INFORMATION

14.21 ADR/RID Class Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated) 14.22 ADR/RID Item Number Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated)

14.3 Inland Waterways 14.31 ADNR Class Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated)

14.4 Sea 14.41 IMDG Class Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated) 14.42 IMDG Page Number Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated)

14.5 Air 14.51 IATA-DGR Class Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated) 14.52 National Transport Regulations Chemicals N. O. S. (non regulated)

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION 15.1 EEC Regulations This product is not classified as dangerous according to the

EEC directive 15.2 Others According to available data, fatty alcohol is not a dangerous

chemical. However, one should observe the usual precautionary measures for dealing with chemicals according to local, state and federal regulations and requirements

16. OTHER INFORMATION 16.1 Legend N.A. =Not applicable; N.Av.= Not available 16.2 History

a. Date of first issue July 20, 2004 b. Date of last issue May 25, 2009 c. Date of current issue Sept 25, 2012 Version : 1.04

MSDS Authorised by Dr. Kashinath Pandit Warning: The information given in this MSDS has been compiled from sources which are considered by us as latest, accurate, and dependable. However, VVF (India) Limited expresses no warranty or guarantee of any kind, with respect to any damages or injuries arising out of use of this material alone or other wise and the correctness of the data presented. VVF (India) Limited assumes no responsibility, whatsoever for any injury to the recipient, user, or third person for any damages resulting from use of this product, alone or with other material.

*****

Material Safety Data Sheet Page 1 of 5.

Sodium hydroxide, solid

MSDS for Lye (Sodium Hydroxide) printed from http://www.certified-lye.com/MSDS-Lye.pdf www.Certified-Lye.com

Section 1 - Chemical Product and Company Identification MSDS Name: Sodium hydroxide, solid.

Synonyms: Lye, sodium hydrate, white caustic,

caustic soda, soda lye, soda ash, ascarite.

Company Identification:

Certified Lye

PO Box 133

Spring Valley, CA 91976-0133

Website: http://www.certified-lye.com

Email: [email protected]

Telephone: 619-548-2378

Poison Control Center: 800-222-1222

Chemtrec: 800-424-9300

Section 2 - Composition, Information on Ingredients CAS#, Chemical Name, Percent, EINECS/ELINCS:

1310-73-2, Sodium hydroxide, 99-100, 215-185-5.

497-19-8, Sodium carbonate, <1.0, 207-838-8.

Food Chemical Codex (FCC): These chemicals meet the FDA requirements for food use.

Section 3 - Hazards Identification Emergency Overview Appearance: White solid.

Danger! Causes eye and skin burns. Causes digestive and respiratory tract burns.

Hygroscopic (absorbs moisture from the air).

Target Organs: Eyes, skin, mucous membranes.

Potential Health Effects Eye: Causes eye burns. May cause blindness. May cause chemical conjunctivitis and

corneal damage.

Skin: Causes skin burns. May cause deep, penetrating ulcers of the skin.

Ingestion: May cause severe and permanent damage to the digestive tract. Causes

gastrointestinal tract burns. May cause perforation of the digestive tract. Causes

severe pain, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and shock.

Inhalation: Irritation may lead to chemical pneumonitis and pulmonary edema.

Causes severe irritation of upper respiratory tract with coughing, burns, breathing

difficulty, and possible coma. Causes chemical burns to the respiratory tract.

Chronic: Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause dermatitis. Effects may be delayed.

Section 4 - First Aid Measures Eyes: In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for a t least 15

minutes. Get medical aid immediately.

Skin: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15

minutes. Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical aid

immediately. Wash clothing before reuse.

Ingestion: If swallowed, do NOT induce vomiting. Get medical aid immediately. If

victim is fully conscious, give a cupful of water. Never give anything by mouth to an

unconscious person.

Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial

respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical aid.

Notes to Physician: Treat symptomatically and supportively.

http://www.certified-lye.com/





Section 5 - Fire Fighting Measures General Information: As in any fire, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus in

pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent), and full protective gear.

Use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Use water with caution and in

flooding amounts. Contact with moisture or water may generate sufficient heat to

ignite nearby combustible materials. Contact with metals may evolve flammable

hydrogen gas.

Extinguishing Media: Substance is noncombustible; use agent most appropriate to

extinguish surrounding fire. Do not get water inside containers.

Flammability: Nonflammable.

Flash Point: Not applicable.

Autoignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flammable Limits: Not available. NFPA Rating: Health: 3; Flammability: 0; Instability: 1.

Section 6 - Accidental Release Measures General Information: Use proper personal protective equipment as indicated in

Section 8.

Spills/Leaks: Vacuum or sweep up material and place into a suitable disposal

container. Avoid runoff into storm sewers and ditches that lead to waterways. Clean

up spills immediately, observing precautions in the Protective Equipment section.

Avoid generating dusty conditions. Provide ventilation. Do not get water on spilled substances or inside containers.

Section 7 - Handling and Storage Handling: Wash thoroughly after handling. Do not allow water to get into the

container because of violent reaction. Minimize dust generation and accumulation.

Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Keep container tightly closed. Avoid

ingestion and inhalation. Discard contaminated shoes. Use only with adequate

ventilation.

Storage: Store in a tightly closed container. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area

away from incompatible substances. Keep away from metals. Keep away from acids.

Store protected from moisture. Containers must be tightly closed to prevent the conversion of NaOH to sodium carbonate by the CO2 in air.

Section 8 - Exposure Controls, Personal Protection Engineering Controls: Facilities storing or utilizing this material should be equipped

with an eyewash facility and a safety shower. Use adequate general or local exhaust

ventilation to keep airborne concentrations below the permissible exposure limits.

Exposure Limits Chemical Name, ACGIH (TLV), NIOSH (REL), OSHA (PEL):

Sodium hydroxide, 2 mg/m3 Ceiling, 10 mg/m3 Ceiling (15 minutes), 2 mg/m3 TWA.

Sodium carbonate, none listed, none listed, none listed.

NIOSH IDLH Concentration: 10 mg/m3.

OSHA Vacated PEL: None of these chemicals have an OSHA Vacated PEL.

Personal Protective Equipment Eyes: Wear chemical splash goggles and face shield.

Skin: Wear gloves, apron, and/or clothing made of butyl rubber, nitrile rubber,

and/or polyethylene.

Clothing: Wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin exposure.

Respirator: A respiratory protection program that meets OSHA's 29 CFR 1910.134

and ANSI Z88.2 requirements or European Standard EN 149 must be followed

whenever workplace conditions warrant respirator use.





Section 9 - Physical and Chemical Properties Physical State: Solid.

Appearance: White pellets.

Odor: Odorless.

pH: 14 (5% aq soln).

Vapor Pressure: 1 mm Hg @ 739 deg C.

Vapor Density: Not available.

Evaporation Rate: Not available.

Viscosity: Not available.

Boiling Point: 1390 deg C @ 760 mm Hg.

Freezing/Melting Point: 318 deg C.

Decomposition Temperature: Not available.

Solubility: Soluble.

Specific Gravity/Density: 2.13 g/cm3.

Molecular Formula: NaOH. Molecular Weight: 40.00.

Section 10 - Stability and Reactivity Chemical Stability: Stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal

storage and handling conditions.

Conditions to Avoid: Moisture, contact with water, exposure to moist air or water,

prolonged exposure to air.

Incompatibilities with Other Materials: Water, metals, acids, aluminum, zinc,

tin, nitromethane, leather, flammable liquids, organic halogens, wool.

Hazardous Decomposition Products: Toxic fumes of sodium oxide. Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur.

Section 11 - Toxicological Information NIOSH RTECS# CAS# 1310-73-2 (sodium hydroxide): WB4900000

CAS# 497-19-8 (sodium carbonate): VZ4050000

LD50/LC50 CAS# 1310-73-2: Draize test, rabbit, eye: 400 ug Mild; Draize test, rabbit, eye: 1% Severe; Draize test, rabbit, eye: 50 ug/24H Severe; Draize test, rabbit, eye: 1 mg/24H Severe; Draize test, rabbit, skin: 500 mg/24H Severe.

CAS# 497-19-8: Draize test, rabbit, eye: 100 mg/24H Moder; Draize test, rabbit, eye: 50 mg Severe; Draize test, rabbit, skin: 500 mg/24H Mild; Inhalation, mouse: LC50 = 1200 mg/m3/2H; Inhalation, rat: LC50 = 2300 mg/m3/2H; Oral, mouse: LD50 = 6600 mg/kg; Oral, mouse: LD50 = 6600 mg/kg;

Oral, rat: LD50 = 4090 mg/kg.

Carcinogenicity CAS# 1310-73-2: Not listed by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, or CA Prop 65.

CAS# 497-19-8: Not listed by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, or CA Prop 65.

Epidemiology: No information found.

Teratogenicity: No information found.

Reproductive Effects: No information found.

Mutagenicity: See actual entry in RTECS for complete information.

Neurotoxicity: No information found. Other Studies: No information found.

Section 12 - Ecological Information No information available.





Section 13 - Disposal Considerations Chemical waste generators must determine whether a discarded chemical is

classified as a hazardous waste. US EPA guidelines for the classification

determination are listed in 40 CFR 261.3. Additionally, waste generators must

consult state and local hazardous waste regulations to ensure complete and accurate

classification.

RCRA F List: None of these chemicals are listed in 40 CFR 261.31.

RCRA K List: None of these chemicals are listed in 40 CFR 261.32.

RCRA P List: None of these chemicals are listed in 40 CFR 261.33(e).

RCRA U List: None of these chemicals are listed in 40 CFR 261.33(f).

Section 14 - Transport Information US DOT, Canada TDG Shipping Name: Sodium hydroxide, solid; Sodium hydroxide, solid.

Hazard Class: 8, 8.

UN Number: UN1823, UN1823.

Packing Group: II, II.

Section 15 - Regulatory Information US Federal Regulations TSCA Section 8(b):

CAS# 1310-73-2 is listed on the TSCA inventory.

CAS# 497-19-8 is listed on the TSCA inventory.

TSCA Section 12(b): None of these chemicals are listed under TSCA Section 12(b).

TSCA Significant New Use Rule: None of these chemicals have a TSCA SNUR.

Chemical Test Rules: None of these chemicals have a Chemical Test Rule.

Health & Safety Reporting List:

None of these chemicals are on the Health & Safety Reporting List.

SARA Title III/EPCRA:

None of these chemicals have a TPQ under EPCRA Section 302 (EHS).

None of these chemicals are reportable under EPCRA Section 304.

None of these chemicals are reportable under EPCRA Section 313.

SARA Codes:

CAS# 1310-73-2: Immediate, reactive.

CAS# 497-19-8: Immediate.

CERCLA Hazardous Substances and Corresponding RQ:

CAS# 1310-73-2: 1000 lb final RQ; 454 kg final RQ.

CAS# 497-19-8: This chemical is not listed and has no RQ.

Clean Air Act:

None of these chemicals are listed under CAA Section 112(r).

None of these chemicals are listed as hazardous air pollutants.

None of these chemicals are listed as Class 1 or Class 2 Ozone Depletors.

Clean Water Act:

CAS# 1310-73-2 is listed as a Hazardous Substance under the CWA Section 311.

None of these chemicals are listed as Priority Pollutants under the CWA Section 303.

None of these chemicals are listed as Toxic Pollutants under the CWA Section 307.

OSHA: None of these chemicals are considered highly hazardous by OSHA.

SARA Title III/EPCRA States’ Right-To-Know Lists:

CAS# 1310-73-2 is listed by California, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey, and

Pennsylvania.

CAS# 497-19-8 is not listed by CA, FL, MA, MN, NJ, or PA.

California Prop 65:

None of these chemicals are listed on the California Carcinogenic Chemicals list.





European/International Regulations European Labeling in Accordance with EC Directives

Hazard Symbols: C.

Risk Phrases:

R 22 (harmful if swallowed),

R 35 (causes severe burns).

Safety Phrases:

S1 (keep locked up),

S2 (keep out of the reach of children),

S26 (in case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek

medical advice),

S36 (wear suitable protective clothing),

S37 (wear suitable gloves),

S39 (wear eye/face protection),

S45 (in case of accident or if you feel unwell seek medical advice immediately; show

the label where possible).

WGK (Water Danger/Protection):

CAS# 1310-73-2: 1.

CAS# 497-19-8: 1.

Canada – DSL/NDSL:

CAS# 1310-73-2 is listed on Canada’s Domestic Substances List.

CAS# 497-19-8 is listed on Canada’s Domestic Substances List.

Canada – WHMIS:

This product has a WHMIS classification of E (corrosive material).

This product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the

Controlled Products Regulations and this MSDS contains all of the information

required by those regulations.

Canadian Ingredient Disclosure List:

CAS# 1310-73-2 is listed on the Canadian Ingredient Disclosure List. CAS# 497-19-8 is listed on the Canadian Ingredient Disclosure List.

Section 16 - Additional Information MSDS Creation Date: MAY/04/2006.

Most Recent Revision Date: MAY/1/2013. Most Recent Revision: Version 4.

Addendum Safety Precautions for Sodium Hydroxide:

http://www.certified-lye.com/safety.html

Protective Equipment for Use with Sodium Hydroxide:

http://www.certified-lye.com/protect.html

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available

to Certified Lye. However, Certified Lye makes no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and Certified Lye assumes no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information for their particular purposes. In no event shall Certified Lye be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or for lost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if Certified Lye has been advised of the possibility of such damages.


safety.html

protect.html

Sigma-Aldrich - P5958 Page 1 of 8

SIGMA-ALDRICH sigma-aldrich.com SAFETY DATA SHEET

according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 Version 5.5 Revision Date 05.11.2014

Print Date 10.01.2015 GENERIC EU MSDS - NO COUNTRY SPECIFIC DATA - NO OEL DATA

SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking

1.1 Product identifiers Product name : Potassium hydroxide

Product Number : P5958 Brand : Sigma-Aldrich Index-No. : 019-002-00-8 REACH No. : 01-2119487136-33-XXXX

CAS-No. : 1310-58-3

1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against

Identified uses : Laboratory chemicals, Manufacture of substances

1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Company : Sigma-Aldrich Chemicals Pvt Limited Plot No 12 Bommasandra - Jigani Link Road 560100 BANGALORE INDIA

Telephone : +91 80-6621 9400 Fax : +91 80-6621 9450

1.4 Emergency telephone number

Emergency Phone # : +91-9880711432

SECTION 2: Hazards identification

2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture

Classification according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 Corrosive to metals (Category 1), H290 Acute toxicity, Oral (Category 4), H302 Skin corrosion (Category 1A), H314

For the full text of the H-Statements mentioned in this Section, see Section 16.

Classification according to EU Directives 67/548/EEC or 1999/45/EC C Corrosive R35 Xn Harmful R22

For the full text of the R-phrases mentioned in this Section, see Section 16.

2.2 Label elements

Labelling according Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 Pictogram

Signal word Danger Hazard statement(s) H290 May be corrosive to metals. H302 Harmful if swallowed. H314 Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.


Precautionary statement(s) P280 Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face

protection. P305 + P351 + P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove

contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P310 Immediately call a POISON CENTER or doctor/ physician. Supplemental Hazard Statements

none

2.3 Other hazards This substance/mixture contains no components considered to be either persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic (PBT), or very persistent and very bioaccumulative (vPvB) at levels of 0.1% or higher.

SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.1 Substances Synonyms : Caustic potash

Formula : HKO Molecular weight : 56,11 g/mol CAS-No. : 1310-58-3 EC-No. : 215-181-3 Index-No. : 019-002-00-8 Registration number : 01-2119487136-33-XXXX Hazardous ingredients according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008


Potassium hydroxide

CAS-No. EC-No. Index-No.

1310-58-3 215-181-3 019-002-00-8

Met. Corr. 1; Acute Tox. 4; Skin Corr. 1A; H290, H302, H314

<= 100 %

Hazardous ingredients according to Directive 1999/45/EC


Potassium hydroxide

CAS-No. EC-No. Index-No.

1310-58-3 215-181-3 019-002-00-8

C, R22 - R35 <= 100 %

For the full text of the H-Statements and R-Phrases mentioned in this Section, see Section 16

SECTION 4: First aid measures

4.1 Description of first aid measures

General advice Consult a physician. Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.

If inhaled If breathed in, move person into fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. Consult a physician.

In case of skin contact Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately. Wash off with soap and plenty of water. Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.


If swallowed Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. Consult a physician.

4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed The most important known symptoms and effects are described in the labelling (see section 2.2) and/or in section 11

4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No data available

SECTION 5: Firefighting measures

5.1 Extinguishing media

Suitable extinguishing media Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.

5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture No data available

5.3 Advice for firefighters Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.

5.4 Further information Gives off hydrogen by reaction with metals.

SECTION 6: Accidental release measures

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures Wear respiratory protection. Avoid dust formation. Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas. Ensure adequate ventilation. Evacuate personnel to safe areas. Avoid breathing dust. For personal protection see section 8.

6.2 Environmental precautions Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so. Do not let product enter drains. Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

6.3 Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up Pick up and arrange disposal without creating dust. Sweep up and shovel. Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

6.4 Reference to other sections For disposal see section 13.

SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1 Precautions for safe handling Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid formation of dust and aerosols. Provide appropriate exhaust ventilation at places where dust is formed. For precautions see section 2.2.

7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Store in cool place. Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place. Absorbs carbon dioxide (CO2) from air.

Air sensitive. strongly hygroscopic Storage class (TRGS 510): Non-combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

7.3 Specific end use(s) Apart from the uses mentioned in section 1.2 no other specific uses are stipulated


SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection

8.1 Control parameters

Components with workplace control parameters

8.2 Exposure controls

Appropriate engineering controls Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice. Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment

Eye/face protection Face shield and safety glasses Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection Handle with gloves. Gloves must be inspected prior to use. Use proper glove removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product. Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices. Wash and dry hands. The selected protective gloves have to satisfy the specifications of EU Directive 89/686/EEC and the standard EN 374 derived from it. Full contact Material: Nitrile rubber Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm Break through time: 480 min Material tested:Dermatril® (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M) Splash contact Material: Nitrile rubber Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm Break through time: 480 min Material tested:Dermatril® (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M) data source: KCL GmbH, D-36124 Eichenzell, phone +49 (0)6659 87300, e-mail [email protected], test method: EN374 If used in solution, or mixed with other substances, and under conditions which differ from EN 374, contact the supplier of the CE approved gloves. This recommendation is advisory only and must be evaluated by an industrial hygienist and safety officer familiar with the specific situation of anticipated use by our customers. It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario. Body Protection Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.

Respiratory protection Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a full-face particle respirator type N100 (US) or type P3 (EN 143) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls. If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator. Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).

Control of environmental exposure Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so. Do not let product enter drains. Discharge into the environment must be avoided.


SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties

9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties

a) Appearance Form: solid

b) Odour No data available

c) Odour Threshold No data available

d) pH 13,5

e) Melting point/freezing point

Melting point/range: 361 °C - lit.

f) Initial boiling point and boiling range

1.320 °C

g) Flash point No data available

h) Evaporation rate No data available

i) Flammability (solid, gas) No data available

j) Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits

No data available

k) Vapour pressure 1 hPa at 719 °C 1 hPa at 714 °C

l) Vapour density No data available

m) Relative density 2,044 g/cm3

n) Water solubility 1.120 g/l - soluble

o) Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water

No data available

p) Auto-ignition temperature

No data available

q) Decomposition temperature

No data available

r) Viscosity No data available

s) Explosive properties No data available

t) Oxidizing properties No data available

9.2 Other safety information

Bulk density 1.300 kg/m3

SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity

10.1 Reactivity No data available

10.2 Chemical stability Heat of solution is very high, and with limited amounts of water, violent boiling may occur Stable under recommended storage conditions.

10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions No data available

10.4 Conditions to avoid Do not heat above melting point.


10.5 Incompatible materials Nitro compounds, Organic materials, Magnesium, Copper, Water, reacts violently with:, Metals, Light metals, Contact with aluminum, tin and zinc liberates hydrogen gas. Contact with nitromethane and other similar nitro compounds causes formation of shock-sensitive salts., vigorous reaction with:, Alkali metals, Halogens, Azides, Anhydrides

10.6 Hazardous decomposition products Other decomposition products - No data available In the event of fire: see section 5

SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1 Information on toxicological effects

Acute toxicity LD50 Oral - Rat - 333 mg/kg Skin corrosion/irritation Skin - Rabbit Result: Severe skin irritation - 24 h Serious eye damage/eye irritation Eyes - Rabbit Result: Corrosive to eyes (OECD Test Guideline 405) Respiratory or skin sensitisation No data available

Germ cell mutagenicity No data available Carcinogenicity

IARC: No component of this product present at levels greater than or equal to 0.1% is identified as probable, possible or confirmed human carcinogen by IARC.

Reproductive toxicity No data available

Specific target organ toxicity - single exposure No data available

Specific target organ toxicity - repeated exposure No data available

Aspiration hazard No data available

Additional Information RTECS: TT2100000

SECTION 12: Ecological information

12.1 Toxicity Toxicity to fish LC50 - Gambusia affinis (Mosquito fish) - 80 mg/l - 96 h

12.2 Persistence and degradability The methods for determining the biological degradability are not applicable to inorganic substances.

12.3 Bioaccumulative potential No data available

12.4 Mobility in soil No data available

12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment This substance/mixture contains no components considered to be either persistent, bioaccumulative and


toxic (PBT), or very persistent and very bioaccumulative (vPvB) at levels of 0.1% or higher.

12.6 Other adverse effects Harmful to aquatic life. No data available

SECTION 13: Disposal considerations

13.1 Waste treatment methods

Product Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company. Dissolve or mix the material with a combustible solvent and burn in a chemical incinerator equipped with an afterburner and scrubber.

Contaminated packaging Dispose of as unused product.

SECTION 14: Transport information

14.1 UN number ADR/RID: 1813 IMDG: 1813 IATA: 1813

14.2 UN proper shipping name ADR/RID: POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE, SOLID IMDG: POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE, SOLID IATA: Potassium hydroxide, solid

14.3 Transport hazard class(es) ADR/RID: 8 IMDG: 8 IATA: 8

14.4 Packaging group ADR/RID: II IMDG: II IATA: II

14.5 Environmental hazards ADR/RID: no IMDG Marine pollutant: no IATA: no

14.6 Special precautions for user No data available

SECTION 15: Regulatory information

This safety datasheet complies with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006.

15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture No data available

15.2 Chemical Safety Assessment For this product a chemical safety assessment was not carried out

SECTION 16: Other information

Full text of H-Statements referred to under sections 2 and 3.

Acute Tox. Acute toxicity H290 May be corrosive to metals. H302 Harmful if swallowed. H314 Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. Met. Corr. Corrosive to metals Skin Corr. Skin corrosion

Full text of R-phrases referred to under sections 2 and 3

C Corrosive R22 Harmful if swallowed.


R35 Causes severe burns.

Further information Copyright 2014 Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC. License granted to make unlimited paper copies for internal use only. The above information is believed to be correct but does not purport to be all inclusive and shall be used only as a guide. The information in this document is based on the present state of our knowledge and is applicable to the product with regard to appropriate safety precautions. It does not represent any guarantee of the properties of the product. Sigma-Aldrich Corporation and its Affiliates shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from handling or from contact with the above product. See www.sigma-aldrich.com and/or the reverse side of invoice or packing slip for additional terms and conditions of sale.